unfoldingWord_en_tn/en_tn_15-EZR.tsv

1	Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
2	EZR	front	intro	fa5r			0		# Introduction to Ezra<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Ezra<br><br>1. The first Jewish exiles return to Jerusalem from Persia (1:1–2:70)<br>2. The people rebuild and dedicate the temple in Jerusalem (3:1–6:22)<br>3. More exiles return; Ezra teaches the Law of Yahweh (7:1-8:36)<br>4. The problem of the people marrying foreigners, and how it is solved (9:1–10:44)<br><br>### What is the Book of Ezra about?<br><br>The book of Ezra is about how the people of Israel returned from Babylon and tried to worship Yahweh again as the law required. To do this, they needed to rebuild their temple so that they could sacrifice to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The book of Ezra is named for the priest Ezra who led the first group of Jews out of exile and back to Judah. Translators can use the traditional title “Ezra.” Or they might choose a clearer title, such as “The Book about Ezra.”<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why were Israelites not allowed to marry people from other nations?<br><br>Foreigners worshiped many false gods. Yahweh did not allow his people to marry foreigners because he knew that this would cause the people of Israel to worship false gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>### Did all of the people of Israel return to their homeland?<br><br>Many of the Jews remained in Babylon instead of returning to the land of Israel. Many of them were successful in Babylon and desired to remain there. However, this meant that they were unable to worship Yahweh in Jerusalem as their ancestors had done.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How does the Book of Ezra use the term “Israel”?<br><br>The book of Ezra uses the term “Israel” to refer to the kingdom of Judah. It was mostly made up of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin. The other ten tribes had ended their loyalty to any kings descended from David. God allowed the Assyrians to conquer the other ten tribes and take them into exile. As a result, they mixed with other people groups and did not return to the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])<br><br>### Are the events in the Book of Ezra told in the order that they actually happened?<br><br>Some of the events in the Book of Ezra are not told in the order that they happened, but are grouped according to theme. Translators should pay attention to notes that signal when events are probably out of chronological order.
3	EZR	1	intro	dd25			0		# Ezra 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The chapter records the story of the first Jews as they return from Persia to Judea.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King Cyrus<br><br>King Cyrus allowed the Jews to return because he wanted them to rebuild the temple. Those who stayed behind gave gifts to those who left to help them on their journey and resettlement. This practice was common under the reign of Cyrus and was used as a way to maintain peace throughout his kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Jews<br><br>After they returned to Judea, the focus of the rest of the Old Testament is on the Jewish people.
4	EZR	1	1	nnrv	writing-newevent	וּ⁠בִ⁠שְׁנַ֣ת	1		The word **now** introduces a new event in the story. Use the normal method for introducing the beginning of a true story in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
5	EZR	1	1	ath4	figs-explicit	וּ⁠בִ⁠שְׁנַ֣ת אַחַ֗ת לְ⁠כ֨וֹרֶשׁ֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ פָּרַ֔ס	1		The original Jewish readers of this book would have known that this is not a reference to the year when Cyrus first became king of the Persians. Rather, it is a reference to the later year when, by conquering Babylon, he became king over the Jews, since Babylon is the nation that had previously conquered the Jews and taken them into exile. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “During the first year after Cyrus, the king of Persia, conquered Babylon and became ruler over the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
6	EZR	1	1	qvp1		וּ⁠בִ⁠שְׁנַ֣ת אַחַ֗ת לְ⁠כ֨וֹרֶשׁ֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ פָּרַ֔ס	1		This expression could mean that sometime during the first year that he ruled over the Jews, Cyrus issued the decree that this verse describes. However, it could also mean that he issued this decree as soon as he became their ruler. Alternate translation: “As soon as Cyrus, the king of Persia, conquered Babylon and became the ruler of the Jews”
7	EZR	1	1	p6b4	translate-ordinal	וּ⁠בִ⁠שְׁנַ֣ת אַחַ֗ת	1	In the first year	The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, **one**, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, “first,” in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of years, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “In the first year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
8	EZR	1	1	bns6	translate-names	לְ⁠כ֨וֹרֶשׁ֙	1		**Cyrus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
9	EZR	1	1	xkd5	translate-names	פָּרַ֔ס	1		**Persia** is the name of an empire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
10	EZR	1	1	t5sz	figs-metonymy	דְּבַר־יְהוָ֖ה	1		Here, **word** refers to the thing that Yahweh spoke about. Alternate translation: “the promise that Yahweh had made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
11	EZR	1	1	savk	figs-explicit	דְּבַר־יְהוָ֖ה	1		What Yahweh had said specifically was that, after 70 years in exile, the Jews would be allowed to return to their homeland. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, or you could put this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “the promise that Yahweh had made that after 70 years in exile, the Jews would be allowed to return to their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
12	EZR	1	1	l953	translate-names	יְהוָ֖ה	1	Yahweh	**Yahweh** is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. It occurs many times in the book, and it will be helpful to your readers if you translate it consistently each time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
13	EZR	1	1	y7r9	figs-metonymy	מִ⁠פִּ֣י יִרְמְיָ֑ה	1	by the mouth of Jeremiah	Here, **mouth** represents speaking. Alternate translation: “which Jeremiah spoke about” or “which Jeremiah announced” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
14	EZR	1	1	fn3a	figs-synecdoche	הֵעִ֣יר יְהוָ֗ה אֶת־ר֨וּחַ֙ כֹּ֣רֶשׁ	1	Yahweh stirred the spirit of Cyrus	Here the book uses one aspect of Cyrus, his spirit, to represent all of him. Alternate translation: “Yahweh put a desire to do something into Cyrus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
15	EZR	1	1	cz5n	figs-metaphor	הֵעִ֣יר יְהוָ֗ה אֶת־ר֨וּחַ֙ כֹּ֣רֶשׁ	1		Here, the book speaks figuratively of Yahweh causing Cyrus to act by saying that he **stirred up** his spirit in the way that winds might stir up calm waters and make them move around. The meaning is that Yahweh directly influenced the heart and will of Cyrus to get him to do something. Alternate translation: “Yahweh put a desire to do something into Cyrus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
16	EZR	1	1	n59e	grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠יַּֽעֲבֶר	1		The word **so** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result, he made … to be sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
17	EZR	1	1	yiq4	figs-metonymy	וַ⁠יַּֽעֲבֶר־קוֹל֙ בְּ⁠כָל־מַלְכוּת֔⁠וֹ	1	his voice went out throughout all his kingdom	Here, **he** means Cyrus. In this context, the **sound** is a voice speaking a message, and the voice figuratively represents the message that it speaks. But since the message could not travel by itself, ultimately the reference is to the messengers who delivered it. Alternate translation: “Cyrus sent messengers out to proclaim a decree everywhere in his empire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
18	EZR	1	1	x1wz	figs-ellipsis	וְ⁠גַם־בְּ⁠מִכְתָּ֖ב	1	what was written was spoken	Here the book leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. The meaning is: Cyrus also put this decree in writing. You could say that explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and Cyrus also sent out written copies of the decree” or “and Cyrus also had his scribes write down the decree in his official records” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
19	EZR	1	2	arwl	figs-distinguish	יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י הַ⁠שָּׁמָ֑יִם	1		Here Cyrus provides some background information to inform his subjects who Yahweh is. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, the God who is above all” or “Yahweh, the God who rules in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
20	EZR	1	2	aqj5	figs-hyperbole	כֹּ֚ל מַמְלְכ֣וֹת הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	all the kingdoms of the earth	**All** is an exaggeration for emphasis. There were still some kingdoms on earth that Cyrus did not rule. However, he had conquered every other large empire in his part of the world that might have been a threat to him. Alternate translation: “to be unchallenged ruler over this entire land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
21	EZR	1	2	zb3e	figs-idiom	נָ֣תַן לִ֔⁠י	1		This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “has made me the king over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
22	EZR	1	2	dcb6	figs-explicit	לִ⁠בְנֽוֹת־ל֣⁠וֹ בַ֔יִת	1		Cyrus is not going to do the building personally. Rather, he means that he is giving the Jews, the people who worship Yahweh, permission and support to rebuild his temple, which the Babylonians had destroyed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to make it possible for the Jews, the people who worship him, to rebuild his temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23	EZR	1	2	eapm	figs-metaphor	בַ֔יִת	1		Here, **house** figuratively means a temple. Cyrus speaks of this temple as if it would be a house in which God lived, since God’s presence would be there. Alternate translation: “a temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
24	EZR	1	2	i909	figs-distinguish	בִּ⁠ירוּשָׁלִַ֖ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר בִּֽ⁠יהוּדָֽה׃	1		Here, Cyrus provides some background information about the city where he wants the Jews to rebuild the temple of Yahweh, since many of the recipients of his message might not have known where Jerusalem was. Alternate translation: “in Jerusalem, the capital city of the province of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
25	EZR	1	2	gmx4	translate-names	בִּ⁠ירוּשָׁלִַ֖ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר בִּֽ⁠יהוּדָֽה׃	1	for him a house … in Judah	**Jerusalem** is the name of a city, and **Judah** is the name of the province in which it was located. These names occur many times in the book, and it will be helpful to your readers if you translate them consistently each time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
26	EZR	1	3	xf34	figs-explicit	מִֽי־בָ⁠כֶ֣ם מִ⁠כָּל־עַמּ֗⁠וֹ	1	his people	Here, **all** probably indicates that Cyrus is thinking of not only the people whom the Babylonians had taken into exile from the southern kingdom of Judah some decades before, and their descendants, but also any of the people whose ancestors the Assyrians had taken into exile from the northern kingdom of Israel nearly two centuries earlier. Cyrus now ruled over the territories to which both groups had been exiled. If any in the second group still had awareness and proof of their identity, and if they still wanted to honor and worship Yahweh, they could also return to Jerusalem and help rebuild the temple. (However, as [1:5](../01/05.md) indicates, it was essentially Israelites from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin who actually did return.) To make this clear, you could include this information. Alternate translation: “Which of you is an Israelite from any tribe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
27	EZR	1	3	fq6g	figs-idiom	יְהִ֤י אֱלֹהָי⁠ו֙ עִמּ֔⁠וֹ	1		Cyrus wishing that **God** will **be with** these Israelites is an idiom that expresses his wish that God would make their journey and the rebuilding project successful. If it is more natural in your language, you can say this at the end of the verse. Alternate translation: “May his God make him successful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
28	EZR	1	3	hz9g	figs-idiom	וְ⁠יַ֕עַל לִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִַ֖ם	1		Cyrus says **go up** because the Jews would have to travel from a river valley up into the mountains in order to return from their places of exile to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “and let him return to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
29	EZR	1	3	k839	figs-distinguish	לִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִַ֖ם אֲשֶׁ֣ר בִּ⁠יהוּדָ֑ה	1		Cyrus once again provides background information about the city. Alternate translation: “to Jerusalem, in the province of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
30	EZR	1	3	gxbj	figs-metaphor	בֵּ֤ית יְהוָה֙	1		Here, **house** figuratively means a temple. Cyrus continues to speak of this temple as if it would be a house in which Yahweh lived, since Yahweh’s presence would be there. Alternate translation: “a temple for Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
31	EZR	1	3	o6x4	figs-distinguish	יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל ה֥וּא הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר בִּ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָֽם׃	1		Here Cyrus provides further background information to inform his subjects who Yahweh is. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, the God whom the people of Israel worship, who should have a temple in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
32	EZR	1	3	agt1	figs-possession	אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל	1		The phrase **the God of Israel** does not mean that God belongs to Israel, but that this is the God whom Israel worships. Alternate translation: “the God whom Israel worships” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
33	EZR	1	4	t7ux		וְ⁠כָל־הַ⁠נִּשְׁאָ֗ר מִֽ⁠כָּל־הַ⁠מְּקֹמוֹת֮ אֲשֶׁ֣ר ה֣וּא גָֽר־שָׁם֒ יְנַשְּׂא֨וּ⁠הוּ֙ אַנְשֵׁ֣י מְקֹמ֔⁠וֹ	1	Whoever survives in any place where he lives, let the people in that place help him	The structure of this sentence may present difficulties for translation because the long phrase at the beginning actually describes who will receive the action, rather than who will do the action. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say first who will do the action. Alternate translation: “Let the people who live in any place where Jewish survivors are in exile help them”
34	EZR	1	4	fr03	figs-idiom	וְ⁠כָל־הַ⁠נִּשְׁאָ֗ר	1		This phrase refers to any Israelite who is a surviving member of the group that was taken into exile, or who is a descendant of someone in that group. The word **remaining** refers to people who are remaining or left over from a larger group. In this context, that larger group is all of the Israelites who lived in the land of Judah before the Babylonians conquered it. Alternate translation: “Any survivor of the Jews who were taken from their land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
35	EZR	1	4	vvzw	figs-idiom	מִֽ⁠כָּל־הַ⁠מְּקֹמוֹת֮ אֲשֶׁ֣ר ה֣וּא גָֽר־שָׁם֒	1		**Sojourning** means living somewhere other than in one’s native land. Here, **he** refers to any Jew such as is described in the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “in any of the places where a Jew may be living in exile” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
36	EZR	1	4	uoep		אֲשֶׁ֣ר ה֣וּא גָֽר־שָׁם֒	1		Saying **where** and **there** in the same phrase like this is a characteristic Hebrew construction, but it might represent an unnecessary duplication in your language. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could omit any translation of the word “there.” Alternate translation: “in which he is living”
37	EZR	1	4	p5jk	figs-gendernotations	יְנַשְּׂא֨וּ⁠הוּ֙ אַנְשֵׁ֣י מְקֹמ֔⁠וֹ	1		It is likely that both women and men would have helped to gather the supplies listed in the rest of this verse to support the returning Jews. So the term **men** here probably includes both groups. Alternate translation: “the people of that place should help him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
38	EZR	1	4	d9rn	figs-idiom	יְנַשְּׂא֨וּ⁠הוּ֙	1		**Lift** here is an idiom that means help. Alternate translation: “let … help him by providing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
39	EZR	1	4	f6tk	figs-explicit	הַ֨⁠נְּדָבָ֔ה	1		The book expects readers to know that these would be extra gifts, beyond the necessities already listed. They might include money to help rebuild the temple and vessels to be used in the temple, such as the ones listed in [1:7–11](../01/07.md). Alternate translation: “any extra gifts that they want to give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
40	EZR	1	4	swvz	figs-metaphor	לְ⁠בֵ֥ית הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר בִּ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָֽם׃	1		**House** figuratively means a temple. Cyrus continues to speak of this temple as if it would be a house in which God lived, since God’s presence would be there. The book repeatedly uses the expressions **house**, **house of God**, and “house of Yahweh” to mean the temple in Jerusalem. It will be helpful to your readers if you translate these expressions consistently every time. Alternate translation: “for the temple that the Jews will rebuild for God in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
41	EZR	1	5	i39z	grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠יָּק֜וּמוּ	1		The word **then** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous verses have described. Alternate translation: “In response to this decree … prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
42	EZR	1	5	kkxf	figs-idiom	וַ⁠יָּק֜וּמוּ	1		In this context, the term **arose** means that these leaders took action to get an enterprise under way. It does not indicate that these leaders had been sitting or lying down and that they stood up. Alternate translation: “Then … started making preparations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
43	EZR	1	5	hgd0	figs-ellipsis	רָאשֵׁ֣י הָ⁠אָב֗וֹת	1		This is an abbreviated way of saying the heads of the father’s houses. Alternate translation: “the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
44	EZR	1	5	v371		רָאשֵׁ֣י הָ⁠אָב֗וֹת	1		Among the Israelites, the expression “father’s house” or “house of the father” originally described an extended-family group. It later came to be used more generally to refer to a larger clan within a tribe. In this expression, the word “house” (which does not appear in the abbreviated version here) figuratively describes all the people descended from a particular person. The term views all of those descendants as if they were one household living together. Alternate translation: “the clan leaders”
45	EZR	1	5	bezo	figs-metaphor	רָאשֵׁ֣י	1		Here, **heads** is a figurative way of saying leaders. Alternate translation: “leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
46	EZR	1	5	rt3n	translate-names	לִֽ⁠יהוּדָה֙ וּ⁠בִנְיָמִ֔ן	1		These are the names of two of the tribes of Israel. Alternate translation: “of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
47	EZR	1	5	s2yg	figs-metaphor	לְ⁠כֹ֨ל הֵעִ֤יר הָ⁠אֱלֹהִים֙ אֶת־רוּח֔⁠וֹ	1	with everyone whose spirit God had stirred up to go up	Here the book again speaks figuratively of God causing people to act by saying that he **stirred up** their spirits the way winds might stir up calm waters and get them to move around. The meaning is that God directly influenced the hearts and wills of these clan leaders to get them to do something. Alternate translation: “all those whom God had led to act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
48	EZR	1	5	ywuq	figs-idiom	לַ⁠עֲל֣וֹת	1		As in [1:3](../01/03.md), the book says **go up** because the Jews would have to travel from a river valley up into the mountains in order to return from their places of exile to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “to return to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
49	EZR	1	6	ihv7	figs-hyperbole	וְ⁠כָל־סְבִיבֹֽתֵי⁠הֶם֙	1		**All** is an exaggeration for emphasis. Every person who lived near a returning Jew did not necessarily provide support. But the expression indicates that the Jews received very generous support from many of their neighbors. Alternate translation: “And the people of their communities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
50	EZR	1	6	wwg6	figs-metaphor	חִזְּק֣וּ בִֽ⁠ידֵי⁠הֶ֔ם	1	strengthened their hands	Here, **hands** figuratively represents strength and power. This expression means that the neighbors of the Jews gave them greater capacity to act and fulfill their project by supplying them with the items listed. Alternate translation: “enabled them by giving them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
51	EZR	1	6	sc2n		לְ⁠בַ֖ד עַל־כָּל־הִתְנַדֵּֽב	1		This is a reference to the freewill offerings that are also mentioned in [1:4](../01/04.md). Alternate translation: “in addition, the people freely gave extra gifts”
52	EZR	1	7	sv16	figs-explicit	וְ⁠הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ כּ֔וֹרֶשׁ הוֹצִ֖יא	1		**Cyrus** did not do this work himself. He ordered others to do it. If that is not understood in your language, you can say this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
53	EZR	1	7	bt1u	figs-explicit	כְּלֵ֣י בֵית־יְהוָ֑ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר הוֹצִ֤יא נְבֽוּכַדְנֶצַּר֙ מִ⁠יר֣וּשָׁלִַ֔ם וַֽ⁠יִּתְּנֵ֖⁠ם בְּ⁠בֵ֥ית אֱלֹהָֽי⁠ו׃	1		**Vessels** refers to the bowls, basins, and other objects that are listed in [1:9](../01/09.md) and [1:10](../01/10.md). The book assumes that readers will know that this verse is describing how Nebuchadnezzar, the king of Babylon, took these items from the temple in Jerusalem and then put them, as trophies of conquest, in a temple devoted to his own gods. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly in the text or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “the objects from the temple of Yahweh that Nebuchadnezzar, the king of Babylon, had taken away from Jerusalem when he captured that city and then put in the temple of his own gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
54	EZR	1	7	bwol	translate-names	נְבֽוּכַדְנֶצַּר֙	1		**Nebuchadnezzar** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
55	EZR	1	8	emq3	figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יּֽוֹצִיאֵ֗⁠ם כּ֚וֹרֶשׁ מֶ֣לֶךְ פָּרַ֔ס עַל־יַ֖ד מִתְרְדָ֣ת הַ⁠גִּזְבָּ֑ר	1		Here, **by the hand of** is a metaphor that represents control and action. The expression means that Mithredath did this at the command of Cyrus and on his behalf. Mithredath would have commanded others to do the work; he would not have carried the things in his own hands. Alternate translation: “King Cyrus of Persia ordered his treasurer, Mithredath, to bring them out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
56	EZR	1	8	j32q	figs-explicit	וַ⁠יּֽוֹצִיאֵ֗⁠ם כּ֚וֹרֶשׁ מֶ֣לֶךְ פָּרַ֔ס עַל־יַ֖ד מִתְרְדָ֣ת	1		The implication is that these vessels had remained in the temple where Nebuchadnezzar had put them, and so **Mithredath brought them out** from there. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “King Cyrus of Persia had his treasurer, Mithredath, bring these vessels out from the temple where Nebuchadnezzar had put them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
57	EZR	1	8	m5w3	translate-names	מִתְרְדָ֣ת	1	Mithredath … Sheshbazzar	**Mithredath** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
58	EZR	1	8	wc54	translate-unknown	הַ⁠גִּזְבָּ֑ר	1	brought them out by the hand of Mithredath the treasurer	This term describes the office of a person responsible for all of the valuable possessions of a kingdom and for the places where they are stored safely. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
59	EZR	1	8	w8rk	figs-idiom	וַֽ⁠יִּסְפְּרֵ⁠ם֙ לְ⁠שֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֔ר	1	treasurer	Here, **he** refers to Mithredath, and **them** refers to the objects for the temple. The expression **counted them out** probably does not mean that Mithredath handed Sheshbazzar the objects one at a time while announcing the number of each one. It probably means that Mithredath gave Sheshbazzar the objects along with a document that listed how many there were of each kind, as recorded in [1:9](../01/09.md) and [1:10](../01/10.md). Alternate translation: “Mithredath turned them over to Sheshbazzar along with a detailed list of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
60	EZR	1	8	wb5a	translate-names	לְ⁠שֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֔ר	1		This leader of the first group of exiles to return to Judah, who is called **Sheshbazzar** here and in [1:11](../01/11.md), [5:14](../05/14.md), and [5:16](../05/16.md), seems to be the same person who is called Zerubbabel in the rest of the book. The reason for the difference in names is not clear. Some interpreters suggest that he was known as Sheshbazzar in the Persian court and that he used the name Zerubbabel as governor of Judah. There are examples in the Bible of Jews having both a Persian name and a Hebrew name. It would probably be best simply to translate both names consistently where they appear without calling attention to the difference, but you could add this possible explanation in a footnote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
61	EZR	1	8	qsti		הַ⁠נָּשִׂ֖יא לִ⁠יהוּדָֽה׃	1		The book says in [5:14](../05/14.md) that Cyrus appointed Sheshbazzar to be the governor of the province of Judah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use that phrase to describe him here. Alternate translation: “whom Cyrus had appointed to be the governor of the province of Judah”
62	EZR	1	9	hu9c	figs-idiom	וְ⁠אֵ֖לֶּה מִסְפָּרָ֑⁠ם	1	General Information:	This expression means that what follows is the number of each kind of utensil that Cyrus is returning (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
63	EZR	1	9	noww		מַחֲלָפִ֖ים	1	General Information:	This word occurs only here in the Hebrew Bible, and there is some disagreement about its meaning. It is probably a borrowed term from a related language that means “knife,” but the ancient Greek translation took its meaning to be “replacements,” that is, basins to replace others that became unusable. You may see translations that follow the ancient Greek, but we recommend following the Hebrew.
64	EZR	1	10	ja6u		כְּפ֤וֹרֵי כֶ֨סֶף֙ מִשְׁנִ֔ים	1	bowls	This means that these bowls were a different type of bowl than the gold ones just mentioned. This could also mean that they were second in rank of status or honor behind the gold bowls. It does not mean that the silver was of a different type than the silver in the basins described in [1:9](../01/09.md).
65	EZR	1	11	z55f		כָּל־כֵּלִים֙ לַ⁠זָּהָ֣ב וְ⁠לַ⁠כֶּ֔סֶף חֲמֵ֥שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֖ים וְ⁠אַרְבַּ֣ע מֵא֑וֹת	1	5,400	This expression means that the total number of these gold and silver objects was **5,400**. Verses [1:9](../01/09.md) and [1:10](../01/10.md) actually list only 2,499 items, and it is not clear why the numbers are different. The explanation does not seem to be that the total here includes other miscellaneous items because the last item on the list itself is other vessels. It would probably be best simply to report this total without calling attention to the difference and trying to explain it, since there is no clear reason for it.
66	EZR	1	11	i30r	figs-idiom	הַ⁠כֹּ֞ל הֶעֱלָ֣ה שֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֗ר עִ֚ם הֵעָל֣וֹת הַ⁠גּוֹלָ֔ה מִ⁠בָּבֶ֖ל לִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָֽם	1		Like the similar expression in [1:3](../01/03.md), here the book says **brought up** and **going up** because the Jews had to travel from a river valley up into the mountains to return from exile to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “Sheshbazzar brought all these vessels along when he traveled to Jerusalem with the group of Jews who had been taken away from their homeland but who were now returning from Babylon to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
67	EZR	1	11	kt84	figs-abstractnouns	הַ⁠גּוֹלָ֔ה	1		The abstract noun **exiles** refers, in this context, to the community of Jews who were living in Babylon because the Babylonians had relocated them away from their homeland when they conquered Jerusalem. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the idea behind this term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the group of Jews who had been taken away from their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
68	EZR	1	11	fi2e	translate-names	מִ⁠בָּבֶ֖ל	1		**Babylon** is the name of a city. The book also uses this name for the empire that was once ruled from that city, and for the region that had been at the heart of this empire that became a province in the Persian Empire. The name occurs many times in the book, and it will be helpful to your readers if you translate it consistently each time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
69	EZR	2	intro	rr42			0		# Ezra 2 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Genealogy<br><br>People had to prove through their genealogies that they were priests or that they<br>were even Jews. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
70	EZR	2	1	ezk9	figs-idiom	בְּנֵ֣י הַ⁠מְּדִינָ֗ה	1	General Information:	Here, **the sons of the province** is an idiom that means that these people originated in the province of Judah. Alternate translation: “the people from the province of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
71	EZR	2	1	ponw	figs-metonymy	הַ⁠מְּדִינָ֗ה	1		**The province** means the province of Judah. The book is referring to Judah by something associated with it, its status as a province. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
72	EZR	2	1	byc2	figs-idiom	הָֽ⁠עֹלִים֙	1	went up	**Went up** means traveled from Babylon back to Judah, since that involves going from a river valley up into the mountains. Alternate translation: “those who returned to Judah from Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
73	EZR	2	1	czrg	figs-abstractnouns	מִ⁠שְּׁבִ֣י הַ⁠גּוֹלָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר הֶגְלָ֛ה נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֥ר מֶֽלֶךְ־בָּבֶ֖ל לְ⁠בָבֶ֑ל	1		The abstract nouns **captivity** and **exiles** refer to the way Nebuchadnezzar took these people prisoner and transported them away from their homeland. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the idea behind these terms with verbs. Alternate translation: “after Nebuchadnezzar, the king of Babylon, had captured their ancestors, transported them to Babylon, and held them there in a foreign land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
74	EZR	2	1	evx5	figs-idiom	אִ֥ישׁ לְ⁠עִירֽ⁠וֹ׃	1		Here, **a man** means each one or each person. Alternate translation: “returning to live in the same towns where their families had lived before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
75	EZR	2	2	mxt0		אֲשֶׁר־בָּ֣אוּ עִם	1		This phrase introduces a list of the men who led this group back to Judah. Alternate translation: “traveling with”
76	EZR	2	2	tmp8	translate-names	זְרֻבָּבֶ֗ל יֵשׁ֡וּעַ נְ֠חֶמְיָה שְׂרָיָ֨ה רְֽעֵלָיָ֜ה מָרְדֳּכַ֥י בִּלְשָׁ֛ן מִסְפָּ֥ר בִּגְוַ֖י רְח֣וּם בַּעֲנָ֑ה	1	Seraiah, Reelaiah, Mordecai, Bilshan, Mispar, Bigvai, Rehum, and Baanah	These are the names of eleven men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
77	EZR	2	2	x7au	translate-names	יֵשׁ֡וּעַ	1	Seraiah, Reelaiah, Mordecai, Bilshan, Mispar, Bigvai, Rehum, and Baanah	This is the high priest, who has the same name as the Levite who is introduced in [2:40](../02/40.md). The spelling of this name varies throughout the Bible. To be clear which man is being referred to, the UST will spell this name “Joshua” for the high priest and “Jeshua” for the Levite. You may want to consider whether doing something similar would be helpful for your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
78	EZR	2	2	z77p		מִסְפַּ֕ר אַנְשֵׁ֖י עַ֥ם יִשְׂרָאֵֽל	1	This is the number	In keeping with the practices of the time, the totals in the list that follows likely include just the men and not also the women and children. Alternate translation: “This is how many men came back from each Israelite clan and town”
79	EZR	2	3	i2m7		בְּנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔שׁ אַלְפַּ֕יִם מֵאָ֖ה שִׁבְעִ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁנָֽיִם	1	General Information:	This means that from the descendants **of Parosh**, **2,172** returned. To help make this clear for your readers, you could say something like “returned” throughout [2:3–42](../02/03.md), after the name of each group and the number that is given.
80	EZR	2	3	gmbm	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔שׁ	1		Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Parosh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
81	EZR	2	3	zew1	translate-names	פַרְעֹ֔שׁ	1	Parosh	**Parosh** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
82	EZR	2	4	xs2j	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י שְׁפַטְיָ֔ה	1		Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Shephatiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
83	EZR	2	4	zhh6	translate-names	שְׁפַטְיָ֔ה	1	Shephatiah	**Shephatiah** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
84	EZR	2	5	d4gc	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י אָרַ֔ח	1		Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Arah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
85	EZR	2	5	inj3	translate-names	אָרַ֔ח	1	Arah	**Arah** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
86	EZR	2	6	qyea	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵֽי־פַחַ֥ת מוֹאָ֛ב לִ⁠בְנֵ֥י יֵשׁ֖וּעַ יוֹאָ֑ב	1		Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
87	EZR	2	6	fw6a	translate-names	פַחַ֥ת מוֹאָ֛ב…יֵשׁ֖וּעַ	1	Pahath-Moab … Jeshua	**Pahath-Moab** is the name of a man, and **Jeshua** and **Joab** are the names of two of his male descendants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
88	EZR	2	7	a6df	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י עֵילָ֔ם	1	General Information:	Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Elam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
89	EZR	2	7	ytv9	translate-names	עֵילָ֔ם	1		**Elam** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
90	EZR	2	8	ryuy	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י זַתּ֔וּא	1		Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Zattu” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
91	EZR	2	8	d53m	translate-names	זַתּ֔וּא	1	Zattu	**Zattu** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
92	EZR	2	9	nbic	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י	1		Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Zakkai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
93	EZR	2	9	da7k	translate-names	זַכָּ֔י	1	Zakkai	**Zakkai** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
94	EZR	2	10	fo1t	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י בָנִ֔י	1		Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Bani” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
95	EZR	2	10	jcd8	translate-names	בָנִ֔י	1	Bani	**Bani** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
96	EZR	2	11	ak1t	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י בֵבָ֔י	1	General Information:	Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Bebai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
97	EZR	2	11	h16w	translate-names	בֵבָ֔י	1	Bebai	**Bebai** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
98	EZR	2	12	bhyt	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י עַזְגָּ֔ד	1		Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Azgad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
99	EZR	2	12	rxn6	translate-names	עַזְגָּ֔ד	1	Azgad	**Azgad** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
100	EZR	2	13	yr6e	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵי֙ אֲדֹ֣נִיקָ֔ם	1		Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Adonikam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
101	EZR	2	13	uzn6	translate-names	אֲדֹ֣נִיקָ֔ם	1	Adonikam	**Adonikam** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
102	EZR	2	14	ptzp	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י בִגְוָ֔י	1		Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Bigvai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
103	EZR	2	14	qkv6	translate-names	בִגְוָ֔י	1	Bigvai	**Bigvai** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
104	EZR	2	15	u5zk	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י עָדִ֔ין	1	General Information:	Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Adin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
105	EZR	2	15	it7t	translate-names	עָדִ֔ין	1	Adin	**Adin** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
106	EZR	2	16	kk2c	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵֽי־אָטֵ֥ר	1	ninety-eight	Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Ater who were descendants of Hezekiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
107	EZR	2	16	vui3	translate-names	אָטֵ֥ר לִֽ⁠יחִזְקִיָּ֖ה	1	Ater	**Ater** is the name of a man, and **Hezekiah** is the name of one of his descendants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
108	EZR	2	17	qo8d	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י בֵצָ֔י	1		Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Bezai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
109	EZR	2	17	t3k5	translate-names	בֵצָ֔י	1	Bezai	**Bezai** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
110	EZR	2	18	ghnw	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י יוֹרָ֔ה	1		Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Jorah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
111	EZR	2	18	k95c	translate-names	יוֹרָ֔ה	1		**Jorah** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
112	EZR	2	19	i6kg	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י חָשֻׁ֔ם	1	General Information:	Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Hashum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
113	EZR	2	19	j9nm	translate-names	חָשֻׁ֔ם	1	Hashum	**Hashum** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
114	EZR	2	20	r5bq	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֥י גִבָּ֖ר	1	Gibbar	Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Gibbar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
115	EZR	2	20	g26q	translate-names	גִבָּ֖ר	1	ninety-five	**Gibbar** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
116	EZR	2	21	iu4s	figs-idiom	בְּנֵ֣י בֵֽית־לָ֔חֶם מֵאָ֖ה עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁלֹשָֽׁה	1	The sons of Bethlehem	The list speaks here of the **sons of Bethlehem**. This is an idiom that means that these men were from families that had originally lived in that town. Alternate translation: “From the town of Bethlehem, 123 returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
117	EZR	2	21	j7z9	translate-names	בֵֽית־לָ֔חֶם	1		**Bethlehem** is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
118	EZR	2	22	v2ky	translate-names	אַנְשֵׁ֥י נְטֹפָ֖ה חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים וְ⁠שִׁשָּֽׁה׃	1	Netophah	**Netophah** is the name of a town. Alternate translation: “From the town of Netophah, 56 returned.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
119	EZR	2	23	l29x	translate-names	אַנְשֵׁ֣י עֲנָת֔וֹת מֵאָ֖ה עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁמֹנָֽה	1	Anathoth	**Anathoth** is the name of a town. Alternate translation: “From the town of Anathoth, 128 returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
120	EZR	2	24	qlw7	figs-idiom	בְּנֵ֥י עַזְמָ֖וֶת	1	forty-two	The list speaks here of the **sons of Azmaveth**. This is an idiom that means that these men were from families that had originally lived in that town. Alternate translation: “From the town of Azmaveth, 42 returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
121	EZR	2	24	d37s	translate-names	עַזְמָ֖וֶת	1	Azmaveth	**Azmaveth** is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
122	EZR	2	25	y9xa	figs-idiom	בְּנֵ֨י קִרְיַ֤ת עָרִים֙ כְּפִירָ֣ה וּ⁠בְאֵר֔וֹת	1	Kiriath Arim … Kephirah … Beeroth	The list speaks here of the **sons of Kirjath-Arim, Kephirah, and Beeroth**. This is an idiom that means that these men were from families that had originally lived in those towns. Alternate translation: “From the towns of Kirjath-Arim, Kephirah, and Beeroth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
123	EZR	2	25	rw2o	translate-names	קִרְיַ֤ת עָרִים֙ כְּפִירָ֣ה וּ⁠בְאֵר֔וֹת	1		**Kirjath-Arim, Kephirah**, and **Beeroth** are the names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
124	EZR	2	26	iyhq	figs-idiom	בְּנֵ֤י הָ⁠רָמָה֙ וָ⁠גָ֔בַע	1		The list speaks here of the **sons of Ramah and Geba**. This is an idiom that means that these men were from families that had originally lived in those towns. Alternate translation: “From the towns of Ramah and Geba” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
125	EZR	2	26	k69y	translate-names	הָ⁠רָמָה֙ וָ⁠גָ֔בַע	1	Geba	**Ramah** and **Geba** are the names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
126	EZR	2	27	m82a	translate-names	אַנְשֵׁ֣י מִכְמָ֔ס מֵאָ֖ה עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁנָֽיִם	1	Michmas	**Michmas** is the name of a town. Alternate translation: “From the town of Michmas, 122 returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
127	EZR	2	28	g96s	translate-names	אַנְשֵׁ֤י בֵֽית־אֵל֙ וְ⁠הָ⁠עָ֔י מָאתַ֖יִם עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁלֹשָֽׁה	1		**Bethel** and **Ai** are the names of towns. Alternate translation: “From the towns of Bethel and Ai, 223 returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
128	EZR	2	29	n7ir	figs-idiom	בְּנֵ֥י נְב֖וֹ	1	fifty-two	The list speaks here of the **sons of Nebo**. This is an idiom that means that these men were from families that had originally lived in this town. Alternate translation: “From the town of Nebo” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
129	EZR	2	29	j5sn	translate-names	נְב֖וֹ	1	Nebo	**Nebo** is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
130	EZR	2	30	m297	figs-idiom	בְּנֵ֣י מַגְבִּ֔ישׁ	1		The list speaks here of the **sons of Magbish**. This is an idiom that means that these men were from families that had originally lived in those towns. Alternate translation: “From the town of Magbish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
131	EZR	2	30	kvd9	translate-names	מַגְבִּ֔ישׁ	1	Magbish	**Magbish** is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
132	EZR	2	31	bv43	figs-idiom	בְּנֵי֙ עֵילָ֣ם אַחֵ֔ר	1	General Information:	The list speaks here of the **sons of Elam**. This is an idiom that means that these men were from families that had originally lived in this town. (“The other Elam” indicates that this is the town of that name, not the person of that name mentioned in [2:7](../02/07.md).) Alternate translation: “From the town of Elam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
133	EZR	2	31	sl5j	translate-names	עֵילָ֣ם	1		Here, **Elam** is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
134	EZR	2	32	fqlf	figs-idiom	בְּנֵ֣י חָרִ֔ם	1		The list speaks here of the **sons of Harim**. This is an idiom that means that these men were from families that had originally lived in this town. Alternate translation: “From the town of Harim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
135	EZR	2	32	ubs3	translate-names	חָרִ֔ם	1	Harim	**Harim** is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
136	EZR	2	33	ti5a	figs-idiom	בְּנֵי־לֹד֙ חָדִ֣יד וְ⁠אוֹנ֔וֹ	1		The list speaks here of the **sons of Lod, Hadid, and Ono**. This is an idiom that means that these men were from families that had originally lived in these towns. Alternate translation: “From the towns of Lod, Hadid, and Ono” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
137	EZR	2	33	e3tw	translate-names	לֹד֙ חָדִ֣יד וְ⁠אוֹנ֔וֹ	1	Lod … Hadid … Ono	**Lod, Hadid, and Ono** are the names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
138	EZR	2	34	eyhe	figs-idiom	בְּנֵ֣י יְרֵח֔וֹ	1		Here, the list speaks figuratively of the **sons of Jericho**. This is an idiom that means that these men were from families that had originally lived in this city. Alternate translation: “From the city of Jericho” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
139	EZR	2	34	pt5k	translate-names	יְרֵח֔וֹ	1	General Information:	**Jericho** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
140	EZR	2	35	frxs	figs-idiom	בְּנֵ֣י סְנָאָ֔ה	1		The list speaks here of the **sons of Senaah**. This is an idiom that means that these men were from families that had originally lived in this town. Alternate translation: “From the town of Senaah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
141	EZR	2	35	ce4j	translate-names	סְנָאָ֔ה	1	Senaah	**Senaah** is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
142	EZR	2	36	c52r		הַֽ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֑ים	1	General Information:	**The priests** were men chosen to offer sacrifices to God on behalf of God’s people, and to perform other duties and functions to represent God to the people and to represent the people to God. Alternate translation: “This is how many men returned from each family of priests”
143	EZR	2	36	xd3k	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֤י יְדַֽעְיָה֙ לְ⁠בֵ֣ית יֵשׁ֔וּעַ תְּשַׁ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שִׁבְעִ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁלֹשָֽׁה	1	Jedaiah	Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Jedaiah who were descendants of Jeshua, 973 returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
144	EZR	2	36	m352	translate-names	יְדַֽעְיָה֙…יֵשׁ֔וּעַ	1	Jeshua	**Jedaiah** is the name of a man, and **Jeshua** is the name of one of his male descendants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
145	EZR	2	36	u51b	figs-metonymy	לְ⁠בֵ֣ית יֵשׁ֔וּעַ	1		Here, **house** describes all the people descended from a particular person. The book is describing all of the descendants **of Jeshua** figuratively as if they were one household living together. Alternate translation: “who were descendants of Jeshua” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
146	EZR	2	37	vauy	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י אִמֵּ֔ר	1		Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Immer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
147	EZR	2	37	u9p4	translate-names	אִמֵּ֔ר	1		**Immer** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
148	EZR	2	38	fvt0	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י פַשְׁח֔וּר	1		Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Pashhur” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
149	EZR	2	38	w3dr	translate-names	פַשְׁח֔וּר	1		**Pashhur** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
150	EZR	2	39	jzxo	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י חָרִ֔ם	1		Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Harim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
151	EZR	2	39	g31h	translate-names	חָרִ֔ם	1	Harim	**Harim** is the name of a man. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Harim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
152	EZR	2	40	tm51	translate-unknown	הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֑ם	1	General Information:	**The Levites** were descendants of Levi. They had the special assignment of helping the priests. Alternate translation: “Some Levites also returned” or “Some of the descendants of Levi also returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
153	EZR	2	40	vug8	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵי־יֵשׁ֧וּעַ וְ⁠קַדְמִיאֵ֛ל לִ⁠בְנֵ֥י הוֹדַוְיָ֖ה	1	Kadmiel … Hodaviah	Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Jeshua and Kadmiel, who were descended from Hodaviah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
154	EZR	2	40	yu1j	translate-names	יֵשׁ֧וּעַ וְ⁠קַדְמִיאֵ֛ל…הוֹדַוְיָ֖ה	1	seventy-four	**Jeshua and Kadmiel** are men’s names, and **Hodaviah** is the name of their male ancestor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
155	EZR	2	41	t56r	translate-unknown	הַֽ⁠מְשֹׁרְרִ֑ים	1		**The ones who sang** refers to vocal musicians who led in worship, in processions, and ceremonies, producing music and chants that emphasized and enhanced the occasion. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
156	EZR	2	41	th1l	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י אָסָ֔ף	1		Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “who were descendants of Asaph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
157	EZR	2	41	wkzb	translate-names	אָסָ֔ף	1		**Asaph** is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
158	EZR	2	42	xno0	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י הַ⁠שֹּֽׁעֲרִ֗ים	1		Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “Some of the descendants of the gatekeepers also returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
159	EZR	2	42	i72w	translate-unknown	הַ⁠שֹּֽׁעֲרִ֗ים	1	gatekeepers	Here, **the gatekeepers** refers to people who had been assigned to the gates of the city of Jerusalem and to the gates of the temple within the city. They were responsible for controlling access to these places. They would open and close the gates at times and for reasons set by the authorities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
160	EZR	2	42	imn8	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵי־שַׁלּ֤וּם בְּנֵֽי־אָטֵר֙ בְּנֵי־טַלְמ֣וֹן בְּנֵי־עַקּ֔וּב בְּנֵ֥י חֲטִיטָ֖א בְּנֵ֣י שֹׁבָ֑י	1	Shallum … Talmon … Akkub … Hatita … Shobai	Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Shallum, Ater, Talmon, Akkub, Hatita, and Shobai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
161	EZR	2	42	lyb8	translate-names	שַׁלּ֤וּם…אָטֵר֙…טַלְמ֣וֹן…עַקּ֔וּב…חֲטִיטָ֖א…שֹׁבָ֑י	1	Ater	These are the names of six men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
162	EZR	2	43	fhw8	translate-unknown	הַ⁠נְּתִינִ֑ים	1	General Information:	The term **Nethinim** describes servants who worked in the temple. Alternate translation: “The temple servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
163	EZR	2	43	nt2x		הַ⁠נְּתִינִ֑ים	1		Alternate translation: “Some of the descendants of the temple servants also returned”
164	EZR	2	43	m9ay	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵי־צִיחָ֥א בְנֵי־חֲשׂוּפָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י טַבָּעֽוֹת׃	1		Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “they were from the descendants of Ziha, Hasupha, Tabbaoth” beginning a series that will continue through [2:54](../02/54.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
165	EZR	2	43	tx4y	translate-names	צִיחָ֥א…חֲשׂוּפָ֖א…טַבָּעֽוֹת	1	Ziha … Hasupha … Tabbaoth	These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
166	EZR	2	44	vl6i	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵי־קֵרֹ֥ס בְּֽנֵי־סִֽיעֲהָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י פָדֽוֹן׃	1	Keros … Siaha … Padon	Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Keros, Siaha, Padon,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
167	EZR	2	45	b5nu	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵי־לְבָנָ֥ה בְנֵי־חֲגָבָ֖ה בְּנֵ֥י עַקּֽוּב׃	1	Lebanah … Hagabah	Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Lebanah, Hagabah, Akkub,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
168	EZR	2	46	qx4z	translate-names	בְּנֵי־חָגָ֥ב בְּנֵי־שַׁלְמַ֖י בְּנֵ֥י חָנָֽן׃	1	Hagab … Shalmai … Hanan	Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Hagab, Shalmai, Hanan,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
169	EZR	2	47	qg3y	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵי־גִדֵּ֥ל בְּנֵי־גַ֖חַר בְּנֵ֥י רְאָיָֽה׃	1	General Information:	Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Giddel, Gahar, Reaiah,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
170	EZR	2	48	hw0m	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵי־רְצִ֥ין בְּנֵי־נְקוֹדָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י גַזָּֽם׃	1		Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Rezin, Nekoda, Gazzam,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
171	EZR	2	49	csjh	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵי־עֻזָּ֥א בְנֵי־פָסֵ֖חַ בְּנֵ֥י בֵסָֽי׃	1		Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Uzza, Paseah, Besai,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
172	EZR	2	50	pxdj	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵי־אַסְנָ֥ה בְנֵי־מְעוּנִ֖ים בְּנֵ֥י נפיסים׃	1		Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Asnah, Meunim, Nephusim,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
173	EZR	2	51	fd31	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵי־בַקְבּ֥וּק בְּנֵי־חֲקוּפָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י חַרְחֽוּר׃	1	General Information:	Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Bakbuk, Hakupha, Harhur,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
174	EZR	2	52	yoav	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵי־בַצְל֥וּת בְּנֵי־מְחִידָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י חַרְשָֽׁא׃	1		Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Bazluth, Mehida, Harsha,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
175	EZR	2	53	c1mt	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵי־בַרְק֥וֹס בְּֽנֵי־סִֽיסְרָ֖א בְּנֵי־תָֽמַח׃	1		Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Barkos, Sisera, Temah,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
176	EZR	2	54	r7cn	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֥י נְצִ֖יחַ בְּנֵ֥י חֲטִיפָֽא׃	1		Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these two men, and end the series in this verse. Alternate translation: “Neziah, and Hatipha” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
177	EZR	2	55	kd7e	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֖י עַבְדֵ֣י שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה	1	General Information:	Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “Some of the descendants of the laborers who had worked for the kingdom also returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
178	EZR	2	55	zx3k	translate-unknown	עַבְדֵ֣י שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה	1		By **servants of Solomon**, this list does not mean officials who served in Solomon’s court. Rather, this phrase refers to people whom Solomon first conscripted as laborers. They were descendants of the groups that were living in the land of Canaan before the Israelites occupied it. They and their descendants remained conscripted laborers (slaves) under later kings. Alternate translation: “the laborers that King Solomon first conscripted” or “the laborers who had worked for the kingdom under Solomon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
179	EZR	2	55	vt3s	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵי־סֹטַ֥י בְּנֵי־הַ⁠סֹּפֶ֖רֶת בְּנֵ֥י פְרוּדָֽא׃	1		Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “they were from the descendants of Sotai, Hassophereth, Peruda,” beginning a series that will continue through [2:57](../02/57.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
180	EZR	2	55	rnfm	translate-names	סֹטַ֥י…הַ⁠סֹּפֶ֖רֶת…פְרוּדָֽא	1		These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
181	EZR	2	56	jtpw	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵי־יַעְלָ֥ה בְנֵי־דַרְק֖וֹן בְּנֵ֥י גִדֵּֽל׃	1		Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:55](../02/55.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Jaalah, Darkon, Giddel,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
182	EZR	2	57	f1lh	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֧י שְׁפַטְיָ֣ה בְנֵֽי־חַטִּ֗יל בְּנֵ֛י פֹּכֶ֥רֶת הַצְּבָיִ֖ים בְּנֵ֥י אָמִֽי׃	1		Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:55](../02/55.md), you can just list the names of these four men, and end the series in this verse. Alternate translation: “Shephatiah, Hattil, Pochereth Hazzebaim, and Ami” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
183	EZR	2	58	y86d		כָּ֨ל־הַ⁠נְּתִינִ֔ים וּ⁠בְנֵ֖י עַבְדֵ֣י שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת תִּשְׁעִ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁנָֽיִם	1	392	Alternate translation: “Altogether, 392 men returned who were descendants of temple servants or of laborers who had worked for the kingdom of Solomon”
184	EZR	2	59	fa24	figs-idiom	וְ⁠אֵ֗לֶּה הָֽ⁠עֹלִים֙	1	General Information:	As in [2:1](../02/01.md), **went up** means traveled from Babylon back to Judah, since that involved going from a river valley up into the mountains. Alternate translation: “Some others returned to Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
185	EZR	2	59	kgcj	translate-names	מִ⁠תֵּ֥ל מֶ֨לַח֙ תֵּ֣ל חַרְשָׁ֔א כְּר֥וּב אַדָּ֖ן אִמֵּ֑ר	1		These are the names of five towns in Babylonia. Alternate translation: “who had been living in the towns of Tel Melah, Tel Harsha, Kerub, Addon, and Immer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
186	EZR	2	59	gd69		וְ⁠לֹ֣א יָֽכְל֗וּ לְ⁠הַגִּ֤יד	1		Alternate translation: “but they had no records to prove”
187	EZR	2	59	ay8y	figs-parallelism	בֵּית־אֲבוֹתָ⁠ם֙ וְ⁠זַרְעָ֔⁠ם אִ֥ם מִ⁠יִּשְׂרָאֵ֖ל הֵֽם	1		All three of these phrases, **the house of their fathers**, **their seed**, and **whether they were from Israel**, mean very similar things. They are used together to give clarity and emphasis. The first phrase refers to a person being able to name a well-known ancestor. The second phrase refers to a person being able to list his ancestors going back to the one that is well-known. The third phrase summarizes the other two: if a person cannot name an ancestor or recite his ancestry, then he cannot claim to be from Israel. If there would be no distinction between these phrases in your language, you could combine them into one phrase. Alternate translations: “that their ancestors had been Israelites” or “what clan they were from or who their ancestors were, whether they were really Israelites” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
188	EZR	2	59	an9o	figs-metaphor	בֵּית־אֲבוֹתָ⁠ם֙	1		Among the Israelites, the expressions father’s house or **house of their fathers** originally described an extended-family group. It later came to be used more generally to refer to a larger clan within a tribe. In this expression, the word “house” figuratively describes all the people descended from a particular person. The term views all of those descendants as if they were one household living together. Alternate translation: “what clan they were from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
189	EZR	2	59	yqp3	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠זַרְעָ֔⁠ם	1		Here, **seed** is a metaphor meaning “offspring.” In the Bible, the term refers most often to a person’s descendants. Here it is describing the ancestors of these people, that is, whose seed they were. Alternate translation: “or who their ancestors were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
190	EZR	2	60	k7wr		בְּנֵי־דְלָיָ֥ה בְנֵי־טוֹבִיָּ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י נְקוֹדָ֑א שֵׁ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁנָֽיִם	1	652	Alternate translation: “In this group were 652 men from the descendants of Delaiah, Tobiah, and Nekoda”
191	EZR	2	60	v01g	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵי־דְלָיָ֥ה בְנֵי־טוֹבִיָּ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י נְקוֹדָ֑א	1		Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Either the men named here were not recognized clan heads of Israel, or the 652 people could not prove that they were descendants of these men. Alternate translation: “The descendants of Delaiah, Tobiah, and Nekoda” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
192	EZR	2	60	xr2g	translate-names	דְלָיָ֥ה…טוֹבִיָּ֖ה…נְקוֹדָ֑א	1	Delaiah … Tobiah … Nekoda	These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
193	EZR	2	61	io29		וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵי֙ הַ⁠כֹּ֣הֲנִ֔ים	1		Alternate translation: “Some of the men who returned from those towns were descendants of the priests”
194	EZR	2	61	heb8	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵי֙ הַ⁠כֹּ֣הֲנִ֔ים	1		Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “And descendants of the priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
195	EZR	2	61	mpkp	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֥י חֳבַיָּ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י הַקּ֑וֹץ בְּנֵ֣י בַרְזִלַּ֗י	1		Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “they were from the descendants of Habaiah, Hakkoz, and Barzillai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
196	EZR	2	61	vg3t	translate-names	חֳבַיָּ֖ה…הַקּ֑וֹץ…בַרְזִלַּ֗י	1	Habaiah … Hakkoz … Barzillai	These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
197	EZR	2	61	d6en		אֲשֶׁ֣ר לָ֠קַח מִ⁠בְּנ֞וֹת בַּרְזִלַּ֤י הַ⁠גִּלְעָדִי֙ אִשָּׁ֔ה	1		You could start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Barzillai married a woman who was one of the descendants of Barzillai the Gileadite”
198	EZR	2	61	bwy5	figs-metaphor	מִ⁠בְּנ֞וֹת בַּרְזִלַּ֤י הַ⁠גִּלְעָדִי֙	1		Here, **daughters** figuratively means female descendants. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Barzillai the Gileadite” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
199	EZR	2	61	cxge		וַ⁠יִּקָּרֵ֖א עַל־שְׁמָֽ⁠ם	1		Alternate translation: “and he took the name of her clan as his own name”
200	EZR	2	62	yiq1	figs-activepassive	אֵ֗לֶּה בִּקְשׁ֧וּ כְתָבָ֛⁠ם הַ⁠מִּתְיַחְשִׂ֖ים	1	the records of their ancestry	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “They searched for a mention of their names in the lists of people who were descendants of the priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
201	EZR	2	62	epi8	figs-activepassive	אֵ֗לֶּה בִּקְשׁ֧וּ כְתָבָ֛⁠ם הַ⁠מִּתְיַחְשִׂ֖ים וְ⁠לֹ֣א נִמְצָ֑אוּ	1	the records of their ancestry	There are two possible meanings for what these people **sought** in the **record**. (1) They were seeking their own names from among a list of descendants from Israelite clan leaders. See the UST. (2) They were seeking the names of the clan leaders listed in verse 61 from among a list of names of Israelite clan leaders. Alternate translation: “The people in that group searched in the documents that had the names of the ancestors of all the clans, but they did not find the names of these men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
202	EZR	2	62	lls0	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠לֹ֣א נִמְצָ֑אוּ	1	the records of their ancestry	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “but they were not able to find any mention of their names there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
203	EZR	2	62	r2wi	figs-activepassive	וַֽ⁠יְגֹאֲל֖וּ מִן־הַ⁠כְּהֻנָּֽה	1	the records of their ancestry	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “So the Jewish officials did not allow them to be priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
204	EZR	2	62	qt2w	figs-abstractnouns	וַֽ⁠יְגֹאֲל֖וּ מִן־הַ⁠כְּהֻנָּֽה	1	they were excluded from the priesthood as defiled	The abstract noun **priesthood** refers to the work that a priest does and the status that a priest holds as a representative of God to the people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the idea behind this term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “And so they were not allowed to serve as priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
205	EZR	2	63	d82e	translate-unknown	הַ⁠תִּרְשָׁ֨תָא֙	1		**Tirshatha** was the formal Persian title for the governor of a province, so this would be referring to Sheshbazzar, who may be the same person as Zerubbabel. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the title with a word like “governor,” or you could state the title and then explain it. Alternate translation: “the Tirshatha, that is, the governor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
206	EZR	2	63	jyg6	figs-idiom	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר…לָ⁠הֶ֔ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹא־יֹאכְל֖וּ מִ⁠קֹּ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠קֳּדָשִׁ֑ים	1		The phrase **the holiest holy food** refers to the most sacred part of the food offerings, which was reserved for only the priests to eat. Alternate translation: “told them that they would not be allowed to eat the most sacred food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
207	EZR	2	63	e7bg	figs-metaphor	עַ֛ד עֲמֹ֥ד כֹּהֵ֖ן	1		Here, **stood** is a figurative way of saying that a person had assumed the duties of his office. Here, **priest** means specifically the high priest, since he was the one who would have possession of the objects that this verse describes. Alternate translation: “until the high priest was once again on duty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
208	EZR	2	63	n2du	translate-unknown	לְ⁠אוּרִ֥ים וּ⁠לְ⁠תֻמִּֽים	1	Urim and Thummim	This was a pair of objects that the high priest kept in the breastpiece of his robe. It is unknown exactly what type of objects they were, but they were used to answer yes-or-no questions and to decide between two alternatives. If the priest, without looking, pulled out the Urim, that meant one answer, while if he pulled out the Thummim, that meant the other answer. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could describe these objects by their function rather than by their names. Alternate translation: “and could use the sacred objects to decide their cases” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
209	EZR	2	64	a73j	figs-idiom	כָּל־הַ⁠קָּהָ֖ל כְּ⁠אֶחָ֑ד אַרְבַּ֣ע רִבּ֔וֹא אַלְפַּ֖יִם שְׁלֹשׁ־מֵא֥וֹת שִׁשִּֽׁים׃	1	whole group	The expression **as one** means all together. Alternate translation: “The total number of men who returned was 42,360” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
210	EZR	2	65	w7yu		מִ֠⁠לְּ⁠בַד עַבְדֵי⁠הֶ֤ם וְ⁠אַמְהֹֽתֵי⁠הֶם֙ אֵ֔לֶּה שִׁבְעַ֣ת אֲלָפִ֔ים שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וְ⁠שִׁבְעָ֑ה	1	their maidservants	Alternate translation: “not counting their 7,337 male and female servants”
211	EZR	2	65	i75w	translate-unknown	וְ⁠לָ⁠הֶ֛ם מְשֹׁרְרִ֥ים וּֽ⁠מְשֹׁרְר֖וֹת מָאתָֽיִם	1	these were 7,337	This group of those **who sang** is a different group from those in [2:41](../02/41.md). Those were Levites who sang in connection with Israel’s worship. The group here is a class of servants who were employed to provide music for public and private events. Alternate translation: “and the 200 male and female singers whom they employed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
212	EZR	2	66	t7kb		סוּסֵי⁠הֶ֕ם שְׁבַ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וְ⁠שִׁשָּׁ֑ה פִּרְדֵי⁠הֶ֕ם מָאתַ֖יִם אַרְבָּעִ֥ים וַ⁠חֲמִשָּֽׁה׃	1	General Information:	Alternate translation, beginning a sentence that will continue through the next verse: “The group also brought back with them 736 horses, 245 mules”
213	EZR	2	67	mho1		גְּמַ֨לֵּי⁠הֶ֔ם אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וַ⁠חֲמִשָּׁ֑ה חֲמֹרִ֕ים שֵׁ֣שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֔ים שְׁבַ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִֽים	1		Alternate translation, concluding the sentence from the previous verse: “435 camels, and 6,720 donkeys”
214	EZR	2	68	aaer	writing-newevent	וּ⁠מֵ⁠רָאשֵׁי֙	1		The word **and** introduces a new event in the story. Use the most natural way in your language to introduce this new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
215	EZR	2	68	r2vx	figs-ellipsis	וּ⁠מֵ⁠רָאשֵׁי֙ הָֽ⁠אָב֔וֹת	1		Here, **heads of the fathers** is an abbreviated way of saying the heads of father’s houses. The full expression “house of their fathers” was used in [2:59](../02/59.md). See how you translated it there, and review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “some of the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
216	EZR	2	68	cvyh	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠מֵ⁠רָאשֵׁי֙	1		Here, **heads** is a figurative way of saying leaders. Alternate translation: “And …leaders of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
217	EZR	2	68	onqa	figs-metaphor	לְ⁠בֵ֥ית יְהוָ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר בִּ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָ֑ם…לְ⁠בֵ֣ית הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֔ים	1		As in [1:3–4](../01/03.md), the expressions **house of Yahweh** and **house of God** both figuratively refer to the same temple. The book speaks of this temple as if it would be a house in which God lived, since God’s presence would be there. Alternate translation: “the temple of Yahweh in Jerusalem … the temple of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
218	EZR	2	68	fi3w	figs-personification	לְ⁠הַעֲמִיד֖⁠וֹ עַל־מְכוֹנֽ⁠וֹ	1		This expression indicates figuratively that these gifts were given towards the costs of rebuilding the temple on its former site. The expression envisions the rebuilt temple as like a living thing that would **stand** in that location. Alternate translation: “to rebuild it on its former site” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
219	EZR	2	69	v744		לְ⁠אוֹצַ֣ר הַ⁠מְּלָאכָה֒	1	sixty-one thousand … five thousand … one hundred	**The work** means the project of rebuilding the temple. The **treasury** was where all of the money would be kept safely until it was needed. Alternate translation: “to the fund for rebuilding the temple”
220	EZR	2	69	qh93	translate-bmoney	זָהָ֗ב דַּרְכְּמוֹנִים֙ שֵׁשׁ־רִבֹּ֣אות וָ⁠אֶ֔לֶף	1	gold darics	In ancient times, **gold darics** each weighed about 8 or 8.5 grams, or about a quarter of an ounce. You could try to express this in terms of modern money values, but if you did, that could cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. Instead, you might say something general like “61,000 gold coins,” or give the equivalent weight, or use the biblical term in the text and give the weight in a note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
221	EZR	2	69	ln9c	translate-bmoney	וְ⁠כֶ֕סֶף מָנִ֖ים חֲמֵ֣שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֑ים	1	minas	In ancient times, **silver minas** each weighed about half a kilogram, or about 1.25 pounds. However, as in the case of darics, it would probably be best to say something general like “5,000 silver bars,” or give the equivalent weight, or use the biblical term and give the equivalent weight in a footnote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
222	EZR	2	69	h3zd	translate-unknown	וְ⁠כָתְנֹ֥ת כֹּהֲנִ֖ים מֵאָֽה	1	tunics	**Tunics** were the special garments that priests would wear while performing their duties in the temple. Alternate translation: “100 special garments for the priests to wear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
223	EZR	2	70	w7fw		וַ⁠יֵּשְׁב֣וּ הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֣ים וְ֠⁠הַ⁠לְוִיִּם וּֽ⁠מִן־הָ⁠עָ֞ם וְ⁠הַ⁠מְשֹׁרְרִ֧ים וְ⁠הַ⁠שּׁוֹעֲרִ֛ים וְ⁠הַ⁠נְּתִינִ֖ים בְּ⁠עָרֵי⁠הֶ֑ם וְ⁠כָל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בְּ⁠עָרֵי⁠הֶֽם׃	1	and all Israel lived in their cities	This is a summary conclusion to the list. See how you translated each of these terms within the list: priests in v. [36](../02/36.md), Levites in v. [40](../02/40.md), singers in v. [41](../02/41.md), gatekeepers in v. [42](../02/42.md), and temple servants in v. [43](../02/43.md). Review the notes to each of these verses if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “So the priests, Levites, other Israelites, singers, gatekeepers, and temple servants returned to Judah and settled in the places where their ancestors had formerly lived”
224	EZR	2	70	gg6o	figs-parallelism	וְ⁠כָל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בְּ⁠עָרֵי⁠הֶֽם	1		This sentence summarizes the previous sentence, which was itself a summary of the chapter. It shows the result of the journey, that the return of the Israelites was accomplished successfully. You could include this meaning with the previous sentence if stating it separately might be confusing for your readers because of the repetition. Its meaning is included in the alternate translation suggested for the previous sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
225	EZR	3	intro	rp9a			0		# Ezra 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the story of the building of the temple and re-establishment of worship in the new temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Rebuilding the temple<br><br>They immediately began the temple worship even though the temple had not yet been built because they feared the people of the surrounding nations.
226	EZR	3	1	us0g	grammar-connect-time-sequential	וַ⁠יִּגַּע֙	1		The word **then** indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After this group had returned to Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
227	EZR	3	1	lr47	figs-explicit	וַ⁠יִּגַּע֙ הַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י	1		This phrase refers to the beginning of the seventh month in the Jewish religious calendar, which is the first month in the Jewish civic calendar. The phrase is actually giving the reason why the people gathered in Jerusalem at this time. It was the start of a new year, and the leadership had decided to resume community worship, including daily sacrifices, as of the beginning of that year, as [3:6](../03/06.md) indicates. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “At the start of the seventh month, because it was the beginning of a new civic year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
228	EZR	3	1	h84e	translate-ordinal	הַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י	1		Alternate translation: “month seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
229	EZR	3	1	a2ka	translate-hebrewmonths	הַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י	1	the seventh month	You could convert the Hebrew **month** into an equivalent on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the equivalency will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to use the number of the Hebrew month. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
230	EZR	3	1	d1d0	figs-distinguish	וּ⁠בְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בֶּ⁠עָרִ֑ים ס וַ⁠יֵּאָסְפ֥וּ הָ⁠עָ֛ם…אֶל־יְרוּשָׁלִָֽם	1		Here the book repeats some background information to remind readers why the Israelites were not all in Jerusalem already and would have had to come there from various places. Alternate translation: “the Israelites came from the different places where they had settled and they gathered … in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
231	EZR	3	1	vth3	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠בְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל	1		Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. The book is envisioning all of the Israelites as descendants of the patriarch Jacob, who was also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
232	EZR	3	1	hh94	figs-activepassive	וַ⁠יֵּאָסְפ֥וּ הָ⁠עָ֛ם	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “And they gathered together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
233	EZR	3	1	hwv6	figs-idiom	כְּ⁠אִ֥ישׁ אֶחָ֖ד	1	as one man	**As one man** is an idiom that means they gathered as if they were a single person, that is, all in one place at the same time for the same purpose. Alternate translation: “as if they were a single person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
234	EZR	3	2	hbk8	grammar-connect-time-sequential	וַ⁠יָּקָם֩	1		The word **then** indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “Once everyone had gathered, arose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
235	EZR	3	2	s7ds	figs-idiom	וַ⁠יָּקָם֩	1		In this context, the word **arose** means they took action to get an enterprise under way. It does not indicate that these leaders had been sitting or lying down and that they stood up. Alternate translation: “Then took action” or “Then carried out their plans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
236	EZR	3	2	ua8i	translate-names	יֵשׁ֨וּעַ בֶּן־יֽוֹצָדָ֜ק	1	Jeshua	**Jeshua** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [2:2](../02/02.md). **Jozadak** is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
237	EZR	3	2	o0k8	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠אֶחָ֣י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֗ים	1		Here, **brothers** is likely a figurative way of saying fellow priests, although it is possible that some of the biological brothers of Jeshua were included in this group. Jeshua himself was the high priest at this time. Alternate translation: “his fellow priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
238	EZR	3	2	gq2e	translate-names	וּ⁠זְרֻבָּבֶ֤ל בֶּן־שְׁאַלְתִּיאֵל֙	1	Shealtiel	**Zerubbabel** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [2:2](../02/02.md). **Shealtiel** is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
239	EZR	3	2	j3ra	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠אֶחָ֔י⁠ו	1		Here, **brothers** appears to be a figurative way of saying fellow leaders. The other seven men listed in [2:2](../02/02.md) as leaders of the group that returned from exile may be particularly in view. Alternate translation: “and his fellow leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
240	EZR	3	2	yy1u	figs-explicit	וַ⁠יִּבְנ֕וּ אֶת־מִזְבַּ֖ח אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל לְ⁠הַעֲל֤וֹת עָלָי⁠ו֙ עֹל֔וֹת	1	rose up and built	This was a way of resuming regular community worship even before construction began on the new temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and they built a new altar to the God of Israel so that the priests could start offering sacrifices right away on behalf of the community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
241	EZR	3	2	kqvh	figs-explicit	עֹל֔וֹת	1		The book assumes that readers will know that this means whole burnt offerings, that is, sacrifices that were burned up completely on the altar. These were offered to express a desire to be in good standing with God through the complete sacrifice of something valuable and also through the creation of an aroma, the smell of roasting meat, that was considered to be pleasing to God. If your language has a special term for such offerings, you can use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “whole burnt offerings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
242	EZR	3	2	eg3w	figs-activepassive	כַּ⁠כָּת֕וּב בְּ⁠תוֹרַ֖ת מֹשֶׁ֥ה	1	as it is written in the law of Moses	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “as God had commanded the people of Israel to do through Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
243	EZR	3	2	gjpk	figs-distinguish	מֹשֶׁ֥ה אִישׁ־הָ⁠אֱלֹהִֽים	1		Here the book repeats some background information to remind readers who Moses was. Alternate translation: “Moses, that godly man” or “Moses, that man who knew God well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
244	EZR	3	2	h7xj	translate-names	מֹשֶׁ֥ה	1		**Moses** is the name of a man. It occurs many times throughout the book, and it will be helpful to your readers if you translate it consistently each time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
245	EZR	3	3	mo49	grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠יָּכִ֤ינוּ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֨חַ֙ עַל־מְכ֣וֹנֹתָ֔י⁠ו כִּ֚י בְּ⁠אֵימָ֣ה עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֔ם מֵ⁠עַמֵּ֖י הָ⁠אֲרָצ֑וֹת	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could reverse the order of these phrases since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because they were afraid of the people from other groups who lived around them, thinking they might attack them, they wanted to ask God for help and protection, so they made rebuilding the altar their first priority” or “Because they were afraid of the people from other groups who lived around them, thinking they might try to stop them from rebuilding the temple, they wanted to get started on rebuilding as quickly as possible, and so they began right away with the altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
246	EZR	3	3	t8y7	figs-explicit	וַ⁠יָּכִ֤ינוּ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֨חַ֙ עַל־מְכ֣וֹנֹתָ֔י⁠ו	1	they set the altar on its foundation	This phrase likely means that the priests and leaders built this new altar right at the place where the altar had been located within the former temple. You could say that as an alternate translation If your readers would misunderstand this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
247	EZR	3	3	bk73	figs-explicit	כִּ֚י בְּ⁠אֵימָ֣ה עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֔ם מֵ⁠עַמֵּ֖י הָ⁠אֲרָצ֑וֹת	1	dread was on them	The book does not say specifically why the Israelites were afraid of the people from other groups who lived around them. Two possibilities are that they were afraid these people might attack them or that they might try to keep them from rebuilding the temple, in both cases to stop them from re-establishing themselves in their former homeland. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could suggest one of these explanations explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they were afraid that the people from other groups who lived around them might attack them, they wanted to ask God for help and protection” or “because they were afraid that the people from other groups who lived around them might try to stop them from rebuilding the temple, they wanted to get started on rebuilding as quickly as possible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
248	EZR	3	3	n3m4	figs-metaphor	בְּ⁠אֵימָ֣ה עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֔ם	1		Here the book uses a spatial metaphor of **dread** or fear landing **on** or resting **on** the Israelites to express that the Israelites felt that emotion. Alternate translation: “they were very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
249	EZR	3	3	c33h	figs-idiom	מֵ⁠עַמֵּ֖י הָ⁠אֲרָצ֑וֹת	1	because of the people of the land	This was the expression that the Jews used to refer to members of other people groups, including some that the Assyrians had brought into the area who were originally from other places (**lands**) but who were now living in and around the province of Judah. Alternate translation: “people from other groups” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
250	EZR	3	3	a9a2	grammar-connect-time-sequential	וַיַּעֲל֨וּ עָלָ֤י⁠ו עֹלוֹת֙ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֔ה עֹל֖וֹת לַ⁠בֹּ֥קֶר וְ⁠לָ⁠עָֽרֶב	1	They offered on it burnt offerings to Yahweh, both the morning and evening burnt offerings	The word **then** at the beginning of this sentence indicates that the activity it describes took place after the events the story has been describing. Specifically, this was a continuous activity, not something the leaders did just on that occasion. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a phrase such as “from that time on.” Alternate translation: “From that time on, the priests offered sacrifices to Yahweh on this altar every morning and every evening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
251	EZR	3	3	vc8u	figs-explicit	וַיַּעֲל֨וּ עָלָ֤י⁠ו עֹלוֹת֙ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֔ה עֹל֖וֹת לַ⁠בֹּ֥קֶר וְ⁠לָ⁠עָֽרֶב	1		As [3:2](../03/02.md) notes, God had commanded these daily **offerings** in the law of Moses. By resuming them, the leaders and priests were restoring the regular worship life of the community. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “From that time on, the priests offered sacrifices to Yahweh on this altar every morning and every evening. By doing that, they restored the regular worship life of the community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
252	EZR	3	4	pqln	grammar-connect-time-sequential	וַֽ⁠יַּעֲשׂ֛וּ	1		The word **Then** indicates that the events the story will now recount came after the event it has just related. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using an equivalent phrase. The next event is specifically the Festival of Tabernacles, which the law of Moses said to observe from the fifteenth through the twenty-second days of the seventh month. So that event would have taken place about two weeks after the Israelites first gathered in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “Later that month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
253	EZR	3	4	iej2	figs-explicit	וַֽ⁠יַּעֲשׂ֛וּ אֶת־חַ֥ג הַ⁠סֻּכּ֖וֹת	1	the Festival of Shelters	This phrase describes the Israelites celebrating an observance that is also known as the Festival of Tabernacles. The purpose of this festival was to remind the Israelites how Yahweh had cared for their ancestors when they lived in temporary shelters as they traveled through the wilderness from Egypt to Canaan. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Israelites celebrated the Festival of Tabernacles to remember how God had taken care of their ancestors when they had only temporary shelters to live in as they traveled through the wilderness from Egypt to Canaan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
254	EZR	3	4	q687	figs-activepassive	כַּ⁠כָּת֑וּב	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “as God had commanded the people of Israel to do through Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
255	EZR	3	4	ka3d	figs-explicit	וְ⁠עֹלַ֨ת י֤וֹם בְּ⁠יוֹם֙ בְּ⁠מִסְפָּ֔ר כְּ⁠מִשְׁפַּ֖ט דְּבַר־י֥וֹם בְּ⁠יוֹמֽ⁠וֹ	1		These expressions refer to the way the law of Moses commanded the Israelites to offer a different number of sacrifices on each of the eight days of this festival. Alternate translation: “they offered burnt offerings every day, and on each day they offered the number of sacrifices that the law specified for that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
256	EZR	3	5	r95n	grammar-connect-time-sequential	וְ⁠אַחֲרֵי כֵ֞ן	1		This phrase indicates that the activity it describes took place after the one it has just described. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a phrase such as “And from that time on.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
257	EZR	3	5	yg77	figs-ellipsis	עֹלַ֤ת תָּמִיד֙ וְ⁠לֶ֣⁠חֳדָשִׁ֔ים וּ⁠לְ⁠כָל־מוֹעֲדֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה הַ⁠מְקֻדָּשִׁ֑ים וּ⁠לְ⁠כֹ֛ל מִתְנַדֵּ֥ב נְדָבָ֖ה לַ⁠יהוָֽה	1		Here the book leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. The meaning seems to be that once the daily morning and evening sacrifices had been re-instituted, the less frequent sacrifices were resumed as well, including those for the new moon, for the annual festivals, and on the occasion of freewill offerings. You could say that explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the priests offered sacrifices every morning and evening, and they also offered sacrifices for the new moon festivals, for the festivals that Yahweh had commanded them to observe each year, and whenever anyone freely offered an animal to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
258	EZR	3	6	x3mt	translate-ordinal	מִ⁠יּ֤וֹם אֶחָד֙	1	from the first day of the seventh month	The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, **one**, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, **first**, in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of days, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “Starting on the first day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
259	EZR	3	6	cz5p	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	הֵחֵ֕לּוּ לְ⁠הַעֲל֥וֹת עֹל֖וֹת לַ⁠יהוָ֑ה וְ⁠הֵיכַ֥ל יְהוָ֖ה לֹ֥א יֻסָּֽד	1		This sentence draws a contrast between the conditions under which readers would have expected sacrifices to resume and the conditions under which they actually did resume. You could use a connecting phrase such as “even though” between the two clauses to indicate this contrast. Alternate translation: “they resumed offering sacrifices to Yahweh, even though they had not yet rebuilt the temple of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
260	EZR	3	6	cip8	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠הֵיכַ֥ל יְהוָ֖ה לֹ֥א יֻסָּֽד	1	although the foundation of the temple of Yahweh had not been laid	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders had not yet rebuilt the temple of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
261	EZR	3	6	qiw8	figs-synecdoche	וְ⁠הֵיכַ֥ל יְהוָ֖ה לֹ֥א יֻסָּֽד	1		This phrase likely means specifically that no one had laid a foundation yet for the new temple. That would have been the first step in construction. However, this seems to be a figurative way of describing the entire process of building the temple by referring to one part of that process, its first step. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders had not yet rebuilt the temple of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
262	EZR	3	7	rmxu	grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠יִּ֨תְּנוּ	1		Here, the word **and** indicates that the sentence it introduces will explain what people did as a result of the situation that the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “And so they gave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
263	EZR	3	7	y5sm	figs-explicit	וַ⁠יִּ֨תְּנוּ־כֶ֔סֶף לַ⁠חֹצְבִ֖ים וְ⁠לֶ⁠חָרָשִׁ֑ים	1		The implication is that the Jewish leaders did this, and the rest of the things the verse describes, in order to start construction on the new temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In order to start building a new temple, the Jewish leaders hired masons and carpenters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
264	EZR	3	7	kpjx	figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּ֨תְּנוּ־כֶ֔סֶף לַ⁠חֹצְבִ֖ים וְ⁠לֶ⁠חָרָשִׁ֑ים	1		**Gave** is an idiom that means the Jewish leaders paid money to these workers in exchange for their expected labor. The money was not a gift. Alternate translation: “And they hired masons and carpenters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
265	EZR	3	7	sqt7	figs-metonymy	וַ⁠יִּ֨תְּנוּ־כֶ֔סֶף	1		Here, **silver** means money. Though the payment may have been in the form of silver bars, such as are described in [2:69](../02/69.md), it may also have been in the form of some other type of money. The book is describing a payment figuratively by reference to something that was the most common type of money. Alternate translation: “And they paid money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
266	EZR	3	7	hm3b	translate-unknown	לַ⁠חֹצְבִ֖ים	1		The term **masons** describes workers who build things from stone. Alternate translation: “stoneworkers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
267	EZR	3	7	q3ku	translate-unknown	וְ⁠לֶ⁠חָרָשִׁ֑ים	1		The term **carpenters** describes workers who build things from wood. Alternate translation: “woodworkers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
268	EZR	3	7	snzd	figs-idiom	וּ⁠מַאֲכָ֨ל וּ⁠מִשְׁתֶּ֜ה וָ⁠שֶׁ֗מֶן לַ⁠צִּֽדֹנִים֙ וְ⁠לַ⁠צֹּרִ֔ים	1		This phrase describes a further step that the Jewish leaders took to rebuild the temple. The words **they gave**, earlier in the sentence, apply to this phrase as well. In this case, **gave** would now have the sense of “sent,” since the leaders sent the **food**, **drink, and oil** to people in distant cities. Alternate translation: “and they also sent grain and wine and olive oil to people who lived in the cities of Sidon and Tyre” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
269	EZR	3	7	i65c	figs-synecdoche	וּ⁠מַאֲכָ֨ל וּ⁠מִשְׁתֶּ֜ה וָ⁠שֶׁ֗מֶן	1		While these are all general terms that describe categories of things, the book is likely using them to refer figuratively to specific items within each category. While **food** means anything to eat, here it probably means grain, which the Israelites grew in their land and which they could transport relatively easily. Similarly, **drink** means anything to drink, but it probably means wine, and **oil** probably means olive oil, because these were both things that the Israelites also produced and could transport. Alternate translation: “and grain and wine and olive oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
270	EZR	3	7	zqr4	translate-names	לַ⁠צִּֽדֹנִים֙ וְ⁠לַ⁠צֹּרִ֔ים	1		These are the names of two people groups. The terms describe the residents of the cities of Sidon and Tyre, which were located on the seacoast north of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
271	EZR	3	7	yj5k	grammar-connect-logic-goal	לְ⁠הָבִיא֩	1		This phrase describes the purpose for which the Jewish leaders took the actions just described. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a term such as “so that” to indicate this. Alternate translation: “so that they would bring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
272	EZR	3	7	i1u7	translate-unknown	עֲצֵ֨י אֲרָזִ֤ים	1		The term **cedar** refers to large fir trees with strong, beautiful, aromatic wood that were valued for construction. Such trees grew plentifully and grew to great heights in the region of Lebanon. Alternate translation: “cedar trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
273	EZR	3	7	zvt6	figs-idiom	מִן־הַ⁠לְּבָנוֹן֙ אֶל־יָ֣ם יָפ֔וֹא	1		The **sea of Joppa** is not the name of a body of water. Instead, that term refers to the coast of the Mediterranean Sea at the port city of Joppa. This full phrase means that the people of Tyre and Sidon were to cut cedar trees in Lebanon and transport them to Israel by floating them along the seacoast to the port of Joppa. Alternate translation: “by sea from Lebanon to Joppa” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
274	EZR	3	7	gq2g	translate-names	הַ⁠לְּבָנוֹן֙	1		**Lebanon** is the name of a place. It was a mountainous region located along the coast of the Mediterranean Sea, north of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
275	EZR	3	7	kya8	translate-names	יָפ֔וֹא	1		**Joppa** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
276	EZR	3	7	ze22	figs-activepassive	כְּ⁠רִשְׁי֛וֹן כּ֥וֹרֶשׁ מֶֽלֶךְ־פָּרַ֖ס עֲלֵי⁠הֶֽם	1	according to the permission they had from King Cyrus of Persia	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “for King Cyrus of Persia had authorized them to do this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
277	EZR	3	7	m2qw	figs-abstractnouns	כְּ⁠רִשְׁי֛וֹן כּ֥וֹרֶשׁ מֶֽלֶךְ־פָּרַ֖ס עֲלֵי⁠הֶֽם	1	according to the permission they had from King Cyrus of Persia	If your readers would misunderstand this, you can translate the abstract noun **permission** with a verb. Alternate translation: “since King Cyrus of Persia had authorized them to do this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
278	EZR	3	7	tfm5	grammar-connect-logic-result	כְּ⁠רִשְׁי֛וֹן כּ֥וֹרֶשׁ מֶֽלֶךְ־פָּרַ֖ס עֲלֵי⁠הֶֽם	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could put this sentence earlier or even first in the verse since it gives the reason for the actions that the rest of the verse describes. You could also show the connection by beginning the next sentence with a phrase such as “and so.” Alternate translation: “King Cyrus of Persia had authorized the Jewish leaders to get the materials they needed to rebuild the temple, and so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
279	EZR	3	8	ayx1	grammar-connect-time-sequential	וּ⁠בַ⁠שָּׁנָ֣ה הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֗ית לְ⁠בוֹאָ֞⁠ם	1		The word **Then** at the beginning of this phrase indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the events it has just described. Alternate translation: “Then in the second year after they came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
280	EZR	3	8	e0js	translate-ordinal	וּ⁠בַ⁠שָּׁנָ֣ה הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֗ית לְ⁠בוֹאָ֞⁠ם אֶל־בֵּ֤ית הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִים֙ לִ⁠יר֣וּשָׁלִַ֔ם בַּ⁠חֹ֖דֶשׁ הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֑י	1		“Then in month two of year two after arriving at the house of God in Jerusalem” or “Then in the springtime of the second year since they came to the house of God in Jerusalem” or “Seven months after they had come to the house of God in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
281	EZR	3	8	rs79	figs-explicit	וּ⁠בַ⁠שָּׁנָ֣ה הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֗ית לְ⁠בוֹאָ֞⁠ם אֶל־בֵּ֤ית הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִים֙ לִ⁠יר֣וּשָׁלִַ֔ם	1		At this time, there was no temple in Jerusalem. So this phrase means one of two things: (1) The book could be referring implicitly to the place where God's temple belonged. It seems that the people thought of the temple site as God's temple, even though it was in ruins. Alternate translation: “In the second year after they returned from exile to the site of God's temple in Jerusalem.” or (2) The book could be referring implicitly to the purpose for which they came. Alternate translation: “In the second year after they returned to Jerusalem in order to build a temple there for God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
282	EZR	3	8	y8bn	figs-metaphor	בֵּ֤ית הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִים֙	1	to the house of God	“the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
283	EZR	3	8	ckj4		בַּ⁠חֹ֖דֶשׁ הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֑י	1	in the second year	The book does not say explicitly why the Jewish leaders started the actual construction of the new temple at this time. One possibility is that once they had ordered the necessary materials, as [3:7](../03/07.md) describes, it took seven months for enough materials to be delivered for construction to begin. Another possibility is that the leaders waited until spring because winter would have been a bad time to start building. Yet another possibility is that they wanted to lay the foundation of this new temple in the second month of the year for ceremonial reasons, because that was the month in which King Solomon had laid the foundation of the original temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could put these explanations in a footnote.
284	EZR	3	8	wwz8	translate-names	זְרֻבָּבֶ֣ל בֶּן־שְׁ֠אַלְתִּיאֵל	1		**Zerubbabel** is the name of a man, and **Shealtiel** is the name of his father. See how you translated these names in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
285	EZR	3	8	fa38	translate-names	וְ⁠יֵשׁ֨וּעַ בֶּן־יֽוֹצָדָ֜ק	1	Jeshua … Jozadak	**Jeshua** is the name of a man, and **Jozadak** is the name of his father. See how you translated these names in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
286	EZR	3	8	bzi5	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠שְׁאָ֥ר אֲחֵי⁠הֶ֣ם ׀ הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֣ים וְ⁠הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֗ם	1		Here, **brothers** seems to be a figurative way of saying fellow leaders, since the priests and Levites were also leaders in the community like Zerubbabel, the governor, and Jeshua, the high priest. Alternate translation: “and their fellow leaders, the priests and Levites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
287	EZR	3	8	hy61	figs-abstractnouns	וְ⁠כָל־הַ⁠בָּאִים֙ מֵ⁠הַ⁠שְּׁבִ֣י יְרֽוּשָׁלִַ֔ם	1		The abstract noun **captivity** refers to the way the Babylonians had transported many of the Jews away from their homeland when they conquered Jerusalem. (These included many of the parents or grandparents of the people here, but also some of these people themselves, as [3:12](../03/12.md) indicates.) If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the idea behind this term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “and the rest of the people who had returned to Jerusalem from where their enemies had taken them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
288	EZR	3	8	uyam	figs-ellipsis	הֵחֵ֡לּוּ	1		Here the book leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete because they were understood by the original readers. You can supply them from the context, If your readers would misunderstand this. Alternate translation: “began to build the new temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
289	EZR	3	8	tliz	grammar-connect-logic-goal	וַ⁠יַּעֲמִ֣ידוּ	1		This phrase describes the purpose for which the Jewish leaders took the actions that the rest of the verse describes. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a term such as “so” to indicate this. Alternate translation: “so they appointed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
290	EZR	3	8	hf5n	figs-idiom	אֶת־הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֗ם מִ⁠בֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָ⁠מַ֔עְלָ⁠ה	1	from twenty years old	Here, **son of 20 years and above** is an idiom that indicates a person’s age. Alternate translation: “the Levites who were at least 20 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
291	EZR	3	8	vyhg	figs-ellipsis	לְ⁠נַצֵּ֖חַ עַל־מְלֶ֥אכֶת בֵּית־יְהוָֽה	1		In this context, **the work of the house** is an abbreviated way of referring to the project of constructing a temple. Alternate translation: “to supervise the construction of the temple for Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
292	EZR	3	8	jfho	figs-metaphor	בֵּית־יְהוָֽה	1		See how you translated this expression in [1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “the temple for Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
293	EZR	3	9	b5al	grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠יַּעֲמֹ֣ד	1		Here, the word **and** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So … helped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
294	EZR	3	9	s6i8	translate-names	יֵשׁ֡וּעַ	1	Jeshua … Henadad	**Jeshua** is the name of a man, but he is not the high priest mentioned in the previous verse. Rather, he is the Levite clan leader listed in [2:40](../02/40.md) as one of the exiles who returned to Judah. See how you translated his name there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
295	EZR	3	9	up2g		בָּנָ֣י⁠ו וְ֠⁠אֶחָי⁠ו	1		The terms **sons** and **brothers** do not seem to be figurative here. Rather, they would describe the biological sons and brothers of Jeshua as men who worked closely with him in supervising the construction of the new temple. So it would be appropriate to use the usual terms in your language for these close relationships.
296	EZR	3	9	r3rx	translate-names	קַדְמִיאֵ֨ל	1	Kadmiel	**Kadmiel** is the name of a man. He is another Levite clan leader listed in [2:40](../02/40.md). See how you translated his name there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
297	EZR	3	9	sc2u		וּ⁠בָנָ֤י⁠ו	1		Here as well, the term **sons** does not seem to be figurative. Rather, it describes the biological sons of Kadmiel as men who helped supervise the temple construction.
298	EZR	3	9	w4q7	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵֽי־יְהוּדָה֙	1		Here, **sons** does figuratively mean “descendants.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
299	EZR	3	9	mrij	translate-names	בְּנֵֽי־יְהוּדָה֙	1		**Judah** is the name of a man. According to [2:40](../02/40.md), Jeshua and Kadmiel were the leaders of two Levite clans that were both descended from a man named Hodaviah. It is possible that this is an alternate spelling of that same name. Alternate translation: “who were all descendants of Hodaviah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
300	EZR	3	9	xr9e	figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יַּעֲמֹ֣ד…כְּ⁠אֶחָ֔ד לְ⁠נַצֵּ֛חַ עַל־עֹשֵׂ֥ה הַ⁠מְּלָאכָ֖ה	1		As in [2:63](../02/63.md), **stood** is a figurative way of saying that a person assumed the duties of his office. Alternate translation: “joined together to supervise the workers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
301	EZR	3	9	myu1	figs-idiom	כְּ⁠אֶחָ֔ד	1		**As one** is an idiom that means these men all behaved as if they were a single person. That is, they all did the same thing; they worked unitedly towards a common goal. Alternate translation: “together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
302	EZR	3	9	mgw2		עַל־עֹשֵׂ֥ה הַ⁠מְּלָאכָ֖ה בְּ⁠בֵ֣ית הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים	1		As in [2:69](../02/69.md) and [3:8](../03/08.md), **the work** means the project of rebuilding the temple. Alternate translation: “of the workers who were rebuilding the temple”
303	EZR	3	9	ihtd	figs-explicit	בְּנֵי֙ חֵֽנָדָ֔ד בְּנֵי⁠הֶ֥ם וַ⁠אֲחֵי⁠הֶ֖ם הַ⁠לְוִיִּֽם	1		The relationship of this list of names to the rest of the verse is not entirely clear. There are 2 possibilities. (1) This is a list of the people who did the actual construction work on the new temple under the supervision of Jeshua, Kadmiel, and their relatives. Alternate translation: “Those workers were the sons and grandsons of a man named Henadad and all the other Levites” (2) The people listed here helped Jeshua, Kadmiel, and their relatives supervise other people who did the construction work. Alternate translation: “The sons and grandsons of a man named Henadad and all the other Levites helped them supervise the workers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
304	EZR	3	9	q6vn	figs-metaphor	וַ⁠אֲחֵי⁠הֶ֖ם הַ⁠לְוִיִּֽם	1		There are two possibilities for the referent of **their** here. (1) It could refer to Jeshua and Kadmiel, in which case **their brothers the Levites** would be a figurative way of saying “their fellow Levites,” as opposed to their biological brothers mentioned earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “and all the other Levites who had returned from exile” (2) However, **their** could refer to the sons of Henadad. It would still mean “fellow Levites.” The only difference would be that it would also mean that Henadad and his sons and grandsons were also Levites themselves. Alternate translation: “and the others who were Levites as they were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
305	EZR	3	9	nyal	translate-names	בְּנֵי֙ חֵֽנָדָ֔ד בְּנֵי⁠הֶ֥ם	1		The **sons of Henadad** seems to mean the actual sons of a man named Henadad. Likewise, **their sons** seems to mean the actual sons of those men. The book does not mention Henadad anywhere else and it does not provide any further information about him, so it would probably be best simply to state his name. Alternate translation: “the sons and grandsons of a man named Henadad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
306	EZR	3	10	zkmw	grammar-connect-time-sequential	וְ⁠יִסְּד֥וּ הַ⁠בֹּנִ֖ים אֶת־הֵיכַ֣ל יְהוָ֑ה	1		The word **Then** at the beginning of this sentence indicates that it will describe something that took place after the event the story has just related. (Specifically, now that all the necessary supervisors were in place, the construction work could begin.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
307	EZR	3	10	w1j9	figs-explicit	וְ⁠יִסְּד֥וּ הַ⁠בֹּנִ֖ים אֶת־הֵיכַ֣ל יְהוָ֑ה	1	laid the foundation	There are two possibilities for the meaning of **laid the foundation**. (1) This means that the workers had finished the foundation and perhaps set the entire temple floor in stone. The ceremony with music would be to mark the completion of this important step. Alternate translation: “Then the builders completed the floor of the temple of Yahweh” or (2) It means that they started to lay the foundation, and the ceremony with the music is to mark the start of the building. Alternate translation: “Then the builders started to lay the foundation of the temple of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
308	EZR	3	10	y39g		וַ⁠יַּעֲמִידוּ֩ הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֨ים מְלֻבָּשִׁ֜ים בַּ⁠חֲצֹֽצְר֗וֹת	1		Unlike in [2:63](../02/63.md) and [3:9](../03/09.md), here **stand** means that the **priests** and **Levites** literally stood. They took up standing positions around the foundation and played their instruments. Alternate translation: “And they had the priests, wearing their sacred garments, come to the temple site and play their trumpets”
309	EZR	3	10	kh7e	figs-activepassive	מְלֻבָּשִׁ֜ים	1	in their garments	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the idea behind this passive verb form with a phrase that uses an active form. Alternate translation: “wearing their sacred garments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
310	EZR	3	10	dhpq	figs-explicit	וְ⁠הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֤ם בְּנֵֽי־אָסָף֙ בַּֽ⁠מְצִלְתַּ֔יִם	1		The book expects readers to know that **the Levites** of this clan were vocal musicians who led the community in worship, particularly on ceremonial occasions such as this one. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and they had the Levites who were descendants of Asaph sing and play their cymbals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
311	EZR	3	10	i9ce	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֤ם בְּנֵֽי־אָסָף֙	1		Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “and the Levites who were descendants of Asaph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
312	EZR	3	10	fvas	translate-names	אָסָף֙	1		**Asaph** is a man’s name. See how you translated it in [2:41](../02/41.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
313	EZR	3	10	v35v	translate-unknown	בַּֽ⁠מְצִלְתַּ֔יִם	1	with cymbals	The word **cymbals** refers to a set of two thin, round metal plates that are hit together to make a loud sound. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
314	EZR	3	10	wpry	grammar-connect-logic-result	לְ⁠הַלֵּל֙ אֶת־יְהוָ֔ה עַל־יְדֵ֖י דָּוִ֥יד מֶֽלֶךְ־יִשְׂרָאֵֽל	1		You could place this phrase at the beginning of this sentence, before the one that describes how the priests and Levites were positioned, since it explains why the leaders put them in those positions. You could then show the connection by using a word like “so” to introduce the information about the priests and Levites. Alternate translation: “To celebrate this occasion, the leaders wanted to worship Yahweh in the way that King David of Israel had commanded, so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
315	EZR	3	10	t64z	figs-metonymy	עַל־יְדֵ֖י דָּוִ֥יד מֶֽלֶךְ־יִשְׂרָאֵֽל	1	the hands of David	Here, the phrase **the hands of David, the king** is used figuratively to represent his authority to give commands. Alternate translation: “as David, king of Israel, had commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
316	EZR	3	10	zb0l	figs-distinguish	דָּוִ֥יד מֶֽלֶךְ־יִשְׂרָאֵֽל	1		Here the book provides some background information to describe more fully who David was. Alternate translation: “King David of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
317	EZR	3	11	ajjk	grammar-connect-time-sequential	וַֽ֠⁠יַּעֲנוּ	1		The word **then** indicates that the sentence it introduces it will describe something that took place after the event the story has just related. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “once all the musicians were in place, they sang back and forth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
318	EZR	3	11	bw1v		וַֽ֠⁠יַּעֲנוּ	1		Here, **they** refers to the Levite singers. **In response** probably means that first one group of them sang something, and then a second group of them sang something in reply, possibly playing instruments as well. The groups likely did this repeatedly over the course of a given song. Alternate translations: “Then the Levites sang responsively” or “Then the Levites sang antiphonally”
319	EZR	3	11	hgd5	figs-quotemarks	כִּ֣י ט֔וֹב כִּֽי־לְ⁠עוֹלָ֥ם חַסְדּ֖⁠וֹ עַל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל	1	giving thanks	This is at least part of the song that the Levites sang on this occasion. Based on their other occurrences in the Bible, these may be the words to a refrain that the second group sang in response to verses that the first group sang. Or this may be a song that was sung for this celebration. Either way, it may be helpful to your readers to indicate that these are the words of the singers by setting off them with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
320	EZR	3	11	ut4a	figs-abstractnouns	כִּֽי־לְ⁠עוֹלָ֥ם חַסְדּ֖⁠וֹ עַל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל	1	His covenant faithfulness to Israel is forever	The abstract noun **faithfulness** describes the quality of a person who will dependably keep his word and fulfill his responsibilities. **Covenant faithfulness** refers specifically to Yahweh keeping all of the promises that he has made to the people of Israel. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the idea behind this word with an expression such as “keep promises.” Alternate translation: “because Yahweh always keeps the promises he made to Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
321	EZR	3	11	vp0g	figs-metonymy	עַל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל	1	His covenant faithfulness to Israel is forever	Here, the name **Israel** figuratively stands for the Israelite people. Alternate translation: “to the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
322	EZR	3	11	uqct	figs-activepassive	עַ֖ל הוּסַ֥ד בֵּית־יְהוָֽה	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translations: “because the builders had laid the foundation of Yahweh’s temple” or “because the builders had set the temple floor in stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
323	EZR	3	11	fyte	figs-explicit	עַ֖ל הוּסַ֥ד בֵּית־יְהוָֽה	1		As in [verse 10](../02/10.md), here there are the same two possibilities for the meaning of **the foundation … had been laid**. See how you translated it there. (1) This means that the workers had finished the foundation. Alternate translation: “because the builders had completed the floor of the temple of Yahweh” or (2) It means that they had started to lay the foundation, which was the first step in building the temple. Alternate translation: “because the builders had started to lay the foundation of the temple of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
324	EZR	3	12	h0i1	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וְ⁠רַבִּ֡ים	1		The word **But** indicates that the sentence it introduces will draw a contrast with what came just before it. That contrast is specifically between the joyful way that most of the Israelites were responding on this occasion and the sorrowful way that some of them responded. You could use a word such as “however” to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
325	EZR	3	12	cq1v	figs-ellipsis	וְ⁠רָאשֵׁ֨י הָ⁠אָב֜וֹת	1		As in [1:5](../01/05.md), this is an abbreviated way of saying “the heads of the father's houses.” Review the explanatory note to this phrase in [1:5](../01/05.md) if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “and the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
326	EZR	3	12	d6gu	writing-background	הַ⁠זְּקֵנִ֗ים אֲשֶׁ֨ר רָא֜וּ אֶת־הַ⁠בַּ֤יִת	1		This phrase provides background information to identify these specific priests, Levites, and clan leaders further. Alternate translation: “who were old enough that they had seen the first temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
327	EZR	3	12	wzqy	figs-explicit	בֹּכִ֖ים בְּ⁠ק֣וֹל גָּד֑וֹל	1		The book does not say specifically why these older leaders who had seen the first temple were weeping. There are two possibilities. (1) They felt grief and loss because they remembered the first temple in all of its glory and they could not imagine that this replacement would ever be as splendid. Alternate translation: “wept loudly because they thought this new temple could never be as glorious as the first one” or (2) Seeing the community begin to restore its temple brought back memories of the terrible days in which the original temple had been destroyed and the people had had to leave their homes and go into exile. Alternate translation: “wept loudly because they remembered how the first temple had been destroyed” or just “wept loudly, remembering the past” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
328	EZR	3	12	yarf		בְּ⁠יָסְד֔⁠וֹ זֶ֤ה הַ⁠בַּ֨יִת֙ בְּ⁠עֵ֣ינֵי⁠הֶ֔ם	1		As in [3:6](../03/06.md), **founding** means to do the first step of constructing a building. See how you translated it there. Since it is a reference to the first step, laying a foundation, it may simply refer to starting the project generally. It could mean that the workers had begun to lay the foundation or that they had finished the foundation. Alternate translation: “when they saw the foundation that the builders laid for this temple”
329	EZR	3	12	agsm	figs-metonymy	בְּ⁠יָסְד֔⁠וֹ זֶ֤ה הַ⁠בַּ֨יִת֙ בְּ⁠עֵ֣ינֵי⁠הֶ֔ם	1		Here, **eyes** figuratively represent sight. So this phrase means “when construction began on the temple in their sight.” Alternate translation: “when they saw the foundation that the builders laid for this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
330	EZR	3	12	xj13	figs-metaphor	אֶת־הַ⁠בַּ֤יִת הָֽ⁠רִאשׁוֹן֙…זֶ֤ה הַ⁠בַּ֨יִת֙	1	first house	As often in this book, **house** is a metaphor for **temple**. Alternate translation: “the first temple … this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
331	EZR	3	12	rmy5	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וְ⁠רַבִּ֛ים	1	before their eyes	The word **yet** indicates a contrast between what the people just described were doing and what the people who will be described next were doing. Alternate translation: “But many others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
332	EZR	3	12	d9tw	figs-idiom	וְ⁠רַבִּ֛ים בִּ⁠תְרוּעָ֥ה בְ⁠שִׂמְחָ֖ה לְ⁠הָרִ֥ים קֽוֹל	1	wept with a loud voice	To be **lifting up a voice** is an idiom that means to be speaking, shouting, or singing loudly. Alternate translation: “But many others were giving loud, happy shouts.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
333	EZR	3	12	onuv	figs-abstractnouns	וְ⁠רַבִּ֛ים בִּ⁠תְרוּעָ֥ה בְ⁠שִׂמְחָ֖ה לְ⁠הָרִ֥ים קֽוֹל	1		The idea behind the abstract noun **joy** can be expressed with an adjective such as happy. Alternate translation: “But many others were giving loud, happy shouts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
334	EZR	3	13	isem	grammar-connect-logic-result	וְ⁠אֵ֣ין הָ⁠עָ֗ם מַכִּירִים֙	1		The word **So** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result the people could not differentiate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
335	EZR	3	13	fpsh	grammar-connect-logic-result	וְ⁠אֵ֣ין הָ⁠עָ֗ם מַכִּירִים֙ ק֚וֹל תְּרוּעַ֣ת הַ⁠שִּׂמְחָ֔ה לְ⁠ק֖וֹל בְּכִ֣י הָ⁠עָ֑ם כִּ֣י הָ⁠עָ֗ם מְרִיעִים֙ תְּרוּעָ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֔ה	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because the people who were happy were shouting so loudly, no one could distinguish their cries from the sounds of weeping of the other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
336	EZR	3	13	u6pc	figs-explicit	וְ⁠אֵ֣ין הָ⁠עָ֗ם מַכִּירִים֙ ק֚וֹל תְּרוּעַ֣ת הַ⁠שִּׂמְחָ֔ה לְ⁠ק֖וֹל בְּכִ֣י הָ⁠עָ֑ם כִּ֣י הָ⁠עָ֗ם מְרִיעִים֙ תְּרוּעָ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֔ה	1		In its first occurrence here, the phrase **the people** means all the Israelites who had gathered for this ceremony. In its second occurrence, the phrase refers to one group of them, the older leaders who had seen the first temple and were weeping. In its third occurrence, it refers to another group of them, the younger Israelites who were shouting for joy. Alternate translation: “Because the people who were happy were shouting so loudly, no one at the ceremony could distinguish their cries from the sounds of the people who were weeping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
337	EZR	3	13	rvdj	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠הַ⁠קּ֥וֹל נִשְׁמַ֖ע עַד־לְ⁠מֵ⁠רָחֽוֹק	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the combined sound was so loud that those who lived far away from Jerusalem could hear it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
338	EZR	4	intro	x878			0		# Ezra 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of the building of the temple and re-establishment of the temple worship continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Helping to build the temple<br><br>The people of the surrounding nations offered to help to build the temple. It is unknown why the Jews refused their help, although it seems likely that the Jews considered these people to not truly belong to the people of God. These other people became their enemies and tried to hinder the work. They even persuaded the king of Persia to stop the Jews from building.
339	EZR	4	1	v368	writing-background	וַֽ⁠יִּשְׁמְע֔וּ	1	General Information:	The word **Now** indicates that the sentence it introduces will provide background information that will be needed to understand what the book describes next. You can translate it with the word or phrase in your language that is most similar in meaning and significance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
340	EZR	4	1	miqb	figs-personification	יְהוּדָ֖ה וּ⁠בִנְיָמִ֑ן	1		Here the book is referring figuratively to the people who came from the tribe of Judah as if they were a single person, their ancestor Judah. It is referring similarly to the people of the tribe of Benjamin as if they were a single person, their ancestor Benjamin. Alternate translation: “the people of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin” or see the next note for a further possibility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
341	EZR	4	1	i4dx	figs-hendiadys	יְהוּדָ֖ה וּ⁠בִנְיָמִ֑ן	1		Here the book may be expressing a single idea figuratively by using two words connected with **and**. Together the two words may be a way of referring to all of the Israelites, since at this point the community consisted essentially of people from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
342	EZR	4	1	vflf	figs-synecdoche	וַֽ⁠יִּשְׁמְע֔וּ…כִּֽי־בְנֵ֤י הַ⁠גּוֹלָה֙ בּוֹנִ֣ים הֵיכָ֔ל	1		**Heard** means that these enemies learned by some means that the Jews were doing this. The book is figuratively using hearing, one means of discovering things, to describe the enemies learning this. Alternate translation: “Now … learned that the Jews who had returned from exile were building a temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
343	EZR	4	1	syf6	figs-idiom	בְנֵ֤י הַ⁠גּוֹלָה֙	1		As indicated in [2:1](../02/01.md) and [8:35](../08/35.md), the phrase **the sons of the exile** refers specifically to the group of Jewish people who returned to the land of Judah from Babylon. Babylon was the country where King Nebuchadnezzar had taken many Jews as captives after he conquered Jerusalem. Alternate translations: “the Jews who had returned from exile” or “the Jews who had returned to their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
344	EZR	4	1	czf3	figs-distinguish	לַ⁠יהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל	1		This phrase provides further background information about Yahweh and it likely expresses the perspective of the enemies on the situation. Alternate translations: “Yahweh, the God they worshiped” or “Yahweh, the God whom the people of Israel worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
345	EZR	4	2	dkbu	grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠יִּגְּשׁ֨וּ	1		The word **So** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result, they went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
346	EZR	4	2	zxfn	figs-go	וַ⁠יִּגְּשׁ֨וּ	1		Use the motion verb that is most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “So they went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
347	EZR	4	2	spx4	translate-names	זְרֻבָּבֶ֜ל	1	Zerubbabel	**Zerubbabel** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [2:2](../02/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
348	EZR	4	2	zcwc	figs-ellipsis	רָאשֵׁ֣י הָֽ⁠אָב֗וֹת	1		As in [1:5](../01/05.md) and elsewhere in the book, this is an abbreviated way of saying “**the heads of** father’s houses.” Alternate translation: “the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
349	EZR	4	2	exyv	figs-explicit	וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֤וּ לָ⁠הֶם֙ נִבְנֶ֣ה עִמָּ⁠כֶ֔ם	1		Since the book says in the previous verse that these people were enemies of the Jews, the implication is that they were not sincere when they claimed that they wanted to help build the temple. Instead, they were probably looking for a way to hinder the building project from within. The Jewish leaders refused their offer, and that suggests that they themselves suspected that these people were insincere. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say something like that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and attempting to deceive the Jews, they said to them, ‘We would like to help you build the temple’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
350	EZR	4	2	yrms	figs-idiom	נִדְר֖וֹשׁ לֵֽ⁠אלֹהֵי⁠כֶ֑ם	1		Here, **seek** is an idiom that means to worship and pray to God or a god. Alternate translation: “we worship your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
351	EZR	4	2	ffnu	figs-idiom	מִ⁠ימֵי֙ אֵסַ֤ר חַדֹּן֙	1		The term **days** is used figuratively here to refer a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “since the time of Esarhaddon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
352	EZR	4	2	yx1s	translate-names	אֵסַ֤ר חַדֹּן֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ אַשּׁ֔וּר	1	Esarhaddon, king of Assyria	**Esarhaddon** is the name of a man, and **Assyria** is the name of his kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
353	EZR	4	2	to8y	figs-idiom	הַ⁠מַּעֲלֶ֥ה אֹתָ֖⁠נוּ פֹּֽה	1		These men say that Esarhaddon brought them **up** to this land because it is mountainous and, as [4:9](../04/09.md) indicates, their ancestors formerly lived in lowland areas. Alternate translation: “the one who brought us here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
354	EZR	4	3	gkli	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וַ⁠יֹּאמֶר֩	1		The word **But** indicates that the sentence it introduces draws a contrast between what the men asked and what the Jewish leaders answered. You could begin the sentence with a word like “however” or “nevertheless” to indicate this contrast, or use another method that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
355	EZR	4	3	xp3f	translate-names	זְרֻבָּבֶ֜ל וְ⁠יֵשׁ֗וּעַ	1	Jeshua	These are the names of two men. See how you translated them in [2:2](../02/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
356	EZR	4	3	hbhq	figs-ellipsis	רָאשֵׁ֤י הָֽ⁠אָבוֹת֙	1		This is an abbreviated way of saying “**the heads of** father’s houses.” See how you translated this expression in [1:5](../01/05.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
357	EZR	4	3	isv8	figs-idiom	לֹֽא־לָ֣⁠כֶם וָ⁠לָ֔⁠נוּ	1	You may not build a house for our God with us	This expression is an idiom that means “it is for us alone.” Alternate translation: “You may not help us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
358	EZR	4	3	bl6x	figs-metaphor	בַּ֖יִת לֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֑י⁠נוּ	1		Alternate translation: “a temple for our God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
359	EZR	4	3	bu2w	figs-exclusive	לֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֑י⁠נוּ	1		Here, **our** is exclusive, excluding the non-Jewish hearers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
360	EZR	4	3	ezs2	figs-possession	לֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֑י⁠נוּ	1		The Israelites could say that Yahweh is **our God** not in the sense that they possess or control him, but in the sense that they worship him exclusively. Alternate translation: “for the God whom we worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
361	EZR	4	3	jpin	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	כִּי֩	1		The word **but** indicates that the clause it introduces draws a contrast between what the men asked and what the Jewish leaders were prepared to allow. To indicate this contrast, you could begin the sentence with a word or phrase such as “no,” “rather,” or “on the contrary.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
362	EZR	4	3	jkgy	figs-exclusive	אֲנַ֨חְנוּ יַ֜חַד נִבְנֶ֗ה לַֽ⁠יהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל	1		**We ourselves** here does not include the addressees. If your language marks that distinction, be sure that this is clear in your translation. **Together** does not mean the Jewish people and these foreign peoples together. It means the whole Jewish community together. Alternate translation: “it is all of us Israelites who will build a temple for Yahweh, the God of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
363	EZR	4	3	vez9	figs-distinguish	אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל	1		See the note to [4:1](../04/01.md) about the significance of this phrase. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
364	EZR	4	3	kqpr	figs-explicit	כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֣ר צִוָּ֔⁠נוּ הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ כּ֥וֹרֶשׁ מֶֽלֶךְ־פָּרָֽס	1		It is implicit in the story that the Jewish leaders know that they cannot trust these foreign leaders, whom the story describes as their enemies. The Jewish leaders suggest indirectly that they do not accept their claim that they worship Yahweh. They say, “It is not for you … to build a house for our God,” and they describe Yahweh as the God of Israel exclusively. But apparently they cannot contradict the claim directly, perhaps for reasons of etiquette and diplomacy. Instead, it seems that they find convenient grounds to exclude foreigners from the temple project in the literal wording of the proclamation that Cyrus issued: “Whoever among you is from all his people … may he build the house of Yahweh, the God of Israel” ([1:3](../01/03.md)). It may be possible in your translation to translate this phrase in such a way that your readers will implicitly recognize it as the convenient excuse that it apparently is. Alternate translation: “for that is what King Cyrus of Persia commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
365	EZR	4	4	j0ej	writing-newevent	וַ⁠יְהִי֙	1		The phrase **and it happened that** introduces a new series of events in the story. Use a natural way in your language for introducing something new or different. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
366	EZR	4	4	d9da	figs-idiom	עַם־הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	the people of the land	This expression refers to the non-Israelite people groups, listed in [4:9](../04/09.md), whom the Assyrian kings Esarhaddon and Ashurbanipal had brought to live in the area just north of Judah in the century before the Jews were taken away into exile themselves. When the Jews returned to their homeland, those foreign groups were still living nearby. Alternate translation: “the foreign people groups living nearby” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
367	EZR	4	4	n1m9	figs-parallelism	וַ⁠יְהִי֙…מְרַפִּ֖ים יְדֵ֣י עַם־יְהוּדָ֑ה וּֽמְבַהֲלִ֥ים אוֹתָ֖⁠ם לִ⁠בְנֽוֹת	1	made the hands of the people of Judah weak	These two phrases mean similar things. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “making the people of Judah so intimidated that they stopped working on the temple” However, there is a slight distinction between the phrases. The first one describes how the people felt inwardly, and the second one explains what effect this had on their outward actions. So you could also translate the phrases separately. Alternate translation: “were intimidating the people of Judah so that they were afraid to keep working on the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
368	EZR	4	4	mih7	figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יְהִי֙…מְרַפִּ֖ים יְדֵ֣י עַם־יְהוּדָ֑ה	1		Here, **hands** figuratively represents power and action, so **making the hands weak** means to make someone so discouraged or intimidated that they do not use their power to act. Alternate translation: “were intimidating the people of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
369	EZR	4	4	aq32		עַם־יְהוּדָ֑ה	1	the people of Judah	In this context, this expression does not refer to all of the inhabitants of the province of Judah, whatever their nationality, but rather it specifically refers to the Jews who returned from exile and settled there. In this book, **the people of Judah** and “the people of Israel” both refer to the Jewish people and mean the same thing. Alternate translation: “the Jews who had returned from exile and settled in the province of Judah”
370	EZR	4	5	ndut	translate-unknown	וְ⁠סֹכְרִ֧ים עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֛ם יוֹעֲצִ֖ים	1		Here, **counselors** means royal advisors in the Persian court. The enemies of the Jews were bribing the counselors to try to get them to influence the king against the Jews. Alternate translation: “and bribing royal advisors to work against the Jews in the Persian court” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
371	EZR	4	5	kd9a		לְ⁠הָפֵ֣ר עֲצָתָ֑⁠ם	1	to frustrate their plans	Alternate translation: “to keep them from successfully rebuilding the temple”
372	EZR	4	5	jlap	figs-idiom	כָּל־יְמֵ֗י כּ֚וֹרֶשׁ מֶ֣לֶךְ פָּרַ֔ס	1		**Days** is used figuratively here to refer to a particular period of time. In this context, it would mean specifically the nine years from 538 BC, when Cyrus conquered Babylon and became ruler of the Jews, to 529 BC, when he died. Alternate translation: “throughout the rest of the reign of Cyrus as king of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
373	EZR	4	5	tq7w	figs-explicit	וְ⁠עַד־מַלְכ֖וּת דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ מֶֽלֶךְ־פָּרָֽס	1		Darius did not succeed Cyrus directly, and so this means that the enemy opposition continued throughout the reigns of the successors of Cyrus until Darius became king. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and throughout the reign of his successors until Darius became king of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
374	EZR	4	5	py4b	translate-names	דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ	1		**Darius** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
375	EZR	4	6	o931	writing-background	וּ⁠בְ⁠מַלְכוּת֙	1		The word **Now** indicates that the sentence it introduces will provide some background information. You can translate it with the word or phrase in your language that is most similar in meaning and significance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
376	EZR	4	6	zxv3	figs-explicit	וּ⁠בְ⁠מַלְכוּת֙ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֔וֹשׁ בִּ⁠תְחִלַּ֖ת מַלְכוּת֑⁠וֹ	1		Ahasuerus ruled the Persian Empire after Darius, who was his father. So here the book is presenting some events out of chronological order. That is, it is telling about some things that happened later, before finishing the story of what happened at this time. In [4:24](../04/24.md) the book will bring readers back to where it left off in [4:5](../04/05.md), and then, in [5:1](../05/01.md), it will describe how work on rebuilding the temple did resume under the reign of Darius. But first it gives accounts here of how the enemies of the Jews continued to oppose them under two later kings, Ahasuerus (described in this verse) and Artaxerxes (described in verses [7–23](../04/07.md)). The purpose may be to show that the Jews were wise to refuse the help that leaders from other nations offered, as described in [4:1–3](../04/01.md). Since those leaders were actually enemies of the Jews, as they demonstrated by opposing them under one king after another, their offer was not sincere and they could not be trusted. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In fact, they continued to oppose them under later kings. As soon as Ahasuerus succeeded his father Darius as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
377	EZR	4	6	k3fy	translate-names	אֲחַשְׁוֵר֔וֹשׁ	1		**Ahasuerus** is the name of a man. He is better known as Xerxes, so you could use that name for him in your translation If your readers would misunderstand this. Use the same name here that you use in the book of Esther. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
378	EZR	4	6	iaw6	figs-explicit	כָּתְב֣וּ שִׂטְנָ֔ה עַל־יֹשְׁבֵ֥י יְהוּדָ֖ה וִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָֽם	1	wrote an accusation against the inhabitants of Judah and Jerusalem	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what the enemies of the Jews accused them of doing. (The book provides the text of their letter in [4:11–16](../04/11.md), but it might be helpful to provide a summary in advance.) Alternate translation: “they wrote a letter in which they accused the Jews who had returned to Judah and Jerusalem of plotting to rebel against the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
379	EZR	4	6	z7sk	figs-abstractnouns	כָּתְב֣וּ שִׂטְנָ֔ה	1		The abstract noun **accusation** refers to what the enemies of the Jews said about them in the letter that they sent to the king. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the idea behind this word with a verb such as “accuse” or “complain.” Alternate translation: “they wrote a letter to complain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
380	EZR	4	6	o4k9	figs-metonymy	כָּתְב֣וּ שִׂטְנָ֔ה עַל	1		The noun **accusation** might be referring figuratively to the actual letter itself by substituting a description of the content of the letter. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a concrete term that explains the meaning of the figurative expression. Alternate translation: “they wrote a letter, accusing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
381	EZR	4	6	kzu9		יֹשְׁבֵ֥י יְהוּדָ֖ה וִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָֽם	1		In this context, this expression does not mean all the inhabitants of the province of Judah and the city of Jerusalem, whatever their nationality, but rather the Jews who returned from exile and settled in those places. Alternate translation: “the Jews who had returned from exile and settled in Judah and Jerusalem”
382	EZR	4	7	w995	grammar-connect-time-sequential	וּ⁠בִ⁠ימֵ֣י	1		Here the word **And** introduces another event in the sequence of actions by the enemies of the Jews. Use the form in your language that is most natural for marking events in a sequence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
383	EZR	4	7	qdrm	figs-idiom	וּ⁠בִ⁠ימֵ֣י אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֗שְׂתָּא	1		The term **days** is used figuratively here to refer to a particular period of time. In this context, it means during the reign of the next Persian king, Artaxerxes, the son of Ahasuerus (Xerxes). Alternate translation: “during the reign of Artaxerxes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
384	EZR	4	7	r5xb	figs-explicit	וּ⁠בִ⁠ימֵ֣י אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֗שְׂתָּא	1		If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that Artaxerxes was the next king of Persia. Alternate translation: “during the reign of the next Persian king, Artaxerxes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
385	EZR	4	7	xw38	translate-names	אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֗שְׂתָּא	1		**Artaxerxes** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
386	EZR	4	7	x91s	translate-names	בִּשְׁלָ֜ם מִתְרְדָ֤ת טָֽבְאֵל֙	1	Bishlam … Mithredath … Tabeel	These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
387	EZR	4	7	zjhh		וּ⁠שְׁאָ֣ר כנותו	1		The term **companions** here describes people who hold a similar position. Alternate translation: “and his other associates”
388	EZR	4	7	hdnj	writing-background	וּ⁠כְתָב֙ הַֽ⁠נִּשְׁתְּוָ֔ן כָּת֥וּב אֲרָמִ֖ית וּ⁠מְתֻרְגָּ֥ם אֲרָמִֽית	1		This is background information that helps readers understand how these officials went about writing to the king. Aramaic was the official language for government correspondence within the Persian empire. These officials apparently spoke Samaritan, a language similar to Hebrew. So they had someone express their message for them in the Aramaic language. The term **interpreted** does not necessarily indicate that the officials first wrote out their letter in Samaritan, and then someone translated it into Aramaic for them. Instead, they may have told someone what they wanted to say, and that person composed the letter in Aramaic. Since Aramaic also used differently shaped letters from the ones that Hebrew and Samaritan used, that person wrote the letter using those characters. Alternate translation: “these officials arranged for someone to write their letter for them in the Aramaic script and language” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
389	EZR	4	7	jl52	figs-activepassive	וּ⁠כְתָב֙ הַֽ⁠נִּשְׁתְּוָ֔ן כָּת֥וּב אֲרָמִ֖ית וּ⁠מְתֻרְגָּ֥ם אֲרָמִֽית	1	the letter	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “and these officials hired a scribe who wrote the letter in Aramaic” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
390	EZR	4	7	foxv		וּ⁠כְתָב֙ הַֽ⁠נִּשְׁתְּוָ֔ן כָּת֥וּב אֲרָמִ֖ית וּ⁠מְתֻרְגָּ֥ם אֲרָמִֽית	1	the letter	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could simply say that the letter was written in Aramaic, rather than mentioning both the script and the language. Alternate translation: “and these officials hired a scribe who wrote the letter in Aramaic”
391	EZR	4	7	ym9r	figs-explicit	וּ⁠מְתֻרְגָּ֥ם אֲרָמִֽית	1	translated	We might expect that, logically, this phrase would come before the previous one, written in the **Aramaic** script, since the letter had to be composed before it was written down. But in its present position at the end of this sentence, this phrase actually serves a larger purpose within the book. It signals readers that what follows, through [6:18](../06/18.md), is itself written in Aramaic. Presumably the original readers, who were clearly expected to understand both languages, would have been alert to such a signal. (A long Aramaic section in the book of Daniel is introduced similarly: “Then the wise men spoke to the king in Aramaic,” Daniel 2:4.) Alternate translation: “and was translated into Aramaic such as the following:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
392	EZR	4	8	s8m7	translate-names	רְח֣וּם	1		**Rehum** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
393	EZR	4	8	z7be	figs-idiom	בְּעֵל־טְעֵ֗ם	1		This was Rehum’s official title. The expression likely means that he had the authority in that area to issue decrees on behalf of the king. The king actually tells him to do this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Use the title for a government official with authority over a local area. Alternate translation: “the royal deputy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
394	EZR	4	8	uu3t	translate-names	וְ⁠שִׁמְשַׁי֙	1	Shimshai	**Shimshai** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
395	EZR	4	8	hwq8	translate-unknown	סָֽפְרָ֔⁠א	1	Rehum	This was Shimshai’s official title. It does not mean that he merely handled correspondence and record-keeping for Rehum. Rather, historical sources suggest that a **scribe** such as Shimshai had important administrative responsibilities and authority of his own. Alternate translation: “the state secretary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
396	EZR	4	8	l343	figs-metonymy	אִגְּרָ֥ה חֲדָ֖ה עַל־יְרוּשְׁלֶ֑ם	1		Here the book uses the term **Jerusalem** to refer figuratively, by association, to the Jews who lived in that city and, by extension, to their fellow Jews in the rest of the province of Judah. Alternate translation: “a letter against the Jews who had returned from exile” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
397	EZR	4	8	kv6z	figs-metonymy	כְּנֵֽמָא	1		The phrase **as follows** would ordinarily indicate that a copy of the text of the letter comes next in the book. If that is the case, then [4:9](../04/09.md) and [4:10](../04/10.md) are a preamble to the letter that lists the names of the senders. Alternate translation: “and here is what they wrote to the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
398	EZR	4	9	kt23		אֱדַ֜יִן	1		The term translated as **Then** often introduces a new episode in a story. But the book is not continuing the story here. Instead, the book is quoting a document that begins with a list of names. So it seems that here the term **Then** is introducing the document that follows. Use the term in your language that would customarily introduce a list of the senders of a letter or other document. Alternate translation: “From”
399	EZR	4	9	stkq	figs-quotemarks	אֱדַ֜יִן	1		The word **then** here appears to be introducing a quotation from a document. If this is not how you would introduce a quotation in your language, then use quotation marks or whatever other punctuation or convention your language commonly uses for that purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
400	EZR	4	9	vvp8	translate-names	רְח֣וּם בְּעֵל־טְעֵ֗ם	1	Erech … Susa	**Rehum** is the name of a man and **a lord of decree** is his title. See how you translated them in [4:8](../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “Rehum, the royal deputy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
401	EZR	4	9	shnl	translate-names	וְ⁠שִׁמְשַׁי֙ סָֽפְרָ֔⁠א	1		**Shimshai** is the name of a man and **the scribe** is his title. See how you translated them in [4:8](../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “Shimshai the state secretary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
402	EZR	4	9	d33e	figs-idiom	וּ⁠שְׁאָ֖ר כְּנָוָתְ⁠ה֑וֹן דִּ֠ינָיֵ⁠א וַ⁠אֲפַרְסַתְכָיֵ֞⁠א טַרְפְּלָיֵ֣⁠א	1		As in [4:7](../04/07.md), the term **companions** here indicates people who hold a similar position. The other three terms describe the various positions that the other people held who joined in sending this letter. Alternate translation: “and their associates, who were judges, rulers, and officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
403	EZR	4	9	w9xp	figs-123person	וּ⁠שְׁאָ֖ר כְּנָוָתְ⁠ה֑וֹן דִּ֠ינָיֵ⁠א וַ⁠אֲפַרְסַתְכָיֵ֞⁠א טַרְפְּלָיֵ֣⁠א	1		Rehum and Shimshai speak of themselves here in the third person by saying **their companions**. This was normal in their culture. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “and our colleagues, who are judges, rulers, and officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
404	EZR	4	9	ggq4		וַ⁠אֲפַרְסַתְכָיֵ֞⁠א טַרְפְּלָיֵ֣⁠א	1		The difference between these two terms is uncertain. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can combine them, as in the UST.
405	EZR	4	9	t8pa	translate-names	אֲפָֽרְסָיֵ֗⁠א אַרְכְּוָיֵ֤א בָבְלָיֵ⁠א֙ שֽׁוּשַׁנְכָיֵ֔⁠א ד⁠הוא עֵלְמָיֵֽ⁠א	1		These are the names of four people groups and an alternate name by which the last group was known. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
406	EZR	4	9	yz8m	figs-explicit	אֲפָֽרְסָיֵ֗⁠א אַרְכְּוָיֵ֤א בָבְלָיֵ⁠א֙ שֽׁוּשַׁנְכָיֵ֔⁠א ד⁠הוא עֵלְמָיֵֽ⁠א	1		These are apparently the people groups that the officials who wrote the letter belonged to. The writers seem to feel that they can speak on behalf of their entire people groups because they would agree with the concerns that they are expressing about the Jews. You could say this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “on behalf of the Persians, Erechites, Babylonians, and Susaites (that is, Elamites)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
407	EZR	4	10	k64z		וּ⁠שְׁאָ֣ר אֻמַּיָּ֗⁠א דִּ֤י הַגְלִי֙ אָסְנַפַּר֙ רַבָּ֣⁠א וְ⁠יַקִּירָ֔⁠א וְ⁠הוֹתֵ֣ב הִמּ֔וֹ בְּ⁠קִרְיָ֖ה דִּ֣י שָׁמְרָ֑יִן וּ⁠שְׁאָ֥ר עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֖⁠ה	1		This could mean one of two things. (1) It could be referring to two different sets of people groups: (a) **the rest of the nations**, which would be some further groups that, like the four listed in [4:9](../04/09.md), Ashurbanipal exiled to the region of Samaria, and (b) **the rest of Beyond-the-River**, which would be all the other groups that were then living in the province of Beyond-the-River, however they came to live there. This is the reading of ULT. or (2) It could be referring to one set of people groups made up of all the other groups that, like the four listed in [4:9](../04/09.md), Ashurbanipal moved to this area and resettled in the cities of Samaria and in other parts of the province. This is the reading of UST. Either way, the officials writing this letter feel that they can speak on behalf of those other groups in addition to the groups that they belong to personally.
408	EZR	4	10	d6lu	translate-names	אָסְנַפַּר֙	1	Ashurbanipal	**Ashurbanipal** is the name of a man. His name in Aramaic was Osnappar. He was king of Assyria from 668 to 627 B.C. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
409	EZR	4	10	pu35	translate-names	עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֖⁠ה	1	the Province Beyond the River	**Beyond-the-River** is the name of the province of the Persian Empire that contained the lands of Israel and Judah. It occurs many times throughout the book, and it will be helpful to your readers if you translate it consistently each time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
410	EZR	4	10	s4ki	grammar-connect-words-phrases	וּ⁠כְעֶֽנֶת	1		The phrase translated **And now** is an Aramaic expression that was used in the letters of this time to introduce the main business of the letter. In [4:11](../04/11.md), [4:17](../04/17.md), and [7:12](../07/12.md), it comes at the beginning of a letter, right after opening conventions such as the names of the sender and recipient and greetings. In [5:17](../05/17.md), it comes near the end of a letter to introduce a request that the writers finally make in light of extensive background information that they provide up to that point. But here it introduces the letter itself after a long preamble that lists the names of the senders and the groups on whose behalf they feel they can speak. If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation. If your language would not put such an expression here, then you can leave it out. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
411	EZR	4	11	a7sk	figs-aside	דְּנָה֙ פַּרְשֶׁ֣גֶן אִגַּרְתָּ֔⁠א דִּ֚י שְׁלַ֣חוּ עֲל֔וֹ⁠הִי	1	This is a copy	**They** means the men listed in [4:9](../04/09.md). The book is interrupting its quotation after the preamble to make sure that readers know that the text of the letter itself will now follow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]])
412	EZR	4	11	lny4	figs-quotemarks	דְּנָה֙ פַּרְשֶׁ֣גֶן אִגַּרְתָּ֔⁠א דִּ֚י שְׁלַ֣חוּ עֲל֔וֹ⁠הִי	1		If you used quotation marks or some other punctuation or convention to indicate the beginning of the quotation at the start of [4:9](../04/09.md), you should use the same means to indicate that there is a break in the quotation at the end of [4:10](../04/10.md), and then show that the quotation resumes after this sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
413	EZR	4	11	v61f	translate-names	אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֖שְׂתְּא	1		**Artaxerxes** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:7](../04/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
414	EZR	4	11	n6mp	figs-123person	עַבְדָ֛י⁠ךְ אֱנָ֥שׁ עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֖⁠ה	1	the Province Beyond the River	Here the officials identify themselves as the senders of this letter, and they refer to themselves in the third person as **your servants** in order to address the king as their superior with humility and respect. Alternate translation: “from your officials in the province of Beyond-the-River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
415	EZR	4	11	uupo	figs-idiom	עַבְדָ֛י⁠ךְ אֱנָ֥שׁ עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֖⁠ה	1		In this context, **men** means people, so this phrase means people who live in Beyond-the-River province. But together with the preceding phrase, **your servants**, it means specifically those who work for the king there, that is, his royal officials. Alternate translation: “from your officials in the province of Beyond-the-River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
416	EZR	4	11	a2bi	grammar-connect-words-phrases	וּ⁠כְעֶֽנֶת	1		As in [4:10](../04/10.md), the phrase translated **and now** is an Aramaic expression that introduces the main business of a letter. If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation. Otherwise, you do not need to represent this expression. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
417	EZR	4	12	bqu1	figs-123person	יְדִ֨יעַ֙ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְ⁠מַלְכָּ֔⁠א	1		These officials address the king in the third person as a sign of respect. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could indicate this respect by using an expression such as “O king.” Alternate translation: “we would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
418	EZR	4	12	u168	figs-activepassive	יְדִ֨יעַ֙ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְ⁠מַלְכָּ֔⁠א	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “we would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
419	EZR	4	12	alqa	figs-idiom	יְהוּדָיֵ֗⁠א דִּ֤י סְלִ֨קוּ֙ מִן־לְוָתָ֔⁠ךְ	1		Here, as in several instances earlier in the book, **went up** means “traveled from Babylon to Judah,” since that involves going from a river valley up into the mountains. The officials describe Babylon to the king as **near you** because it was relatively much closer to the Persian royal court and more distant from Samaria. Alternate translation: “the Jews who returned to Judah from Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
420	EZR	4	12	tbqv	figs-go	סְלִ֨קוּ֙	1		If it is more natural in your language, you could say “came” rather than **went**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
421	EZR	4	12	ns5b		עֲלֶ֥י⁠נָא אֲת֖וֹ לִ⁠ירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם	1		Alternate translation: “have settled near us in Jerusalem”
422	EZR	4	12	fu8s	figs-metonymy	קִרְיְתָ֨⁠א מָֽרָדְתָּ֤⁠א ו⁠באישת⁠א	1	the rebellious and evil city	Here the officials are describing the inhabitants of Jerusalem figuratively by reference to something associated with them, the **city** where they live. The officials are not saying that the walls and buildings would be rebellious if they were rebuilt. Rather, they are saying that the people who have lived in this city have continually revolted against their foreign rulers. Alternate translation: “that city whose people are constantly rebelling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
423	EZR	4	12	kke9	figs-doublet	מָֽרָדְתָּ֤⁠א ו⁠באישת⁠א	1		**Rebellious and evil** mean similar things. The officials use them together to emphasize their certainty that, because the people of Jerusalem are so evil or wicked (in this context meaning rebellious against authority), they would revolt against Artaxerxes if they were able to rebuild and fortify their city. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these words into a single expression. Alternate translation: “constantly rebelling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
424	EZR	4	12	jr26	figs-parallelism	וְשׁוּרַיָּ֣א שַׁכְלִ֔ילוּ וְ⁠אֻשַּׁיָּ֖⁠א יַחִֽיטוּ	1	repairing the foundations	Here, **completing** is a way of saying “building.” Several times in this section of Ezra, the text uses the two words **repairing** and **completing** together to mean “building,” or it uses them as poetic parallels. (For example, “which a great king of Israel built and completed,” [5:11](../05/11.md), and “to build this house and to complete this structure,” [5:3](../05/03.md).) The term **completing** by itself here seems similarly to have the meaning of “building.” **Repairing** here could also mean “digging out.” Either way, this is a reference to preparing foundations so that buildings can be set up on them. So the officials are describing the project of restoring the city by referring to the work on two parallel parts of it, its walls and its buildings. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this without using a similar figure of speech. Alternate translations: “they are working throughout the city to restore it” or “they are rebuilding the walls and preparing foundations for buildings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
425	EZR	4	13	daq3		כְּעַ֗ן	1		The word **now** is similar to the expression “and now” in [4:10](../04/10.md) and [4:11](../04/11.md). Here, **now** introduces an important point within the letter. If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation.
426	EZR	4	13	vkk4	figs-123person	יְדִ֨יעַ֙ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְ⁠מַלְכָּ֔⁠א	1		As in [4:12](../04/12.md), the officials address the king here in the third person as a sign of respect. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could indicate this respect by using an expression such as “O king.” Alternate translation: “we would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
427	EZR	4	13	cd84	figs-activepassive	יְדִ֨יעַ֙ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְ⁠מַלְכָּ֔⁠א	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “we would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
428	EZR	4	13	wj7f	figs-parallelism	הֵ֣ן קִרְיְתָ֥⁠א דָךְ֙ תִּתְבְּנֵ֔א וְ⁠שׁוּרַיָּ֖⁠ה יִֽשְׁתַּכְלְל֑וּן	1		These two phrases mean similar things. (As noted in [4:12](../04/12.md), **completed** is another way of saying **built** when the terms are paired like this.) Likely for emphasis, the officials say essentially the same thing twice to create an ominous sense of threat. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “if they are able to rebuild that city” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase is actually stronger and more threatening, because the city walls could prevent Artaxerxes from reasserting his sovereignty by force. Alternate translation: “if they rebuild the city, and especially if they restore its protective walls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
429	EZR	4	13	wj57	figs-activepassive	הֵ֣ן קִרְיְתָ֥⁠א דָךְ֙ תִּתְבְּנֵ֔א וְ⁠שׁוּרַיָּ֖⁠ה יִֽשְׁתַּכְלְל֑וּן	1	if this city is built and the wall is completed	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “if the Jews are able to rebuild the city and restore its walls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
430	EZR	4	13	x47o	figs-doublet	מִנְדָּֽה־בְל֤וֹ וַ⁠הֲלָךְ֙ לָ֣א יִנְתְּנ֔וּן	1		**Tax**, **tribute**, and **custom** mean similar things. The officials use the three terms together to emphasize that the king could lose all of his income from the Jews living in Jerusalem and the province of Judah. However, there is a slight difference between the three terms. While their exact meaning is uncertain, they may refer to these three kinds of taxes: taxes based on a percentage of income, tribute money that subjects would pay on a per-person basis, and duty that they would pay on articles purchased for use or transported for sale. Alternate translation: “they will no longer pay taxes, tribute, or duty” But if you do not have three different words for different kinds of taxes in your language, you can just use one word, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]. A doublet can involve the use of more than two words.)
431	EZR	4	13	pgs2	figs-explicit	וְ⁠אַפְּתֹ֥ם מַלְכִ֖ים תְּהַנְזִֽק	1	the treasury of the king will suffer loss	The officials are writing to a king who is the sole ruler of his empire, but they may be using the plural **kings** here because previous kings had accumulated much of the royal treasures. The officials may also be suggesting implicitly that not only Artaxerxes, but also his successors, will get no further revenue from the Jews if Jerusalem is rebuilt and fortified. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and this will reduce the income of kings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
432	EZR	4	14	ye9h	grammar-connect-words-phrases	כְּעַ֗ן	1		As in [4:13](../04/13.md), the word **now** is similar to the expression “and now” found in [4:10](../04/10.md) and [4:11](../04/11.md). Here it introduces another important point within the letter. If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
433	EZR	4	14	m7yw	figs-idiom	מְלַ֤ח הֵֽיכְלָ⁠א֙ מְלַ֔חְנָא	1	we have eaten the salt of the palace	This expression means that these officials are paid from the royal treasury. Alternate translation: “we are paid from the royal treasury” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
434	EZR	4	14	y5g9	figs-explicit	דִּֽי־מְלַ֤ח הֵֽיכְלָ⁠א֙ מְלַ֔חְנָא	1		The implication is that, because these officials are paid from the royal treasury, they feel a loyalty and a sense of obligation to the king. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because we owe our own livelihoods to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
435	EZR	4	14	n2c8	figs-idiom	וְ⁠עַרְוַ֣ת מַלְכָּ֔⁠א לָ֥א אֲֽרִֽיךְ לַ֖⁠נָא לְ⁠מֶֽחֱזֵ֑א	1		The phrase **to see the nakedness of the king** is an idiom that means “to allow the king to be dishonored.” If your language has a similar idiom you can use that, or translate the plain meaning, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
436	EZR	4	14	uggy	figs-123person	עַ֨ל־דְּנָ֔ה שְׁלַ֖חְנָא וְ⁠הוֹדַ֥עְנָא לְ⁠מַלְכָּֽ⁠א	1		The officials continue to address the king in the third person as a sign of respect. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could indicate this respect by using an expression such as “O king.” Alternate translation: “and that is why we have written to you, O king, to let you know about this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
437	EZR	4	15	mcvp	figs-123person	דִּ֡י יְבַקַּר֩	1		Here again the officials are addressing the king in the third person as a sign of respect. They are also making their suggestion very diplomatically so that they do not appear to be telling the king what to do. Alternate translation: “and may we suggest that you search” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
438	EZR	4	15	fujm	figs-idiom	בִּֽ⁠סְפַר־דָּכְרָ֨נַיָּ֜⁠א דִּ֣י אֲבָהָתָ֗⁠ךְ	1		Although **book** is singular, this expression actually refers to the collection of documents that Artaxerxes possessed that recorded events and decrees from the reigns of earlier kings. He responds in [4:19](../04/19.md) that he had his court officials search in this collection. Verses [6:1–2](../06/01.md) describe how Darius earlier made a similar search. Alternate translation: “in the royal chronicles” or “in the archives of the previous kings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
439	EZR	4	15	u1i3	figs-metaphor	בִּֽ⁠סְפַר־דָּכְרָ֨נַיָּ֜⁠א דִּ֣י אֲבָהָתָ֗⁠ךְ	1		Here, **fathers** figuratively means “predecessors.” This would include some who were direct ancestors of Artaxerxes, including his father Ahasuerus (Xerxes) and grandfather Darius. But it also seems to include the Assyrian and Babylonian kings to whose empires the Persian kings were now the heirs. The revolts of Jerusalem that this search discovered, as reported in [4:19](../04/19.md), were against the Babylonians. Indeed, Artaxerxes says that his officials investigated the matter back to ancient days, presumably back to the times of earlier empires. Alternate translation: “the chronicles of previous kings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
440	EZR	4	15	zvmc	figs-doublet	וּ֠⁠תְהַשְׁכַּח בִּ⁠סְפַ֣ר דָּכְרָנַיָּ⁠א֮ וְ⁠תִנְדַּע֒	1		The words **discover** and **learn** mean similar things. The officials use the two words together to emphasize how certain it is that the chronicles will show that Jerusalem has always been rebellious. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can use only one word instead of two. Alternate translation: “The chronicles will certainly confirm for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
441	EZR	4	15	sa9b	figs-parallelism	דִּי֩ קִרְיְתָ֨⁠א דָ֜ךְ קִרְיָ֣א מָֽרָדָ֗א וּֽ⁠מְהַנְזְקַ֤ת מַלְכִין֙ וּ⁠מְדִנָ֔ן וְ⁠אֶשְׁתַּדּוּר֙ עָבְדִ֣ין בְּ⁠גַוַּ֔⁠הּ מִן־יוֹמָ֖ת עָלְמָ֑⁠א	1	a rebellious city	These two phrases mean similar things. The officials say essentially the same thing twice for emphasis. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “that the people living in Jerusalem have constantly rebelled against their kings and governors and refused to pay tribute” However, there is a slight difference in meaning. The second phrase intensifies the first phrase, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. Alternate translation: “that the people of Jerusalem have rebelled against emperors and governors and refused to pay tribute, long being a center of revolt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
442	EZR	4	15	z1fu	figs-idiom	וּֽ⁠מְהַנְזְקַ֤ת	1		In light of the similar expression in [4:13](../04/13.md), “and the revenue of the kings will suffer harm,” this likely means that the people of Jerusalem have refused to pay tribute to foreign emperors. Alternate translation: “and refused to pay tribute to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
443	EZR	4	15	iw58	figs-metonymy	וּ⁠מְדִנָ֔ן	1		Here, **provinces** refers to the rulers of provinces, that is, governors. The officials are describing them figuratively by reference to something associated with them, the jurisdictions that they rule. Alternate translation: “and governors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
444	EZR	4	15	au5i	figs-activepassive	עַ֨ל־דְּנָ֔ה קִרְיְתָ֥⁠א דָ֖ךְ הָֽחָרְבַֽת	1	this city was destroyed	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Because the people of Jerusalem kept rebelling against them, the Babylonians finally came and destroyed that city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
445	EZR	4	16	qw5y	figs-123person	מְהוֹדְעִ֤ין אֲנַ֨חְנָה֙ לְ⁠מַלְכָּ֔⁠א	1		These officials address the king in the third person as a sign of respect. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could indicate this respect by using an expression such as “O king.” Alternate translation: “We would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
446	EZR	4	16	cr21		הֵ֣ן קִרְיְתָ֥⁠א דָךְ֙ תִּתְבְּנֵ֔א וְ⁠שׁוּרַיָּ֖⁠ה יִֽשְׁתַּכְלְל֑וּן	1	if this city is rebuilt and its walls are completed	See how you translated this expression in [4:13](../04/13.md). (It may be helpful to review the two notes there that discuss the parallelism and the passive form.)
447	EZR	4	16	n9kz	figs-explicit	לָ⁠קֳבֵ֣ל דְּנָ֔ה חֲלָק֙ בַּ⁠עֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֔⁠א לָ֥א אִיתַ֖י לָֽ⁠ךְ	1	you will have no control	The implication is that if Jerusalem became a stronghold, not only would its people rebel against Artaxerxes, they would lead all of the surrounding peoples to do the same, and the Persian Empire would lose all of its territories west of the Euphrates. The expression **no share for you** likely also has the implication that the king would receive no further tribute or other revenue from the entire province. Alternate translation: “then those people will lead the entire province of Beyond-the-River to revolt against you and to stop paying tribute.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
448	EZR	4	17	u66e	translate-names	רְח֤וּם בְּעֵל־טְעֵם֙	1	Rehum	**Rehum** is the name of a man and **a lord of decree** is his title. See how you translated them in [4:8](../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “Rehum, the royal deputy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
449	EZR	4	17	hja4	translate-names	וְ⁠שִׁמְשַׁ֣י סָֽפְרָ֔⁠א	1	Shimshai	**Shimshai** is the name of a man and **scribe** is his title. See how you translated them in [4:8](../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “Shimshai the state secretary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
450	EZR	4	17	qp5d	translate-names	וּ⁠שְׁאָר֙ כְּנָוָ֣תְ⁠ה֔וֹן דִּ֥י יָתְבִ֖ין בְּ⁠שָֽׁמְרָ֑יִן וּ⁠שְׁאָ֧ר עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֛⁠ה	1	the Province Beyond the River	As in [4:10](../04/10.md), this could mean one of two things. (1) It could be referring to two groups: (a) the fellow officials of Rehum and Shimshai in the region of Samaria, and (b) the people groups living in the rest of the province of Beyond-the-River, however they came to live there. This is the reading of ULT. Alternate translation: “and the rest of their fellow officials, and the people groups living in Beyond-the-River” or (2) It could be referring to one group, the fellow officials of Rehum and Shimshai who live in the region of Samaria and in other parts of the province. This is the reading of UST. Alternate translation: “the rest of their fellow officials in Samaria and in the rest of Beyond-the-River” It would probably be clearest for your readers if you followed the same reading here as you did in [4:10](../04/10.md), whether that of ULT or UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
451	EZR	4	17	rsd2	figs-idiom	וּ⁠שְׁאָר֙ כְּנָוָ֣תְ⁠ה֔וֹן	1	the River	As in [4:7](../04/07.md) and [4:9](../04/09.md), the term **companions** here indicates people who hold similar positions. Alternate translation: “and the rest of their associates” or “and the rest of their fellow officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
452	EZR	4	17	oyb4		שְׁלָ֖ם	1		**Peace** was a conventional greeting or good wish that senders often included at the beginning of a letter at this time. (It is the Aramaic term that corresponds to the Hebrew expression “Shalom.”) If your language has a similar expression that it uses for the same purpose, you can use it here. Alternate translations: “greetings” or “I hope all is well with you”
453	EZR	4	17	is3z	grammar-connect-words-phrases	וּ⁠כְעֶֽת	1		As in [4:10](../04/10.md) and [4:11](../04/11.md), this phrase translates an Aramaic expression that introduces the main business of a letter. If your language has a comparable expression, then use it here. If it would not use such an expression here, then you do not need to represent it in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
454	EZR	4	18	nata	figs-explicit	נִשְׁתְּוָנָ֕⁠א דִּ֥י שְׁלַחְתּ֖וּן עֲלֶ֑י⁠נָא	1		The implication of the plural **us** is that the king and his royal officials have received this letter. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the letter that you sent to the king and his royal officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
455	EZR	4	18	sza5	figs-activepassive	מְפָרַ֥שׁ קֱרִ֖י קָדָמָֽ⁠י	1	the letter that you sent me has been translated and read	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “my officials have carefully read aloud in my presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
456	EZR	4	18	bbxs	figs-explicit	מְפָרַ֥שׁ קֱרִ֖י קָדָמָֽ⁠י	1		The implication is not that the king was unable to read or unable to see, and so he needed someone to read things to him. Rather, in ancient times, writing was considered a way of conveying speech at a distance. In effect, the court officials who read this letter aloud to the king were doing so on behalf of the Samaritan officials who had sent the letter, as if they had been present themselves. So be sure that your translation does not convey or suggest the idea that the king was unable to read. Alternate translation: “my officials have carefully read out loud in my presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
457	EZR	4	19	bapj	grammar-connect-logic-result	וּ⁠מִנִּ⁠י֮	1		The word **so** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result, from me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
458	EZR	4	19	h6w5	figs-activepassive	וּ⁠מִנִּ⁠י֮ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵם֒ וּ⁠בַקַּ֣רוּ	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “So I commanded my officials, and they searched” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
459	EZR	4	19	rx6m	figs-explicit	וּ⁠מִנִּ⁠י֮ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵם֒ וּ⁠בַקַּ֣רוּ	1		The implication is that the king ordered his officials to search in the royal chronicles to investigate the charges that Rehum, Shimshai, and the others had made against Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I commanded my officials to search in the royal chronicles, and they investigated your claims” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
460	EZR	4	19	kzrh	figs-parallelism	דִּ֚י קִרְיְתָ֣⁠א דָ֔ךְ…עַל־מַלְכִ֖ין מִֽתְנַשְּׂאָ֑ה וּ⁠מְרַ֥ד וְ⁠אֶשְׁתַּדּ֖וּר מִתְעֲבֶד־בַּֽ⁠הּ	1		These two phrases mean similar things. Artaxerxes says the same thing twice, in similar ways, for emphasis. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Instead, If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem has continually been at the center of revolts against rulers” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase intensifies the first by portraying Jerusalem not just as a city that has rebelled, but as a place where rebellions have repeatedly originated. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem … has rebelled against the emperors that ruled it and, in fact, that city has repeatedly been a base for revolts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
461	EZR	4	19	eq5y	figs-idiom	קִרְיְתָ֣⁠א דָ֔ךְ…עַל־מַלְכִ֖ין מִֽתְנַשְּׂאָ֑ה	1		**That city** means Jerusalem. In this context, the expression **risen up against** means to reject an authority and claim authority for oneself. Alternate translation: “the people of Jerusalem … have rebelled against the emperors who ruled them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
462	EZR	4	19	wf0o	figs-metonymy	קִרְיְתָ֣⁠א דָ֔ךְ…עַל־מַלְכִ֖ין מִֽתְנַשְּׂאָ֑ה	1		Here, Artaxerxes speaks figuratively of the people of Jerusalem by reference to something associated with them, the city where they live. Alternate translation: “the people of Jerusalem … have rebelled against the emperors who ruled them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
463	EZR	4	19	y5eu	figs-doublet	וּ⁠מְרַ֥ד וְ⁠אֶשְׁתַּדּ֖וּר מִתְעֲבֶד־בַּֽ⁠הּ	1		**Rebellion** and **revolt** mean similar things. Artaxerxes uses the two terms together for emphasis, perhaps to acknowledge that the records have indeed confirmed what the officials alleged. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these terms. Alternate translation: “and the city has repeatedly been a base for revolts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
464	EZR	4	19	n9ss	figs-activepassive	וּ⁠מְרַ֥ד וְ⁠אֶשְׁתַּדּ֖וּר מִתְעֲבֶד־בַּֽ⁠הּ	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “and the people there have repeatedly rebelled against their rulers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
465	EZR	4	20	as5z	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠מַלְכִ֣ין תַּקִּיפִ֗ין הֲווֹ֙ עַל־יְר֣וּשְׁלֶ֔ם	1		These kings are described here in a spatial metaphor as being higher than or above Jerusalem to indicate that this was the place in which and from which they ruled. Alternate translation: “And powerful kings ruled from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
466	EZR	4	20	ewxu	writing-background	וְ⁠שַׁ֨לִּיטִ֔ין	1		This word **even** introduces further information. Alternate translation: “in fact, they ruled” (See: Connect – [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
467	EZR	4	20	vmb6		וְ⁠שַׁ֨לִּיטִ֔ין בְּ⁠כֹ֖ל עֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֑⁠ה	1	the Province Beyond the River	Alternate translation: “in fact, they ruled over the whole area that is Beyond-the-River province”
468	EZR	4	20	s7mv	figs-activepassive	וּ⁠מִדָּ֥ה בְל֛וֹ וַ⁠הֲלָ֖ךְ מִתְיְהֵ֥ב לְ⁠הֽוֹן	1	Tax, tribute, and custom were paid to them	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “these kings conquered other nations and made them pay tribute” or “these kings conquered other nations and made them pay taxes, tribute, and duty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
469	EZR	4	20	bo7z	figs-doublet	וּ⁠מִדָּ֥ה בְל֛וֹ וַ⁠הֲלָ֖ךְ	1	Tax, tribute, and custom were paid to them	See how you translated this phrase in [4:13](../04/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]. A doublet can involve the use of more than two words.)
470	EZR	4	21	c4sp	grammar-connect-words-phrases	כְּעַן֙	1	give a command	The word **Now** is similar to the expression “and now” in [4:10](../04/10.md), [4:11](../04/11.md), and [4:17](../04/17.md). As in [4:13](../04/13.md) and [4:14](../04/14.md), it introduces an important point within a letter. If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
471	EZR	4	21	ie6i	figs-explicit	שִׂ֣ימוּ טְּעֵ֔ם לְ⁠בַטָּלָ֖א גֻּבְרַיָּ֣⁠א אִלֵּ֑ךְ	1	give a command	**These men** means the Jews. This is a reference back to the letter from the Samaritan officials in which they speak of “the Jews who went up from near you” and who “have come to us at Jerusalem” ([4:12](../04/12.md)). The implication is that the Jews are to stop rebuilding the walls and buildings in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “issue a decree to make those Jews who returned to Jerusalem from exile stop rebuilding the walls and buildings in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
472	EZR	4	21	emg2	grammar-connect-logic-goal	וְ⁠קִרְיְתָ֥⁠א דָךְ֙ לָ֣א תִתְבְּנֵ֔א עַד־מִנִּ֖⁠י טַעְמָ֥⁠א יִתְּשָֽׂם	1	give a command	The phrase **so that** indicates that the clause that follows describes the purpose for which Artaxerxes wants the officials to issue a decree. It is to make the Jews stop working on the walls and houses. He does not want there to be any rebuilding in Jerusalem unless he authorizes it personally. Alternate translation: “because I want this decree to prevent all rebuilding unless I issue a decree permitting it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
473	EZR	4	22	xxy6	figs-litotes	וּ⁠זְהִירִ֥ין הֱו֛וֹ שָׁל֖וּ לְ⁠מֶעְבַּ֣ד עַל־דְּנָ֑ה	1	Be careful not to neglect	This means “Be sure to act concerning this.” This is a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using two negative expressions: **be careful of**, that is, “avoid,” together with an expression that is the opposite of what is desired: **negligence of action**. Artaxerxes wants the officials to take action. Alternate translation: “Be sure to take action in response to this situation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
474	EZR	4	22	snhn	figs-explicit	לְ⁠מָה֙ יִשְׂגֵּ֣א חֲבָלָ֔⁠א לְ⁠הַנְזָקַ֖ת מַלְכִֽין	1	Why should this damage increase, to the hurt of the kings?	The implication is that if the Jews were able to rebuild and fortify Jerusalem and they revolted, then the interests of the king would be damaged because he would lose honor, as the officials suggest in their letter ([4:14](../04/14.md)), and he would also lose revenue ([4:13](../04/13.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Why should I and other kings suffer dishonor or lose tribute money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
475	EZR	4	22	t7e7	figs-rquestion	לְ⁠מָה֙ יִשְׂגֵּ֣א חֲבָלָ֔⁠א לְ⁠הַנְזָקַ֖ת מַלְכִֽין	1	Why should this damage increase, to the hurt of the kings?	Artaxerxes is making a statement, not asking a question. He does not expect the Samaritan officials to tell him why he should experience greater damage. Instead, he is using the question form to emphasize how important it is for the officials to get the Jews to stop rebuilding Jerusalem. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate these words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I should not suffer dishonor or lose tribute money.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
476	EZR	4	22	kqp4	figs-123person	לְ⁠מָה֙ יִשְׂגֵּ֣א חֲבָלָ֔⁠א לְ⁠הַנְזָקַ֖ת מַלְכִֽין	1	this damage increase	As in [4:13](../04/13.md), the plural **kings** here may envision that not just Artaxerxes but also his successors would lose revenue if Jerusalem leads a revolt that spreads throughout Beyond-the-River, as the Samaritan officials suggest it would. But Artaxerxes is speaking primarily of himself, in the third person, as kings sometimes did, just as their subjects addressed them in the third person to show humility and respect. (Compare, for example, the way Cyrus speaks of himself in the third person in [6:4](../06/04.md), and Darius speaks of himself that way in [6:8](../06/08.md) and [6:10](../06/10.md)). Alternate translation: “Why should kings suffer dishonor or lose tribute money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
477	EZR	4	23	nhx0	grammar-connect-time-sequential	אֱדַ֗יִן	1	the copy of the letter from King Artaxerxes was read	The word **Then** indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the events it has just described. In your translation, you can use the expression in your language that would best indicate this relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
478	EZR	4	23	zq2h	figs-explicit	מִן־דִּ֞י פַּרְשֶׁ֤גֶן נִשְׁתְּוָנָ⁠א֙ דִּ֚י ארתחששתא מַלְכָּ֔⁠א קֱרִ֧י קֳדָם־רְח֛וּם וְ⁠שִׁמְשַׁ֥י סָפְרָ֖⁠א וּ⁠כְנָוָתְ⁠ה֑וֹן	1	the copy of the letter from King Artaxerxes was read	The implication is that a messenger brought a copy of the letter from King Artaxerxes to these officials and read it aloud to them. (See the note to [4:18](../04/18.md) for background to the practice of reading correspondence out loud.) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as soon as messengers from King Artaxerxes brought a copy of his letter to Rehum, Shimshai the state secretary, and their associates, and read it aloud to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
479	EZR	4	23	cz5l	figs-activepassive	פַּרְשֶׁ֤גֶן נִשְׁתְּוָנָ⁠א֙ דִּ֚י ארתחששתא מַלְכָּ֔⁠א קֱרִ֧י	1	the copy of the letter from King Artaxerxes was read	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “messengers from King Artaxerxes read a copy of his letter aloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
480	EZR	4	23	djzh	translate-names	ארתחששתא	1	the copy of the letter from King Artaxerxes was read	**Artaxerxes** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:7](../04/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
481	EZR	4	23	s349	translate-names	רְח֛וּם	1	Rehum	Rehum is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:8](../04/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
482	EZR	4	23	qu4l	translate-names	וְ⁠שִׁמְשַׁ֥י סָפְרָ֖⁠א	1	Shimshai	**Shimshai** is the name of a man and **scribe** is his title. See how you translated them in [4:8](../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “Shimshai the state secretary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
483	EZR	4	23	eiff	figs-idiom	וּ⁠כְנָוָתְ⁠ה֑וֹן	1	Shimshai	As in [4:7](../04/07.md), [4:9](../04/09.md) and [4:17](../04/17.md), the term **companions** here indicates people who hold similar positions. Alternate translation: “and their associates,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
484	EZR	4	23	vkzx		אֲזַ֨לוּ בִ⁠בְהִיל֤וּ לִ⁠ירֽוּשְׁלֶם֙ עַל־יְה֣וּדָיֵ֔⁠א	1	Shimshai	Alternate translation: “they hurried to Jerusalem to confront the Jews”
485	EZR	4	23	yg0y	figs-hendiadys	וּ⁠בַטִּ֥לוּ הִמּ֖וֹ בְּ⁠אֶדְרָ֥ע וְ⁠חָֽיִל	1	Shimshai	The phrase **an arm and strength** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with “and.” The word **strength** tells what kind of **arm** or influence these officials used: a strong arm, that is, a forcibly coercive one. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning of the two words in a single phrase. Alternate translation: “and they compelled them to stop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
486	EZR	4	23	ck1l	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠בַטִּ֥לוּ הִמּ֖וֹ בְּ⁠אֶדְרָ֥ע וְ⁠חָֽיִל	1	Shimshai	Here, **arm** is a figurative way of referring to a person’s power, influence, and capacity for action. Alternate translation: “and they compelled them to stop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
487	EZR	4	23	v0na	figs-explicit	וּ⁠בַטִּ֥לוּ הִמּ֖וֹ בְּ⁠אֶדְרָ֥ע וְ⁠חָֽיִל	1	Shimshai	The implication is that these officials made the Jews stop rebuilding the walls and houses in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and they compelled them to stop rebuilding the walls and houses in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
488	EZR	4	24	kj9i	figs-explicit	בֵּ⁠אדַ֗יִן בְּטֵלַת֙ עֲבִידַ֣ת בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֔⁠א דִּ֖י בִּ⁠ירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם	1	the work on the house of God which is in Jerusalem ceased, and it remained stopped until the second year of the reign of Darius	The book now returns to the point in the story where it left off at the end of [4:5](../04/05.md). (If it would be helpful, review the note to [4:6](../04/06.md). That note explains how the book tells of later events in [4:6–23](../04/06.md) to show that the Jews were wise not to trust the Samaritans when they offered to help rebuild the temple during the reign of Cyrus, since they demonstrated by their repeated future opposition that they really were the enemies of the Jews.) It might be useful to include a heading before this verse to alert the reader that there is a change of timeframe at this point, such as, “Building the Temple in the Time of Darius.” Also, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could say something explicitly here that would show how the book is returning to the time of Cyrus and his immediate successors. Alternate translation: “This is how the enemies of the Jews tried, under later kings, to stop them from rebuilding Jerusalem. They attempted the same thing under King Cyrus and his successors and they were able to stop the work on the temple for a time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
489	EZR	4	24	s03r	figs-activepassive	וַ⁠הֲוָת֙ בָּֽטְלָ֔א	1	the work on the house of God which is in Jerusalem ceased, and it remained stopped until the second year of the reign of Darius	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “and the Jews did not start rebuilding again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
490	EZR	4	24	v4gi	translate-names	דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ	1	the work on the house of God which is in Jerusalem ceased, and it remained stopped until the second year of the reign of Darius	**Darius** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:5](../04/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
491	EZR	5	intro	rn2j			0		# Ezra 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of the building of the temple and re-establishment of the temple worship continues in this chapter from where it left off in [4:5](../04/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Rebuilding the temple<br><br>The prophets Haggai and Zechariah encouraged the Jews to begin again to build the temple. This was very important to life in Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
492	EZR	5	1	puq2	writing-newevent	וְ⁠הִתְנַבִּ֞י	1	Iddo	Here, the word **Then** introduces a new event in the story. Use a natural method in your language to introduce a new event here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
493	EZR	5	1	buty	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	וְ⁠הִתְנַבִּ֞י	1	Iddo	The word **Then** indicates that the event the story will now relate took place at the time just named in [4:24](../04/24.md), that is, in the second year of the reign of Darius as king of Persia. Alternate translation: “At that time … prophesied” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
494	EZR	5	1	bdb8	translate-names	וּ⁠זְכַרְיָ֤ה בַר־עִדּוֹא֙	1	Iddo	**Zechariah** is the name of a man, and **Iddo** is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
495	EZR	5	1	qgzx	translate-names	חַגַּ֣י	1	Iddo	**Haggai** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
496	EZR	5	1	zfch	figs-explicit	וְ⁠הִתְנַבִּ֞י…עַל־יְה֣וּדָיֵ֔⁠א דִּ֥י בִ⁠יה֖וּד וּ⁠בִ⁠ירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם	1	Iddo	The implication, based on how the Jewish leaders respond in the next verse, is that Haggai and Zechariah said specifically that the Jews should resume work on rebuilding the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “told the Jews in Judah and Jerusalem that they should start rebuilding the temple again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
497	EZR	5	1	gfey	figs-idiom	בְּ⁠שֻׁ֛ם אֱלָ֥הּ יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל	1	Iddo	This expression means that Haggai and Zechariah made clear that they were speaking to the Jews on behalf of God, as if God were speaking through them. Alternate translation: “as messengers of the God of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
498	EZR	5	1	ko7o	figs-distinguish	אֱלָ֥הּ יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל	1	Iddo	As in [4:1](../04/01.md), this phrase provides further background information about Yahweh. Alternate translation: “the God whom the people of Israel worshiped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
499	EZR	5	1	gw8s	figs-metaphor	עֲלֵי⁠הֽוֹן	1	Iddo	God is described here in a spatial metaphor as being higher than or above the Jews to indicate that they acknowledged his authority and they served and obeyed him. Alternate translation: “whom they obeyed” or “who was their king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
500	EZR	5	2	hkqf	grammar-connect-logic-result	בֵּ⁠אדַ֡יִן	1	Jeshua … Jozadak	Here, **Then** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
501	EZR	5	2	z38k	translate-names	זְרֻבָּבֶ֤ל בַּר־שְׁאַלְתִּיאֵל֙	1	Shealtiel	**Zerubbabel** is the name of a man, and **Shealtiel** is the name of his father. See how you translated these names in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
502	EZR	5	2	u7ce	translate-names	וְ⁠יֵשׁ֣וּעַ בַּר־יֽוֹצָדָ֔ק	1	Jeshua … Jozadak	**Jeshua** is the name of a man, and **Jozadak** is the name of his father. See how you translated these names in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
503	EZR	5	2	j3sv	figs-idiom	קָ֠מוּ	1	Jeshua … Jozadak	In this context, the word **arose** means that they took action to get a project under way. It does not indicate that these leaders had been sitting or lying down and that they stood up. Alternate translation: “took action” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
504	EZR	5	2	mz7h	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠שָׁרִ֣יו לְ⁠מִבְנֵ֔א בֵּ֥ית אֱלָהָ֖⁠א	1	to build the house of God	Alternate translation: “and resumed work on rebuilding the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
505	EZR	5	3	pmcm	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	בֵּ⁠הּ־זִמְנָ⁠א֩	1	Tattenai … Shethar-Bozenai	The phrase **at that time** indicates that this event took place at the same time as the event that the story has just related. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship in this case by using a phrase such as “when they did this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
506	EZR	5	3	kl9l	translate-names	תַּ֠תְּנַי	1	Tattenai … Shethar-Bozenai	**Tattenai** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
507	EZR	5	3	gs4x	translate-names	עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֛⁠ה	1	the Province Beyond the River	**Beyond-the-River** is the name of the province of the Persian Empire that included Judah and Jerusalem. See how you translated it in [4:10](../04/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
508	EZR	5	3	xjkh	translate-names	וּ⁠שְׁתַ֥ר בּוֹזְנַ֖י	1	the Province Beyond the River	**Shethar-Bozenai** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
509	EZR	5	3	kq8c	figs-idiom	וּ⁠כְנָוָתְ⁠ה֑וֹן	1	the Province Beyond the River	As often in the book, the term **companions** here indicates people who hold similar positions. Alternate translation: “and their associates” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
510	EZR	5	3	gzge	figs-go	אֲתָ֨א	1	the Province Beyond the River	Use the motion verb that is most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “went” or “traveled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
511	EZR	5	3	zz1b		מַן־שָׂ֨ם לְ⁠כֹ֜ם טְעֵ֗ם	1	the Province Beyond the River	See how you translated this word for **decree** in [4:19](../04/19.md) and [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “Who gave you permission” or “Who authorized you”
512	EZR	5	3	a23k	figs-parallelism	בַּיְתָ֤⁠א דְנָה֙ לִ⁠בְּנֵ֔א וְ⁠אֻשַּׁרְנָ֥⁠א דְנָ֖ה לְ⁠שַׁכְלָלָֽה	1	the Province Beyond the River	These two phrases mean essentially the same thing. As noted in [4:12](../04/12.md), **complete** is another way of saying **build** when the terms are paired like this. The officials say essentially the same thing twice for emphasis. If that would be confusing for your readers, you can say it once and provide emphasis in a different way. Alternate translation: “to build a large temple such as this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
513	EZR	5	3	rp2r	figs-metaphor	בַּיְתָ֤⁠א דְנָה֙	1	the Province Beyond the River	“this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
514	EZR	5	4	jznw	grammar-connect-time-sequential	אֱדַ֥יִן	1	the Province Beyond the River	Here, the word **Then** is indicating that the enemies asked the question in this verse right after the question they asked in the previous verse. (The word is not indicating that the two questions were asked on separate occasions.) Alternate translation: “In addition” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
515	EZR	5	4	tp1s	translate-textvariants	אֲמַ֣רְנָא לְּ⁠הֹ֑ם מַן־אִנּוּן֙ שְׁמָהָ֣ת גֻּבְרַיָּ֔⁠א	1		Here, the Aramaic text reads **we said**. The pronoun does not seem to fit the context here, because of the sudden, unexplained shift from third person “they” in verse 3 to first person “we” here. In [5:10](../05/10.md), in their letter to Darius, Tattenai and his associates use “we” when they report that they were the ones who asked this question. So the word “we” could have been mistakenly copied into this verse from that one. Other ancient versions say “they,” and it will likely be clearest for your readers if you translate the phrase in that way. Alternate translation: “they said to them, 'What are the men's names” or “they said to them, “Who are the men” It is also possible that the verse is not reporting a question in direct speech, but is simply describing what was said as a statement. In that case, **we** would refer to the Jews. Alternate translation: “we told them who the men were” or “we told them the names of the men [who were building this building.”] (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
516	EZR	5	4	cwgj	figs-quotations	אֲמַ֣רְנָא לְּ⁠הֹ֑ם מַן־אִנּוּן֙ שְׁמָהָ֣ת גֻּבְרַיָּ֔⁠א דִּֽי־דְנָ֥ה בִנְיָנָ֖⁠א בָּנַֽיִן	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you can present this sentence as an indirect quotation, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
517	EZR	5	5	ewqj	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וְ⁠עֵ֣ין	1	the Province Beyond the River	Here, the word **But** indicates that the sentence it introduces draws a contrast between what Tattenai and his associates were trying to accomplish, which was an immediate end to the rebuilding of the temple, and what actually happened. You could begin the sentence with a word such as “however” to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
518	EZR	5	5	gv23	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠עֵ֣ין אֱלָהֲ⁠הֹ֗ם הֲוָת֙ עַל־שָׂבֵ֣י יְהוּדָיֵ֔⁠א	1	the eye of God was on	Here, **eye** stands for seeing, and in this context, seeing figuratively means giving care, protection, and favor. Alternate translation: “God was making sure that the Jewish leaders would be alright” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
519	EZR	5	5	mvci	grammar-connect-logic-result	וְ⁠לָא	1	the eye of God was on	Here the word **and** indicates that the clause it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “as a result … not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
520	EZR	5	5	eu4e	figs-explicit	וְ⁠לָא־בַטִּ֣לוּ הִמּ֔וֹ עַד־טַעְמָ֖⁠א לְ⁠דָרְיָ֣וֶשׁ יְהָ֑ךְ	1	a report could be sent to Darius and a decree was returned concerning this matter	Here the word **they** refers to Tattenai and his associates. The implication is that they did not make the Jewish leaders stop rebuilding the temple right away. Rather, they chose to wait until they could send a report about the rebuilding to Darius, to see what he would say about it. Alternate translation: “and Tattenai and his associates did not make the Jews stop rebuilding the temple right away, but they decided instead to report the matter to King Darius” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
521	EZR	5	5	udsx	grammar-connect-time-sequential	וֶ⁠אֱדַ֛יִן	1	a report could be sent to Darius and a decree was returned concerning this matter	This phrase indicates that this event would take place after the event the story has just described. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
522	EZR	5	5	y8gi		יְתִיב֥וּן נִשְׁתְּוָנָ֖⁠א עַל־דְּנָֽה	1	a report could be sent to Darius and a decree was returned concerning this matter	Here the word **they** primarily refers to Darius. As in [4:18](../04/18.md), the plural may be used to indicate the king and his officials, who would consider the matter openly in the royal court. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the singular. Alternate translation: “he sent back a letter to tell them what to do about this”
523	EZR	5	6	jbg5	translate-names	תַּתְּנַ֣י…וּ⁠שְׁתַ֤ר בּוֹזְנַי֙	1	This is a copy of the letter	These are the names of two men. See how you translated them in [5:3](../05/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
524	EZR	5	6	uq1x		וּ⁠כְנָ֣וָתֵ֔⁠הּ	1	the Province Beyond the River	Alternate translation: “and their colleagues”
525	EZR	5	7	tqh1	figs-quotemarks	לְ⁠דָרְיָ֥וֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֖⁠א שְׁלָמָ֥⁠א כֹֽלָּ⁠א	1	the Province Beyond the River	Here the book begins to quote the letter that Tattenai and his associates sent to King Darius. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
526	EZR	5	7	xf0z		לְ⁠דָרְיָ֥וֶשׁ	1	the Province Beyond the River	**Darius** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:5](../04/05.md).
527	EZR	5	7	mho8		שְׁלָמָ֥⁠א כֹֽלָּ⁠א	1	the Province Beyond the River	As in [4:17](../04/17.md), this is a conventional greeting or good wish that senders at this time often included at the beginning of a letter. If your language has a similar expression that it uses for the same purpose, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “Greetings” or “We hope all is well with you”
528	EZR	5	8	sp27	figs-123person	יְדִ֣יעַ ׀ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְ⁠מַלְכָּ֗⁠א	1	General Information:	These officials address the king in the third person as a sign of respect. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could indicate this respect by using an expression such as “O king.” Alternate translation: “We would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
529	EZR	5	8	wizf	figs-activepassive	יְדִ֣יעַ ׀ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְ⁠מַלְכָּ֗⁠א	1	General Information:	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “We would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
530	EZR	5	8	nv7q		אֲזַ֜לְנָא לִ⁠יה֤וּד מְדִֽינְתָּ⁠א֙	1	General Information:	Alternate translation: “we went to the province of Judah”
531	EZR	5	8	avmn	figs-metaphor	לְ⁠בֵית֙ אֱלָהָ֣⁠א רַבָּ֔⁠א	1	General Information:	Here, **the house** refers to the temple. The officials speak of it figuratively as if it were a place in which God would live. (They likely say **the great God** because the Jews told them, as they report in [5:11](../05/11.md), that it would be a temple for the God who made heaven and earth.) Alternate translation: “to the temple of the mighty God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
532	EZR	5	8	nmq2	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠ה֤וּא מִתְבְּנֵא֙ אֶ֣בֶן גְּלָ֔ל וְ⁠אָ֖ע מִתְּשָׂ֣ם בְּ⁠כֻתְלַיָּ֑⁠א	1	timbers	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say these things with active forms, and you could say who was doing these actions. Alternate translation: “the Jews are building the temple out of large stones and setting timber beams in the walls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
533	EZR	5	8	cgiz	figs-activepassive	וַ⁠עֲבִ֥ידְתָּ⁠א דָ֛ךְ אָסְפַּ֥רְנָא מִתְעַבְדָ֖א וּ⁠מַצְלַ֥ח בְּ⁠יֶדְ⁠הֹֽם	1	timbers	You could say this with an active form, and you could say who was doing the action. The term **diligently**, used here and several more times in the book, means carefully, exactly, and efficiently. Alternate translation: “And they are doing the work carefully and efficiently and successfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
534	EZR	5	8	nzzw	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠מַצְלַ֥ח בְּ⁠יֶדְ⁠הֹֽם	1	timbers	Here, **hand** figuratively represents control and action. Alternate translation: “and it is succeeding at their initiative” or “and they have been able to advance the work successfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
535	EZR	5	9	uee9	figs-quotemarks	מַן־שָׂ֨ם לְ⁠כֹ֜ם טְעֵ֗ם בַּיְתָ֤⁠א דְנָה֙ לְ⁠מִבְנְיָ֔ה וְ⁠אֻשַּׁרְנָ֥⁠א דְנָ֖ה לְ⁠שַׁכְלָלָֽה	1	Who issued you a command	This is a quotation within a quotation. That is, the book is quoting from the letter that Tattenai and his associates sent to King Darius, and within that letter, they are quoting what they asked the Jewish elders. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off these words within secondary quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
536	EZR	5	9	p8jz	figs-parallelism	מַן־שָׂ֨ם לְ⁠כֹ֜ם טְעֵ֗ם בַּיְתָ֤⁠א דְנָה֙ לְ⁠מִבְנְיָ֔ה וְ⁠אֻשַּׁרְנָ֥⁠א דְנָ֖ה לְ⁠שַׁכְלָלָֽה	1	Who issued you a command	See how you translated this question in [5:3](../05/03.md). The phrases **build this house** and **complete this structure** refer to the same action, not different actions. The officials say essentially the same thing twice for emphasis. If that would be confusing for your readers, you can say it once and provide emphasis in a different way. Alternate translation: “Who said that you could build a large temple such as this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
537	EZR	5	10	okji	grammar-connect-logic-result	וְ⁠אַ֧ף שְׁמָהָתְ⁠הֹ֛ם שְׁאֵ֥לְנָא לְּ⁠הֹ֖ם לְ⁠הוֹדָעוּתָ֑⁠ךְ דִּ֛י נִכְתֻּ֥ב שֻׁם־גֻּבְרַיָּ֖⁠א דִּ֥י בְ⁠רָאשֵׁי⁠הֹֽם	1	Who issued you a command	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could put the reason before the result. (We do not know if Tattenai and his associates succeeded in writing down the list of names.) Alternate translation: “We wanted to write down the names of their leaders and to be prepared to let you know who they were, so we also asked them their names” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
538	EZR	5	10	qn28	figs-metaphor	גֻּבְרַיָּ֖⁠א דִּ֥י בְ⁠רָאשֵׁי⁠הֹֽם	1	Who issued you a command	Here, **head** is a figurative way of referring to a leader. Alternate translation: “the men who were their leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
539	EZR	5	11	f9fm	figs-quotemarks	אֲנַ֣חְנָא הִמּ֡וֹ עַבְדוֹ⁠הִי֩ דִֽי־אֱלָ֨הּ שְׁמַיָּ֜⁠א וְ⁠אַרְעָ֗⁠א	1	General Information:	Starting here, and through [5:16](../05/16.md), there is another quotation within a quotation. The book is quoting from the letter that Tattenai and his associates sent to King Darius, and within that letter, they are quoting what the Jewish elders told them in response to their question. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening secondary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
540	EZR	5	11	m5y2	figs-idiom	אֲנַ֣חְנָא הִמּ֡וֹ עַבְדוֹ⁠הִי֩ דִֽי־אֱלָ֨הּ שְׁמַיָּ֜⁠א וְ⁠אַרְעָ֗⁠א	1	We are servants of the God	The Jewish leaders describe themselves as **servants** of God because they are speaking of a superior with humility and respect. However, in this context, the expression is also an idiom that indicates that this is the God whom they worship. Alternate translation: “We worship the God who created heaven and earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
541	EZR	5	11	r5fg	figs-explicit	אֱלָ֨הּ שְׁמַיָּ֜⁠א וְ⁠אַרְעָ֗⁠א	1	We are servants of the God	The implications of this phrase are that God created heaven and earth and therefore rightfully rules over them. Alternate translation: “is the God who created heaven and earth and rules over them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
542	EZR	5	11	a1ui	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠בָנַ֤יִן בַּיְתָ⁠א֙	1	that was built many years ago, which a great king of Israel built and completed	**House** means the temple. This seems to be an abbreviated way of saying the “house of God,” a figurative description of the temple as the place where God lived. Alternate translation: “and we are rebuilding the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
543	EZR	5	11	y9hr	figs-hendiadys	וּ⁠מֶ֤לֶךְ לְ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ רַ֔ב בְּנָ֖⁠הִי וְ⁠שַׁכְלְלֵֽ⁠הּ	1	completed	In this section of the book, **completed** is another way of saying **built** when the two words are used together. (Review the note about this at [4:12](../04/12.md) if that would be helpful.) So the Jewish elders are expressing a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning with a single word. Alternate translation: “which a great king of Israel constructed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
544	EZR	5	12	mnpe	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	לָהֵ֗ן	1	completed	The word **However** indicates that there will be a contrast between the sentence that it introduces and the previous one. This sentence expresses the opposite of what someone would hope and expect to happen after a great king built a temple for God, so you could begin the sentence with a word such as “unfortunately” to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
545	EZR	5	12	un5r	figs-metaphor	מִן־דִּ֨י הַרְגִּ֤זוּ אֲבָהֳתַ֨⁠נָא֙ לֶ⁠אֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֔⁠א	1	General Information:	Here, **fathers** figuratively means ancestors. Alternate translation: “because our ancestors angered the God who rules in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
546	EZR	5	12	pqp8	figs-metaphor	יְהַ֣ב הִמּ֔וֹ בְּ⁠יַ֛ד נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֥ר	1	provoked the God of heaven to wrath	Here, **hand** figuratively represents power and control. Alternate translation: “God allowed Nebuchadnezzar to conquer them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
547	EZR	5	12	cy4x	figs-metonymy	יְהַ֣ב הִמּ֔וֹ בְּ⁠יַ֛ד נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֥ר	1	he gave them into the hand of Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon, the Chaldean, who destroyed this house and deported the people	Nebuchadnezzar alone did not conquer the kingdom of Judah. Rather, the elders are describing his armies figuratively by reference to something associated with them, the emperor who commanded them. Alternate translation: “God allowed them to be conquered by the armies of Nebuchadnezzar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
548	EZR	5	12	lfdn	translate-names	נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֥ר מֶֽלֶךְ־בָּבֶ֖ל	1	he gave them into the hand of Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon, the Chaldean, who destroyed this house and deported the people	**Nebuchadnezzar** is the name of a man, and **Babylon** is the name of the empire that he ruled. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
549	EZR	5	12	soz8	figs-distinguish	כַּסְדָּאָ֑ה	1	he gave them into the hand of Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon, the Chaldean, who destroyed this house and deported the people	Here the elders provide some further background information about who Nebuchadnezzar was. Even though he was the ruler of the Babylonian Empire, he was not from the Babylonian people group himself, but rather from the Chaldean people group. Alternate translation: “who was from the Chaldean people group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
550	EZR	5	12	wqnc	translate-names	כַּסְדָּאָ֑ה	1	he gave them into the hand of Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon, the Chaldean, who destroyed this house and deported the people	**Chaldean** is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
551	EZR	5	12	sgt7	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠בַיְתָ֤⁠ה דְנָה֙ סַתְרֵ֔⁠הּ	1	destroyed this house	As in [5:11](../05/11.md), **house** seems to be an abbreviated way of saying “house of God” or “temple.” Alternate translation: “and Nebuchadnezzar destroyed the original temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
552	EZR	5	13	e3wn	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	בְּרַם֙	1	King Cyrus issued a command to rebuild the house of God	Here, the word **But** indicates that the sentence it introduces draws a contrast between the way Nebuchadnezzar destroyed the temple and the way Cyrus commanded it to be rebuilt. Use a natural way in your language to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
553	EZR	5	13	fnbe	translate-ordinal	בִּ⁠שְׁנַ֣ת חֲדָ֔ה לְ⁠כ֥וֹרֶשׁ	1	King Cyrus issued a command to rebuild the house of God	The original text uses a cardinal number here, **one**, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way it uses an ordinal number, “first,” in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of years, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “in the first year of Cyrus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
554	EZR	5	13	t6xc	translate-names	לְ⁠כ֥וֹרֶשׁ	1	King Cyrus issued a command to rebuild the house of God	**Cyrus** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [1:1](../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
555	EZR	5	13	g9o0	figs-explicit	מַלְכָּ֖⁠א דִּ֣י בָבֶ֑ל	1	King Cyrus issued a command to rebuild the house of God	Cyrus was the king of the Persian Empire, but since under his leadership the Persians had conquered the Babylonians, he also had the right to use the title **king of Babylon**. The implication may be that as the heir and successor to the throne of Babylon, Cyrus had the same power over the temple as Nebuchadnezzar, and so he could order it to be rebuilt. Alternate translation: “who conquered Babylon.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
556	EZR	5	14	q6am		וְ֠⁠אַף מָאנַיָּ֣⁠א דִֽי־בֵית־אֱלָהָ⁠א֮ דִּ֣י דַהֲבָ֣⁠ה וְ⁠כַסְפָּ⁠א֒ דִּ֣י נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֗ר הַנְפֵּק֙ מִן־הֵֽיכְלָ⁠א֙ דִּ֣י בִֽ⁠ירוּשְׁלֶ֔ם וְ⁠הֵיבֵ֣ל הִמּ֔וֹ לְ⁠הֵיכְלָ֖⁠א דִּ֣י בָבֶ֑ל הַנְפֵּ֨ק הִמּ֜וֹ כּ֣וֹרֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֗⁠א מִן־הֵֽיכְלָ⁠א֙ דִּ֣י בָבֶ֔ל וִ⁠יהִ֨יבוּ֙ לְ⁠שֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֣ר	1	General Information:	This sentence may be hard for readers to follow because, in it, the direct object (that is, the thing that receives the action) comes first, and it consists of a very long phrase. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could break this sentence into two sentences. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar had taken the gold and silver objects that were used in worship out of the temple in Jerusalem and brought them to the temple in Babylon. King Cyrus took them out of the temple in Babylon and gave them to … Sheshbazzar” See also the UST.
557	EZR	5	14	ukn9	translate-unknown	מָאנַיָּ֣⁠א דִֽי־בֵית־אֱלָהָ⁠א֮	1	General Information:	This means specifically the bowls, basins, and other objects listed in [1:9–10](../01/09.md). These **vessels** were used during worship in the temple. Alternate translation: “the objects that were used in worship in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
558	EZR	5	14	drht	figs-go	וְ⁠הֵיבֵ֣ל	1	General Information:	If it is more natural in your language, rather than **had brought**, you could say “had taken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
559	EZR	5	14	qsv0	figs-activepassive	וִ⁠יהִ֨יבוּ֙	1	General Information:	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “and Cyrus presented them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
560	EZR	5	14	w7ix	translate-names	לְ⁠שֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֣ר	1	Sheshbazzar	**Sheshbazzar** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [1:8](../01/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
561	EZR	5	15	kwvp	grammar-connect-time-sequential	וַ⁠אֲמַר	1	Let the house of God be rebuilt	Here, **then** indicates that the event that the elders will now describe came after the events that they have just described. In your translation, you can use the expression in your language that would best indicate this relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
562	EZR	5	15	pdri	writing-pronouns	וַ⁠אֲמַר־לֵ֓⁠הּ	1	Then he said to him	This means “Then Cyrus said to Sheshbazzar.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
563	EZR	5	15	ebgs	figs-quotesinquotes	אֵ֚ל מָֽאנַיָּ֔⁠א שֵׂ֚א אֵֽזֶל־אֲחֵ֣ת הִמּ֔וֹ בְּ⁠הֵיכְלָ֖⁠א דִּ֣י בִ⁠ירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם וּ⁠בֵ֥ית אֱלָהָ֖⁠א יִתְבְּנֵ֥א עַל־אַתְרֵֽ⁠הּ	1	Let the house of God be rebuilt	This is a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. The book is quoting from the letter that Tattenai and his associates sent to King Darius. Within that letter, they are quoting what the Jewish elders told them in response to their question. And within that response, the elders are quoting what King Cyrus told Sheshbazzar to do. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off this part of the verse within tertiary quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. Another option would be to present this as an indirect quotation, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
564	EZR	5	15	q6r3	figs-activepassive	וּ⁠בֵ֥ית אֱלָהָ֖⁠א יִתְבְּנֵ֥א עַל־אַתְרֵֽ⁠הּ	1	Let the house of God be rebuilt	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “I authorize you to rebuild the temple on its original site” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
565	EZR	5	16	x9zt	grammar-connect-time-sequential	אֱדַ֨יִן֙	1	General Information:	The elders use the word **then** to indicate that the event they will now describe came after the events they have just described. In your translation, you can use the expression in your language that would best indicate this relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
566	EZR	5	16	batc		שֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֣ר דֵּ֔ךְ אֲתָ֗א	1	General Information:	The implication is that he came here, that is, from the perspective of the elders who are speaking, he came to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “that man named Sheshbazzar came here”
567	EZR	5	16	e4ml	figs-explicit	יְהַ֧ב אֻשַּׁיָּ֛⁠א	1	General Information:	Sheshbazzar did not do the work himself. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can refer to others who did the work, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
568	EZR	5	16	iuxm		וּ⁠מִן־אֱדַ֧יִן וְ⁠עַד־כְּעַ֛ן מִתְבְּנֵ֖א וְ⁠לָ֥א שְׁלִֽם	1	General Information:	In several places the book uses the terms **built and complete** together to mean “constructed.” (Review the note about this at [5:11](../05/11.md) if that would be helpful.) But this expression means something different here. Because there is a **not** before the second verb, here the expression means that the temple was only partially rebuilt, and then the work was interrupted. Be sure that your translation shows this difference. Alternate translation: “And ever since then, we have been trying to rebuild the temple, but we still have much work to do on it”
569	EZR	5	16	d7m8	figs-activepassive	מִתְבְּנֵ֖א וְ⁠לָ֥א שְׁלִֽם	1	it has been under construction, but is not complete	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “we have been trying to rebuild the temple, but we still have much work to do on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
570	EZR	5	16	myr8	figs-quotemarks	וְ⁠לָ֥א שְׁלִֽם	1	under construction	Here the letter ends its quotation of what the Jewish elders told Tattenai and his associates. If you decided in [5:11](../05/11.md) to mark their words as a secondary quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing secondary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
571	EZR	5	17	f4m4	grammar-connect-words-phrases	וּ⁠כְעַ֞ן	1	General Information:	As in [4:10](../04/10.md) and [4:11](../04/11.md), **and now** translates an Aramaic expression that introduces the main business of a letter. In this case, it comes near the end of the letter. If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
572	EZR	5	17	kviz	figs-idiom	הֵ֧ן עַל־מַלְכָּ֣⁠א טָ֗ב	1	let a search be made	This is an idiom that means “if the king thinks that this is a good idea” or “if this advice is acceptable to the king.” Alternate translation: “if it seems good to you, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
573	EZR	5	17	hlsk	figs-123person	הֵ֧ן עַל־מַלְכָּ֣⁠א טָ֗ב	1	let a search be made	Tattenai and his associates address the king in third person as a form of respect. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the second person and indicate respect in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if it seems good to you, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
574	EZR	5	17	abm5	figs-activepassive	יִ֠תְבַּקַּר	1	let a search be made	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “have your officials search” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
575	EZR	5	17	gidq	figs-metaphor	בְּ⁠בֵ֨ית גִּנְזַיָּ֜⁠א דִּי־מַלְכָּ֣⁠א	1	let a search be made	As [6:1](../06/01.md) explains more specifically, this was the house of the books that told where the treasures had been deposited. That is, it is the building where valuable documents such as royal chronicles were stored and kept safe. It is called a house metaphorically as if these documents lived there. Alternate translation: “in the building where the royal archives are kept” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
576	EZR	5	17	vii9	figs-activepassive	הֵ֣ן אִיתַ֗י דִּֽי־מִן־כּ֤וֹרֶשׁ מַלְכָּ⁠א֙ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵ֔ם לְ⁠מִבְנֵ֛א בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֥⁠א דֵ֖ךְ בִּ⁠ירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם	1	if it is so that a command was issued by King Cyrus	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whether King Cyrus issued a decree to rebuild the temple in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
577	EZR	5	17	fzez	figs-123person	וּ⁠רְע֥וּת מַלְכָּ֛⁠א עַל־דְּנָ֖ה יִשְׁלַ֥ח עֲלֶֽי⁠נָא	1	if it is so that a command was issued by King Cyrus	Tattenai and his associates continue to address the king in third person as a form of respect. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the second person and indicate respect in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Please tell us, O king, what you would like us to do about this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
578	EZR	5	17	ieh1	figs-quotemarks	וּ⁠רְע֥וּת מַלְכָּ֛⁠א עַל־דְּנָ֖ה יִשְׁלַ֥ח עֲלֶֽי⁠נָא	1	if it is so that a command was issued by King Cyrus	Here the book ends its quotation of the letter that Tattenai and his associates sent to King Darius. If you decided in [5:7](../05/07.md) to mark their words as a quotation, you should indicate that by ending the quotation here with a closing quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
579	EZR	6	intro	y5d8			0		# Ezra 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The completion of the story of the building of the temple and re-establishment of the temple worship occurs in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Temple taxes<br><br>The king said that the Jews were right and ordered money from his taxes to be used to help them with their sacrifices.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Darius<br><br>In this chapter, Darius is called the king of Assyria. In reality, besides ruling over the former Assyrian Empire, Darius was also king of Persia. Persia had conquered Babylon, which had previously conquered Assyria. This made the king of Persia to be the king of Assyria as well. It was unusual to refer to Darius as the king or ruler of Assyria. Ezra may have referred to him in this way to contrast Darius’ actions with those of the former rulers of Assyria, who had treated the Jews very cruelly. Those earlier Assyrian rulers were the ones who had conquered the northern tribes of Israel and deported them to other lands. It was for this reason that the northern tribes lost their identity and were no longer a distinct people group.
580	EZR	6	1	cmmn	grammar-connect-logic-result	בֵּ⁠אדַ֛יִן	1	issued a command and a search was made	Here, **Then** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentences described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
581	EZR	6	1	spf8	figs-explicit	דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֖⁠א שָׂ֣ם טְעֵ֑ם וּ⁠בַקַּ֣רוּ	1	issued a command and a search was made	The implication is that King Darius ordered his officials to search in the royal archives to investigate the claims that the Jewish elders had made in response to the questions that Tattenai and his associates asked them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “King Darius commanded his officials to investigate whether King Cyrus had issued a decree to rebuild the temple in Jerusalem by searching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
582	EZR	6	1	pb3s	translate-names	דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ	1	issued a command and a search was made	**Darius** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:5](../04/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
583	EZR	6	1	dze3	figs-metaphor	בְּ⁠בֵ֣ית סִפְרַיָּ֗⁠א דִּ֧י גִנְזַיָּ֛⁠א מְהַחֲתִ֥ין	1	in the archives where the treasures were stored	This means the building or buildings where valuable documents such as royal chronicles were stored and kept safe. This is figuratively called a house as if those documents lived there. Alternate translation: “in the places where the kings stored their chronicles and other valuable items” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
584	EZR	6	1	ekf1	figs-activepassive	בְּ⁠בֵ֣ית סִפְרַיָּ֗⁠א דִּ֧י גִנְזַיָּ֛⁠א מְהַחֲתִ֥ין	1	in the archives where the treasures were stored	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “in the places where the kings stored their chronicles and other valuable items” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
585	EZR	6	1	p41w	figs-idiom	תַּמָּ֖ה בְּ⁠בָבֶֽל	1	in the archives where the treasures were stored	This cannot mean that the search was limited to the archives in the city of Babylon or even to the region of Babylon that had become a province in the Persian Empire because a scroll describing the decree of Cyrus was finally found in the neighboring province of Media. Rather, **Babylon** must be a general description for the whole area that was the center of power for the Babylonian and Persian empires. Alternate translation: “there in Babylonia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
586	EZR	6	2	vcxt	grammar-connect-logic-result	וְ⁠הִשְׁתְּכַ֣ח…מְגִלָּ֣ה חֲדָ֑ה	1	a scroll was found	Here, **And** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result they found one scroll” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
587	EZR	6	2	i390	figs-explicit	וְ⁠הִשְׁתְּכַ֣ח…מְגִלָּ֣ה חֲדָ֑ה	1	a scroll was found	It is implied that the officials searched before they found the scroll. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “After searching in the archives, they found one scroll” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
588	EZR	6	2	gfa8	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠הִשְׁתְּכַ֣ח…מְגִלָּ֣ה חֲדָ֑ה	1	a scroll was found	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “As a result, the officials found one scroll” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
589	EZR	6	2	f8w5	translate-names	בְּ⁠אַחְמְתָ֗א…דִּ֛י בְּ⁠מָדַ֥י מְדִינְתָּ֖⁠ה	1	Ecbatana	**Ecbatana** is the name of a city, and **Media** is the name of the province in which it was located. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
590	EZR	6	2	lrvg	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠כֵן־כְּתִ֥יב בְּ⁠גַוַּ֖⁠הּ דִּכְרוֹנָֽ⁠ה	1	Ecbatana	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and the writing in the scroll said this” or “and the message in the scroll was”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
591	EZR	6	3	i2dk	figs-quotemarks	בִּ⁠שְׁנַ֨ת חֲדָ֜ה לְ⁠כ֣וֹרֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֗⁠א	1	General Information:	Here the book begins to quote what was said on the scroll that the officials found in Ecbatana. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
592	EZR	6	3	ev3b	translate-ordinal	בִּ⁠שְׁנַ֨ת חֲדָ֜ה לְ⁠כ֣וֹרֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֗⁠א	1	In the first year of King Cyrus	The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, **one**, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, “first,” in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of years, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “In the first year of the reign of Cyrus as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
593	EZR	6	3	lyht	translate-names	לְ⁠כ֣וֹרֶשׁ	1	In the first year of King Cyrus	**Cyrus** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [1:1](../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
594	EZR	6	3	gi3x	figs-quotemarks	בַּיְתָ֣⁠א יִתְבְּנֵ֔א	1	Let the house be rebuilt	Starting here, and through [6:5](../06/05.md), there is a quotation within a quotation. The book is quoting from the scroll that the officials found in Ecbatana, and within that scroll, the royal chronicles quote the decree of Cyrus. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening secondary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
595	EZR	6	3	uzdu	figs-parallelism	בַּיְתָ֣⁠א יִתְבְּנֵ֔א…וְ⁠אֻשּׁ֖וֹ⁠הִי מְסֽוֹבְלִ֑ין	1	Let the house be rebuilt	The words **built** and **raised** mean similar things. They are a poetic parallel, as in Isaiah 58:12, “Your ancient ruins will be built; you will raise up the foundations of many generations.” Cyrus says basically the same thing twice for emphasis and clarity. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “I authorize the Jews to raise up a new temple.” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase is more specific in that it implicitly indicates that the new temple is to be built on the site of the former one. Alternate translation: “I authorize the Jews to rebuild the temple … on the site of the former temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
596	EZR	6	3	wuej	figs-activepassive	בַּיְתָ֣⁠א יִתְבְּנֵ֔א…וְ⁠אֻשּׁ֖וֹ⁠הִי מְסֽוֹבְלִ֑ין	1	Let the house be rebuilt	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “I authorize the Jews to rebuild the temple … on the site of the former temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
597	EZR	6	3	x11q	figs-metaphor	בַּיְתָ֣⁠א	1	Let the house be rebuilt	Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
598	EZR	6	3	ts4a	translate-bdistance	רוּמֵ⁠הּ֙ אַמִּ֣ין שִׁתִּ֔ין פְּתָיֵ֖⁠הּ אַמִּ֥ין שִׁתִּֽין	1	sixty cubits	If your readers would misunderstand this, you can convert these measures into modern units. Alternate translation: “The temple is to be 90 feet high and 90 feet wide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
599	EZR	6	4	q3hv	figs-explicit	נִדְבָּכִ֞ין דִּי־אֶ֤בֶן גְּלָל֙ תְּלָתָ֔א וְ⁠נִדְבָּ֖ךְ דִּי־אָ֣ע חֲדַ֑ת	1	with three rows of large stones and a row of new timber	It is no longer clear exactly what these building instructions mean. They could mean that the walls of the temple should be three layers of stone thick, with a facing of wood on the inside. They could also mean that the walls should be built with one layer of wood on top of every three layers of stone, or that the temple was to have four stories, the lower three of stone and the top one of wood. Whatever the specifics, the implication is that the temple is to be rebuilt in the same way that Solomon originally built it, since 1 Kings 6:36 says that he built its inner court, at least, “with three courses of hewn stone, and a course of cedar beams.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and it is to be built of wood and stone just like the original one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
600	EZR	6	4	tny3	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠נִ֨פְקְתָ֔⁠א מִן־בֵּ֥ית מַלְכָּ֖⁠א תִּתְיְהִֽב	1	let the cost be paid by the king’s house	Here, **house** is a metaphor for property, meaning everything that a person keeps in his house, and by extension, everything that he owns. So **house** in this context figuratively represents the wealth and income of the king. Alternate translation: “I will pay the expenses from the royal revenue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
601	EZR	6	4	yh2n	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠נִ֨פְקְתָ֔⁠א מִן־בֵּ֥ית מַלְכָּ֖⁠א תִּתְיְהִֽב	1	let the cost be paid by the king’s house	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “I will pay the expenses from the royal revenue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
602	EZR	6	4	wjxj	figs-123person	וְ⁠נִ֨פְקְתָ֔⁠א מִן־בֵּ֥ית מַלְכָּ֖⁠א תִּתְיְהִֽב	1	let the cost be paid by the king’s house	Cyrus speaks of himself here in the third person. If this is not clear in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “I will pay the expenses from the royal revenue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
603	EZR	6	5	ujut		מָאנֵ֣י בֵית־אֱלָהָ⁠א֮ דִּ֣י דַהֲבָ֣⁠ה וְ⁠כַסְפָּ⁠א֒ דִּ֣י נְבֽוּכַדְנֶצַּ֗ר הַנְפֵּ֛ק מִן־הֵיכְלָ֥⁠א דִי־בִ⁠ירוּשְׁלֶ֖ם וְ⁠הֵיבֵ֣ל לְ⁠בָבֶ֑ל יַהֲתִיב֗וּן	1	let the cost be paid by the king’s house	See how you translated the very similar sentence in [5:14](../05/14.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could put the verb first in this sentence. Alternate translation: “I hereby return to the Jews the gold and silver objects which Nebuchadnezzar took out of the temple in Jerusalem and brought to Babylon”
604	EZR	6	5	vlhj	figs-activepassive	מָאנֵ֣י…יַהֲתִיב֗וּן	1	let the cost be paid by the king’s house	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, as an imperative. Alternate translation: “return to the Jews the objects of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
605	EZR	6	5	bwim	translate-unknown	מָאנֵ֣י בֵית־אֱלָהָ⁠א֮ דִּ֣י דַהֲבָ֣⁠ה וְ⁠כַסְפָּ⁠א֒	1	let the cost be paid by the king’s house	**Vessels** specifically means the bowls, basins, and other objects listed in [1:9–10](../01/09.md). These were used during worship in the temple. Alternate translation: “the gold and silver objects that were used in worship in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
606	EZR	6	5	wl8e	figs-parallelism	וִ֠⁠יהָךְ לְ⁠הֵיכְלָ֤⁠א דִי־בִ⁠ירֽוּשְׁלֶם֙ לְ⁠אַתְרֵ֔⁠הּ וְ⁠תַחֵ֖ת בְּ⁠בֵ֥ית אֱלָהָֽ⁠א	1	let the cost be paid by the king’s house	These two phrases mean similar things. Cyrus is saying basically the same thing twice to emphasize how important it is for his officials to carry out this command. If it is confusing for your readers to repeat both phrases, you can combine them and show the emphasis in a different way. Alternate translation: “Make sure that you put these objects back in the temple, right where they belong in the house of God in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
607	EZR	6	5	dwxb	figs-123person	וְ⁠תַחֵ֖ת בְּ⁠בֵ֥ית אֱלָהָֽ⁠א	1	let the cost be paid by the king’s house	It may be that the sudden change to second person singular **you** here is because the document is quoting Cyrus's words, which may have been spoken to Sheshbazzar (See [5:14](../05/14.md)). If this is confusing in your language, you can use the third person. Alternate translation: “So these things must be returned to the house of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
608	EZR	6	5	vo0d	figs-quotemarks	וְ⁠תַחֵ֖ת בְּ⁠בֵ֥ית אֱלָהָֽ⁠א	1	let the cost be paid by the king’s house	Here the scroll ends its quotation from the decree of Cyrus. If you decided in the middle of [6:3](../06/03.md) to mark these words as a quotation within a quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing secondary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
609	EZR	6	5	xrzz	figs-quotemarks	וְ⁠תַחֵ֖ת בְּ⁠בֵ֥ית אֱלָהָֽ⁠א	1	let the cost be paid by the king’s house	Here, the text also ends its quotation from the scroll. If you decided at the start of [6:3](../06/03.md) to mark its words as a quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing primary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
610	EZR	6	6	f9x5	figs-ellipsis	כְּעַ֡ן תַּ֠תְּנַי	1	General Information:	Here the book leaves out some of the material that a story would ordinarily need in order to be complete. Rather than repeating the same information from the scroll, but now as a letter to the officials, it jumps right from its quotation from the scroll that was discovered at Ecbatana and into the letter that King Darius wrote to Tattenai and his associates in response to what the scroll said. You could say this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “When King Darius learned from the scroll that Cyrus had ordered the temple to be rebuilt, he sent Tattenai and his associates a letter in answer to their inquiry. He told them what he had learned from the scroll and then warned them, “Now Tattenai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
611	EZR	6	6	ks97	figs-quotemarks	כְּעַ֡ן	1	General Information:	Since the book here begins to quote the letter that King Darius sent in reply to Tattenai and his associates, it may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
612	EZR	6	6	wtim	grammar-connect-words-phrases	כְּעַ֡ן	1	General Information:	As in [4:13](../04/13.md), [4:14](../04/14.md), and [4:21](../04/21.md), **now** introduces an important point within a letter. (It is similar to the expression “and now” in [4:10](../04/10.md), [4:11](../04/11.md), [4:17](../04/17.md), and [5:17](../05/17.md).) If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
613	EZR	6	6	qpqv	figs-123person	תַּ֠תְּנַי פַּחַ֨ת עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֜⁠ה שְׁתַ֤ר בּוֹזְנַי֙ וּ⁠כְנָוָ֣תְ⁠ה֔וֹן אֲפַרְסְכָיֵ֔⁠א דִּ֖י בַּ⁠עֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֑⁠ה רַחִיקִ֥ין הֲו֖וֹ מִן־תַּמָּֽה	1	General Information:	Since Darius addresses these men directly at the end of the sentence, instead of **their companions**, in the third person, we would expect him to say “your companions,” in the second person. So it seems that the book is compressing the letter as it quotes it. Based on the other letters that the book quotes in [4:11–16](../04/11.md), [4:17–22](../04/17.md), and [5:7–17](../05/07.md), the full letter probably said something like “To Tattenai, the governor of Beyond-the-River, Shethar-Bozenai, and their companions, the officials who are in Beyond-the-River. Peace. And now,” followed by an explanation that the court officials had discovered a scroll that recorded the decree of Cyrus. Then would follow instructions to these men, beginning “Be far away from there!” But since the quotation from this letter in the book jumps from the list of the recipients’ names right to these instructions, If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use the second person throughout. Alternate translation: “Tattenai, the governor of Beyond-the-River, Shethar-Bozenai, and your associates, you officials who are in Beyond-the-River: Be far away from there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
614	EZR	6	6	xd9g	translate-names	תַּ֠תְּנַי…שְׁתַ֤ר בּוֹזְנַי֙	1	Tattenai … Shethar-Bozenai	These are the names of two men. See how you translated them in [5:3](../05/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
615	EZR	6	6	xk9x		וּ⁠כְנָוָ֣תְ⁠ה֔וֹן	1	the Province Beyond the River	Alternate translation: “and their associates” or “and your associates”
616	EZR	6	6	akg1	figs-metaphor	רַחִיקִ֥ין הֲו֖וֹ מִן־תַּמָּֽה	1	the Province Beyond the River	King Darius uses a spatial metaphor to indicate figuratively that he wants Tattenai and his associates not to interfere with what the Jews are doing in Jerusalem. The meaning is not simply that they are to stay away physically from that area, since they could still plot against the Jews from a distance (for example, by bribing officials in the royal court, as [4:5](../04/05.md) describes). Alternate translation: “do not interfere with what is happening in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
617	EZR	6	7	k1ks	figs-parallelism	שְׁבֻ֕קוּ לַ⁠עֲבִידַ֖ת בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֣⁠א דֵ֑ךְ	1	the Province Beyond the River	This sentence means basically the same thing as the last sentence in [6:6](../06/06.md). Darius says essentially the same thing twice for emphasis. If that would be confusing for your readers, you can combine the two sentences and express the emphasis in a different way. Alternate translation for both sentences: “do not interfere with the rebuilding of the temple in Jerusalem in any way” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase is more specific. It says precisely what Darius wants these Samaritan officials to leave alone. Alternate translation: “Do not interfere with what is happening in Jerusalem. Do not disturb the work on the temple there!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
618	EZR	6	7	xw40		בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֥⁠א דֵ֖ךְ יִבְנ֥וֹן עַל־אַתְרֵֽ⁠הּ	1	the Province Beyond the River	As in [5:15](../05/15.md), this expression means “Let … rebuild the temple on its original site.” You could say that as an alternate translation.
619	EZR	6	8	ci97	figs-activepassive	וּ⁠מִנִּ⁠י֮ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵם֒ לְ⁠מָ֣א דִֽי־תַֽעַבְד֗וּן עִם־שָׂבֵ֤י יְהוּדָיֵ⁠א֙ אִלֵּ֔ךְ לְ⁠מִבְנֵ֖א בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֣⁠א דֵ֑ךְ	1	General Information:	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “This is what I am commanding you to do to help the elders of the Jews rebuild that temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
620	EZR	6	8	njb9	figs-activepassive	וּ⁠מִ⁠נִּכְסֵ֣י מַלְכָּ֗⁠א דִּ֚י מִדַּת֙ עֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֔⁠ה אָסְפַּ֗רְנָא נִפְקְתָ֛⁠א תֶּהֱוֵ֧א מִֽתְיַהֲבָ֛א לְ⁠גֻבְרַיָּ֥⁠א אִלֵּ֖ךְ	1	Let this cost be paid diligently at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “I want you officials to carefully pay the full costs of the rebuilding from the royal treasury from the tribute that you receive in Beyond-the-River province” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
621	EZR	6	8	te7b	figs-123person	וּ⁠מִ⁠נִּכְסֵ֣י מַלְכָּ֗⁠א	1	at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River	Darius speaks of himself here in the third person. If that is confusing in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “And from my royal revenue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
622	EZR	6	8	xfsc	figs-litotes	דִּי־לָ֥א לְ⁠בַטָּלָֽא	1	at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River	Here, **it** means the work of rebuilding the temple. Darius is using a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word, **not**, together with a word, **stop**, that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in order to make sure that the rebuilding is completed successfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
623	EZR	6	8	yolo		דִּי־לָ֥א לְ⁠בַטָּלָֽא	1	at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River	However, since the book uses the term **stop** when describing the opposition to the temple rebuilding in [4:21](../04/21.md), [4:23](../04/23.md), [4:24](../04/24.md), and [5:5](../05/05.md), you could also choose to use that term to show the connection. Alternate translation: “because I do not want anything to stop the Jews from rebuilding that temple”
624	EZR	6	9	ouqv	figs-activepassive	וּ⁠מָ֣ה חַשְׁחָ֡ן וּ⁠בְנֵ֣י תוֹרִ֣ין וְ⁠דִכְרִ֣ין וְ⁠אִמְּרִ֣ין ׀ לַ⁠עֲלָוָ֣ן ׀ לֶ⁠אֱלָ֪הּ שְׁמַיָּ֟⁠א חִנְטִ֞ין מְלַ֣ח ׀ חֲמַ֣ר וּ⁠מְשַׁ֗ח כְּ⁠מֵאמַ֨ר כָּהֲנַיָּ֤⁠א דִי־בִ⁠ירֽוּשְׁלֶם֙ לֶהֱוֵ֨א מִתְיְהֵ֥ב לְ⁠הֹ֛ם י֥וֹם ׀ בְּ⁠י֖וֹם דִּי־לָ֥א שָׁלֽוּ	1	at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River	This sentence, like the one in [5:14](../05/14.md), may be hard for readers to follow because the thing that receives the action comes first, and it consists of a very long phrase. This sentence continues into the next verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could break it up into four sentences, three in this verse and the last one in verse [10](../06/10.md). You could also use active forms instead of the two passive forms and say who would do the action in each case. Alternate translation: “The priests who are in Jerusalem will tell you what they need. This may include young bulls, rams, and lambs for burnt offerings to the God of heaven, and wheat, salt, wine, and oil. I want you to give them everything that they need every single day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
625	EZR	6	9	kf3e	figs-idiom	וּ⁠בְנֵ֣י תוֹרִ֣ין	1	at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River	This expression refers to young bulls. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
626	EZR	6	9	fn3z		לַ⁠עֲלָוָ֣ן	1	at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River	See how you translated this in [3:2](../03/02.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “whole burnt offerings”
627	EZR	6	9	zxb9		לֶ⁠אֱלָ֪הּ שְׁמַיָּ֟⁠א	1	at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River	See how you translated this expression in [5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “the God who rules in heaven”
628	EZR	6	9	n37a	figs-idiom	י֥וֹם ׀ בְּ⁠י֖וֹם	1	at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River	**Day by day** is an idiom that means every day or every single day. Alternate translation: “every single day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
629	EZR	6	9	wlto	figs-litotes	דִּי־לָ֥א שָׁלֽוּ	1	at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River	Here the king uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “make sure that you do this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
630	EZR	6	10	it87	grammar-connect-logic-goal	דִּֽי־לֶהֱוֺ֧ן מְהַקְרְבִ֛ין נִיחוֹחִ֖ין לֶ⁠אֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֑⁠א וּ⁠מְצַלַּ֕יִן לְ⁠חַיֵּ֥י מַלְכָּ֖⁠א וּ⁠בְנֽוֹ⁠הִי	1	at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River	In this phrase, Darius explains the purpose for which he is commanding the actions described in the previous part of this sentence, in [6:9](../06/09.md). If you decided to break that verse into three sentences, you can make this verse a fourth sentence of its own. If it would be natural in your language, introduce this sentence with a term to indicate that Darius is explaining his purpose here. Alternate translation: “that way, the priests can continually offer sweet-smelling sacrifices to the God who rules in heaven and pray that God will preserve my life and the life of my sons.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
631	EZR	6	10	b2zw	figs-metaphor	נִיחוֹחִ֖ין	1	at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River	The primary idea is that these sacrifices will be pleasing to God, regardless of how they actually smell. Alternate translation: “pleasing sacrifices” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
632	EZR	6	10	mchh		לֶ⁠אֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֑⁠א	1	at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River	See how you translated this expression in [5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “the God who rules in heaven”
633	EZR	6	10	xq28	figs-123person	לְ⁠חַיֵּ֥י מַלְכָּ֖⁠א וּ⁠בְנֽוֹ⁠הִי	1	at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River	Darius speaks of himself here in the third person. If that would be confusing in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “that God will preserve my life and the life of my sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
634	EZR	6	10	ej11	figs-synecdoche	לְ⁠חַיֵּ֥י מַלְכָּ֖⁠א וּ⁠בְנֽוֹ⁠הִי	1	at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River	The king is speaking figuratively of the quality of his life and that of his sons, not just that they will live. Alternate translation: “that all will be well for me and my sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
635	EZR	6	10	a820	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠בְנֽוֹ⁠הִי	1	at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River	Here, **sons** could mean one of two things. (1) It could be literal and mean the biological sons of King Darius. (2) It could be figurative and mean descendants, specifically those whom Darius hoped would succeed him on the throne. As the note to [4:15](../04/15.md) explains, the Persian kings spoke of predecessor kings as their “fathers,” so they may also have spoken of successor kings as their “sons.” Alternate translation: “his successors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
636	EZR	6	11	em18	figs-activepassive	וּ⁠מִנִּ⁠י֮ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵם֒ דִּ֣י	1	General Information:	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and I am commanding that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
637	EZR	6	11	zdzd	figs-idiom	כָל־אֱנָ֗שׁ דִּ֤י יְהַשְׁנֵא֙ פִּתְגָמָ֣⁠א דְנָ֔ה	1	General Information:	The phrase **any man who changes this edict** could mean giving different instructions from what the king had commanded, but it could also mean doing something against what his edict commands. [6:12](../06/12.md) suggests that changing the edict means destroying the temple rather than ensuring that it was rebuilt and maintained. Alternate translation: “if anyone disobeys this edict” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
638	EZR	6	11	uqt8	figs-explicit	יִתְנְסַ֥ח אָע֙ מִן־בַּיְתֵ֔⁠הּ וּ⁠זְקִ֖יף יִתְמְחֵ֣א עֲלֹ֑⁠הִי	1	a beam must be pulled from his house and he must be impaled on it. His house must then be turned into a rubbish heap	This is an implicit reference to one form of capital punishment that the Persians used. Darius assumes that the officials know what he means. Anyone who violates his order is to be lifted up and impaled on a beam of wood from his own house. That is, one end of the beam is to be sharpened so that it will pass through the body of the offender, the other end is to be planted in the ground, and he is to be impaled on the beam. Alternate translation: “pull a beam out of his house, sharpen one end, and lift him up and impale him on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
639	EZR	6	11	w334	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠בַיְתֵ֛⁠הּ נְוָל֥וּ יִתְעֲבֵ֖ד עַל־דְּנָֽה	1	a beam	The expression **rubbish heap** means figuratively that the house would be so thoroughly destroyed that it would look like a garbage dump. The former site of the house would not necessarily be used as an actual dump. Alternate translation: “and as a further punishment for violating my order, I command you to demolish his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
640	EZR	6	11	i9yf	figs-activepassive	יִתְנְסַ֥ח אָע֙ מִן־בַּיְתֵ֔⁠הּ	1	impaled	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “you must pull a beam out of his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
641	EZR	6	11	ivvc	figs-activepassive	וּ⁠זְקִ֖יף יִתְמְחֵ֣א	1	impaled	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “then you must set the beam upright and impale him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
642	EZR	6	11	a7ih	figs-activepassive	וּ⁠בַיְתֵ֛⁠הּ נְוָל֥וּ יִתְעֲבֵ֖ד	1	impaled	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “And you must turn his house into a rubbish heap” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
643	EZR	6	12	f8u8		וֵֽ⁠אלָהָ֞⁠א דִּ֣י שַׁכִּ֧ן שְׁמֵ֣⁠הּ תַּמָּ֗ה יְמַגַּ֞ר	1	who extends their hand to change it, or to destroy	This is a curse formula. In addition to the threat of severe punishment in the previous verse, here Darius adds a curse from God to anyone who would disobey his order. Use a curse formula that is natural in your language.
644	EZR	6	12	eirc	figs-personification	וֵֽ⁠אלָהָ֞⁠א דִּ֣י שַׁכִּ֧ן שְׁמֵ֣⁠הּ תַּמָּ֗ה יְמַגַּ֞ר	1	who extends their hand to change it, or to destroy	Darius speaks of God’s **name** here as if it were capable of living in a place. The phrase echoes Jewish usage, which Darius may be following deliberately to show his respect for the God whose temple he wants to be rebuilt. The phrase indicates that Jerusalem is the place from which God chose to start making himself known throughout the world. Alternate translation: “And may the God who began to make himself known from Jerusalem destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
645	EZR	6	12	bajr	figs-metonymy	וֵֽ⁠אלָהָ֞⁠א דִּ֣י שַׁכִּ֧ן שְׁמֵ֣⁠הּ תַּמָּ֗ה יְמַגַּ֞ר	1	who extends their hand to change it, or to destroy	Here, **name** is a figurative way of referring to the fame or reputation of a person. In this figure, a person's fame is described by something associated with it, which is how well known their name is and how people react to hearing it. Alternate translation: “And may the God who began to make himself known from Jerusalem destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
646	EZR	6	12	jqt7	figs-idiom	יְמַגַּ֞ר	1	who extends their hand to change it, or to destroy	This is an idiom that means “destroy.” Alternate translation: “may … destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
647	EZR	6	12	e5ta	figs-idiom	כָּל־מֶ֤לֶךְ וְ⁠עַם֙ דִּ֣י ׀ יִשְׁלַ֣ח יְדֵ֗⁠הּ	1	who extends their hand to change it, or to destroy	Here the expression “who stretches out his hand” means to seek to do harm. Alternate translation: “any king or people who, with harmful intent, attempts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
648	EZR	6	12	mn8y	figs-ellipsis	לְ⁠הַשְׁנָיָ֛ה לְ⁠חַבָּלָ֛ה בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֥⁠א דֵ֖ךְ	1	who extends their hand to change it, or to destroy	This could mean one of two things. (1) It could mean that no one is to try to **change** the decree of Darius, in the sense of disobeying or defying, as in the previous verse, so that they can **destroy** the temple rather than ensure that it is rebuilt. In that case, this letter would be leaving out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “to disobey my decree and destroy that temple” or (2) It could mean that no one is to alter or destroy the temple. Alternate translation: “to alter the design of that temple or destroy it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
649	EZR	6	12	y3sn	figs-distinguish	דִּ֣י בִ⁠ירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם	1	to change it	Here Darius repeats some background information in order to be very explicit about what temple this decree applies to. Alternate translation: “in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
650	EZR	6	12	hjya	figs-activepassive	אֲנָ֤ה דָרְיָ֨וֶשׁ֙ שָׂ֣מֶת טְעֵ֔ם אָסְפַּ֖רְנָא יִתְעֲבִֽד	1	to change it	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who is to do the action. Alternate translation: “I, King Darius, am issuing this decree. I command you to carry it out exactly and efficiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
651	EZR	6	12	yf8s	translate-names	דָרְיָ֨וֶשׁ֙	1	to change it	**Darius** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:5](../04/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
652	EZR	6	12	a8x8	figs-quotemarks	אָסְפַּ֖רְנָא יִתְעֲבִֽד	1	to change it	Here the text ends its quotation from the letter that King Darius sent in reply to Tattenai and his associates. If you decided in [6:6](../06/06.md) to mark his words as a quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing primary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
653	EZR	6	13	x0id	grammar-connect-logic-result	אֱ֠דַיִן	1	Tattenai … Shethar-Bozenai	Here the word **Then** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the result of what the previous sentences described. Alternate translation: “In response,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
654	EZR	6	13	alm6	translate-names	תַּתְּנַ֞י…שְׁתַ֥ר בּוֹזְנַ֖י	1	Tattenai … Shethar-Bozenai	These are the names of two men. See how you translated them in [5:3](../05/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
655	EZR	6	13	cdp6		וּ⁠כְנָוָתְ⁠ה֑וֹן	1	Tattenai … Shethar-Bozenai	Alternate translation: “and their colleagues”
656	EZR	6	13	pg74	figs-explicit	לָ⁠קֳבֵ֗ל דִּֽי־שְׁלַ֞ח דָּרְיָ֧וֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֛⁠א כְּנֵ֖מָא אָסְפַּ֥רְנָא עֲבַֽדוּ	1	Tattenai … Shethar-Bozenai	The implication is that these men received the king’s response to their letter, and once they knew what he had commanded, they carried out his orders. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “received the response of King Darius to their letter and immediately carried out exactly what he had ordered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
657	EZR	6	14	pxrv	grammar-connect-logic-result	וְ⁠שָׂבֵ֤י	1	Tattenai … Shethar-Bozenai	Here the word **And** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the result of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result … the leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
658	EZR	6	14	iu9r	figs-hendiadys	וְ⁠שָׂבֵ֤י יְהוּדָיֵ⁠א֙ בָּנַ֣יִן וּ⁠מַצְלְחִ֔ין	1	Tattenai … Shethar-Bozenai	The phrase **building and prospering** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **building** tells what the elders prospered or succeeded in. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “And the Jewish leaders were rebuilding the temple successfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
659	EZR	6	14	mibx	figs-explicit	בִּ⁠נְבוּאַת֙ חַגַּ֣י נביא⁠ה וּ⁠זְכַרְיָ֖ה בַּר־עִדּ֑וֹא	1	Tattenai … Shethar-Bozenai	As in [5:1](../05/01.md), the implication is that these two men, as God’s messengers, encouraged the Jewish leaders to persevere in the project of rebuilding the temple. Alternate translation: “thanks to the encouragement that Haggai the prophet and Zechariah the son of Iddo gave them in messages from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
660	EZR	6	14	l5ag	translate-names	חַגַּ֣י	1	Tattenai … Shethar-Bozenai	**Haggai** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [5:1](../05/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
661	EZR	6	14	tetn	translate-names	וּ⁠זְכַרְיָ֖ה בַּר־עִדּ֑וֹא	1	Tattenai … Shethar-Bozenai	**Zechariah** is the name of a man, and **Iddo** is the name of his father. See how you translated their names in [5:1](../05/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
662	EZR	6	14	s1jd	figs-hendiadys	וּ⁠בְנ֣וֹ וְ⁠שַׁכְלִ֗לוּ	1	Tattenai … Shethar-Bozenai	As in [5:11](../05/11.md), the words **built** and **completed** connected with **and** express a single idea. In this section of the book, when the two words are used together, “completed” is another way of saying “built.” (Review the note about this at [4:12](../04/12.md) if that would be helpful.) If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning with a single word. Alternate translation: “And they were able to construct the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
663	EZR	6	14	d77p	figs-explicit	וּ⁠בְנ֣וֹ וְ⁠שַׁכְלִ֗לוּ	1	Tattenai … Shethar-Bozenai	The implication is that what the Jewish leaders **built and completed**, that is, constructed, was the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “And they were able to construct the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
664	EZR	6	14	mgzk	figs-metaphor	מִן־טַ֨עַם֙ אֱלָ֣הּ יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל	1	Tattenai … Shethar-Bozenai	Here the book speaks figuratively of the messages that God had sent through the prophets Haggai and Zechariah as a **decree** or command that God had issued to the Jewish leaders to rebuild the temple, much like the decrees that the Persian kings had issued. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could describe these messages in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “just as the God of Israel had commanded them to do through the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
665	EZR	6	14	j4jr	figs-explicit	וּ⁠מִ⁠טְּעֵם֙ כּ֣וֹרֶשׁ וְ⁠דָרְיָ֔וֶשׁ וְ⁠אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֖שְׂתְּא מֶ֥לֶךְ פָּרָֽס	1	Tattenai … Shethar-Bozenai	Here, the book assumes some knowledge on the part of readers, because by this point in time, only King Cyrus ([1:2–4](../01/02.md)) and King Darius ([6:6–12](../06/06.md)) had issued decrees for the Jerusalem temple to be rebuilt. Artaxerxes was the grandson of Darius, and he would not become king for another 50 years. Moreover, while the book anticipated the reign of Artaxerxes in [4:7–23](../04/07.md), there it recounted how he ordered the temple rebuilding to stop. But the book is assuming that readers will know that Artaxerxes eventually did reverse himself and issue a decree for the maintenance of the Jerusalem temple. The book describes this in [7:12–26](../07/12.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and just as King Cyrus and King Darius of Persia had decreed they should do. King Artaxerxes of Persia also later decreed that they should finish the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
666	EZR	6	14	e83b	figs-distinguish	כּ֣וֹרֶשׁ וְ⁠דָרְיָ֔וֶשׁ וְ⁠אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֖שְׂתְּא מֶ֥לֶךְ פָּרָֽס	1	Tattenai … Shethar-Bozenai	Here the book repeats some background information to remind readers who these men were. The phrase **the king of Persia** applies to each of them. Alternate translation: “King Cyrus and King Darius of Persia and King Artaxerxes of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
667	EZR	6	14	fwlf	translate-names	כּ֣וֹרֶשׁ וְ⁠דָרְיָ֔וֶשׁ וְ⁠אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֖שְׂתְּא	1	Tattenai … Shethar-Bozenai	These are the names of men. See how you translated them in [1:1](../01/01.md), [4:5](../04/05.md), and [4:7](../04/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
668	EZR	6	15	zqs3	grammar-connect-logic-result	וְ⁠שֵׁיצִיא֙	1	This house was completed	Here the word **And** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result … they finished building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
669	EZR	6	15	q4v5	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠שֵׁיצִיא֙ בַּיְתָ֣⁠ה דְנָ֔ה	1	This house was completed	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders finished rebuilding the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
670	EZR	6	15	mz6f	figs-metaphor	בַּיְתָ֣⁠ה דְנָ֔ה	1	This house was completed	As in [5:3](../05/03.md), **house** here is a figurative way of saying temple. Alternate translation: “this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
671	EZR	6	15	c1qx	translate-ordinal	עַ֛ד י֥וֹם תְּלָתָ֖ה לִ⁠ירַ֣ח אֲדָ֑ר	1	the third day of the month of Adar	The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, **three**, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, **third**, in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of days, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “by the third day of the month of Adar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
672	EZR	6	15	i2k0	translate-hebrewmonths	עַ֛ד י֥וֹם תְּלָתָ֖ה לִ⁠ירַ֣ח אֲדָ֑ר	1	the third day of the month of Adar	You could convert the Hebrew day and month into an approximate date on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the date will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to give the number of the day and the name of the month on the Hebrew calendar. Alternate translation: “by the third day of the month of Adar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
673	EZR	6	15	bhp9	translate-ordinal	שְׁנַת־שֵׁ֔ת לְ⁠מַלְכ֖וּת דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ מַלְכָּֽ⁠א	1	sixth year	The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, **six**, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, **sixth**, in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of years, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “in the sixth year of the reign of Darius as king of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
674	EZR	6	15	n23x	figs-explicit	שְׁנַת־שֵׁ֔ת לְ⁠מַלְכ֖וּת דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ מַלְכָּֽ⁠א	1	sixth year	If your readers would misunderstand this, you can include the name of Darius's kingdom. Alternate translation: “in the sixth year of the reign of Darius as king of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
675	EZR	6	16	xnpw	grammar-connect-time-sequential	וַ⁠עֲבַ֣דוּ	1	the rest of the children of the exile	Here, the word **And** indicates that the event the story will now relate came after the events it has just described. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a word such as “Then.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
676	EZR	6	16	ajjz	figs-metaphor	בְנֵֽי־יִ֠שְׂרָאֵל	1	the rest of the children of the exile	Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Here the book envisions all of the Israelites as descendants of the patriarch Jacob, who was also known as Israel. The expression comprises the three groups that are listed next, the priests, Levites, and other Jews. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
677	EZR	6	16	cq1q	figs-idiom	וּ⁠שְׁאָ֣ר בְּנֵי־גָלוּתָ֗⁠א	1	the rest of the children of the exile	As indicated in [2:1](../02/01.md) and [8:35](../08/35.md), the phrase **the sons of the exile** refers specifically to the group of Jewish people who returned to the land of Judah from Babylon after King Nebuchadnezzar had conquered Jerusalem and had taken many Jews as captives to Babylon. Alternate translation: “and the Jews who had returned from exile” or “and the Jews who had returned to their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
678	EZR	6	16	z1u1	figs-abstractnouns	וַ⁠עֲבַ֣דוּ…חֲנֻכַּ֛ת בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֥⁠א דְנָ֖ה בְּ⁠חֶדְוָֽה	1	the rest of the children of the exile	The abstract noun **dedication** refers to a special ceremony the Israelites conducted to set the temple apart as a place for the worship of Yahweh. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the idea behind this word with a verb such as “consecrate.” Alternate translation: “joyfully consecrated this temple for the worship of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
679	EZR	6	16	i1qx	figs-abstractnouns	וַ⁠עֲבַ֣דוּ…חֲנֻכַּ֛ת בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֥⁠א דְנָ֖ה בְּ⁠חֶדְוָֽה	1	the rest of the children of the exile	If your language does not use abstract nouns such as **joy**, you could translate the idea behind it with an adverb such as “joyfully.” Alternate translation: “joyfully dedicated this temple to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
680	EZR	6	17	iel9	figs-abstractnouns	וְ⁠הַקְרִ֗בוּ לַ⁠חֲנֻכַּת֮ בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֣⁠א דְנָה֒	1	one hundred bulls … four hundred lambs	As in the previous sentence, the abstract noun **dedication** refers to a special ceremony that the Israelites conducted. Once again you could translate the idea behind this word with a verb such as “dedicate” or “consecrate” Alternate translation: “As they dedicated this temple, they offered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
681	EZR	6	17	r49v	figs-explicit	וְ⁠הַקְרִ֗בוּ…תּוֹרִ֣ין מְאָ֔ה דִּכְרִ֣ין מָאתַ֔יִן אִמְּרִ֖ין אַרְבַּ֣ע מְאָ֑ה וּ⁠צְפִירֵ֨י עִזִּ֜ין ל⁠חטיא…תְּרֵֽי־עֲשַׂ֔ר	1	one hundred bulls … four hundred lambs	The implication, as [6:9](../06/09.md) indicates explicitly, is that the bulls, rams, and lambs were used for whole burnt offerings. If it would be helpful, review the note to [3:2](../03/02.md) about what whole burnt offerings were and why they were offered. Alternate translation: “they offered 100 bulls, 200 rams, and 400 lambs as whole burnt offerings and 12 male goats as a sin offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
682	EZR	6	17	j5b6	figs-idiom	וּ⁠צְפִירֵ֨י עִזִּ֜ין	1	one hundred bulls … four hundred lambs	A male goat is called a buck. So this expression, **bucks of goats**, means the same thing as male goats in [8:35](../08/35.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
683	EZR	6	17	quwd	figs-explicit	וּ⁠צְפִירֵ֨י עִזִּ֜ין…תְּרֵֽי־עֲשַׂ֔ר לְ⁠מִנְיָ֖ן שִׁבְטֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל	1	one hundred bulls … four hundred lambs	The book assumes that readers will know that there were twelve tribes in Israel, so the twelve goats could symbolically represent the entire nation. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “12 male goats … one for each of the 12 tribes of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
684	EZR	6	18	r0gx	grammar-connect-time-sequential	וַ⁠הֲקִ֨ימוּ	1	to their divisions	Here the word **And** indicates that the event the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a word such as “Then.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
685	EZR	6	18	zkjf	figs-metaphor	וַ⁠הֲקִ֨ימוּ כָהֲנַיָּ֜⁠א…וְ⁠לֵוָיֵ⁠א֙	1	to their divisions	Here, **stand** is a figurative way of saying that a person has assumed the duties of their office. So to cause someone to stand is to appoint them to those duties and install them in that office. Alternate translation: “And they appointed the priests … and the Levites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
686	EZR	6	18	gzxp	writing-pronouns	וַ⁠הֲקִ֨ימוּ כָהֲנַיָּ֜⁠א	1	to their divisions	Here, **they** refers to the leaders of the Jews. Alternate translation: “And the leaders of the Jews appointed the priests” or “Then the Jewish elders established the priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
687	EZR	6	18	iix1	figs-explicit	כָהֲנַיָּ֜⁠א בִּ⁠פְלֻגָּתְ⁠ה֗וֹן וְ⁠לֵוָיֵ⁠א֙ בְּ⁠מַחְלְקָ֣תְ⁠ה֔וֹן	1	to their divisions	The book assumes that readers will know that these **divisions** and **sections** were groups of priests and Levites, respectively, that served in the temple for a week at a time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “They appointed the priests and the Levites to groups that would serve in the temple for a week at a time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
688	EZR	6	18	ba06	figs-metaphor	עַל־עֲבִידַ֥ת אֱלָהָ֖⁠א דִּ֣י בִ⁠ירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם	1	to their divisions	Here the book describes God in a spatial metaphor as if he lived in the city of Jerusalem. This is a figurative reference to the way God’s presence was in the temple in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “to lead the worship of God in the temple in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
689	EZR	6	18	vt19		כִּ⁠כְתָ֖ב סְפַ֥ר מֹשֶֽׁה	1	to their divisions	Alternate translation: “as it is written in the book of Moses” or “as God commanded in the law of Moses”
690	EZR	6	19	g898	grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠יַּעֲשׂ֥וּ בְנֵי־הַ⁠גּוֹלָ֖ה אֶת־הַ⁠פָּ֑סַח	1	to their divisions	The phrase at the beginning of this sentence indicates that it explains the results of what the previous sentence described. (As [6:20](../06/20.md) explains, because the priests and Levites had been assigned to their duties, festivals like this could be observed again.) Alternate translation: “As a result, the Jews who had returned from exile were able to celebrate Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
691	EZR	6	19	gdi0	writing-newevent	וַ⁠יַּעֲשׂ֥וּ	1	to their divisions	The word **and** introduces a new event in the story. You do not need to represent it in your translation unless your language has a similar expression that it characteristically uses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
692	EZR	6	19	iy2d	figs-idiom	בְנֵי־הַ⁠גּוֹלָ֖ה	1	to their divisions	See how you translated this expression in [6:16](../06/16.md). Alternate translation: “the Jews who had returned to their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
693	EZR	6	19	hfmy	translate-unknown	אֶת־הַ⁠פָּ֑סַח	1	to their divisions	**Passover** is the name of a religious festival that the law of Moses commanded the Jews to celebrate every year to remember how God had rescued their ancestors from slavery in Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
694	EZR	6	19	jw76	translate-ordinal	בְּ⁠אַרְבָּעָ֥ה עָשָׂ֖ר לַ⁠חֹ֥דֶשׁ הָ⁠רִאשֽׁוֹן	1	to their divisions	The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, **14**, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, fourteenth, in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of days, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “on the fourteenth day of the first month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
695	EZR	6	19	j6lm	translate-hebrewmonths	בְּ⁠אַרְבָּעָ֥ה עָשָׂ֖ר לַ⁠חֹ֥דֶשׁ הָ⁠רִאשֽׁוֹן	1	fourteenth day of the first month	You could convert the Hebrew day and month into an approximate date on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the date will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to use the numbers of the Hebrew day and month. Alternate translation: “on the fourteenth day of the first month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
696	EZR	6	19	k52r	figs-explicit	בְּ⁠אַרְבָּעָ֥ה עָשָׂ֖ר לַ⁠חֹ֥דֶשׁ הָ⁠רִאשֽׁוֹן	1	fourteenth day of the first month	This means the first month of the following year. Since Adar is the last month in the Jewish calendar, this was only a few weeks after the temple was finished. The implication is that the Jewish leaders had been able to complete that work and install the priests and Levites in time to celebrate this festival. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “only a few weeks later, on the fourteenth day of the first month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
697	EZR	6	20	ibwf	grammar-connect-logic-result	כִּ֣י	1	purified themselves	The word **for** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the reason why the action described in the previous sentence was possible. Alternate translation: “They were able to do this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
698	EZR	6	20	ahmg	figs-idiom	הִֽטַּהֲר֞וּ הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֧ים וְ⁠הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֛ם כְּ⁠אֶחָ֖ד כֻּלָּ֣⁠ם טְהוֹרִ֑ים	1	purified themselves	As in [3:9](../03/09.md), **as one** is an idiom that means that these priests and Levites all behaved as if they were a single person, that is, they all did the same thing. Alternate translation: “Every single one of the priests and Levites had purified himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
699	EZR	6	20	rjm2	figs-parallelism	הִֽטַּהֲר֞וּ…כְּ⁠אֶחָ֖ד כֻּלָּ֣⁠ם טְהוֹרִ֑ים	1	purified themselves	These two phrases mean the same thing. The book uses the repetition for emphasis and clarity. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “every single one had purified himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
700	EZR	6	20	j34t	figs-metaphor	הִֽטַּהֲר֞וּ	1	purified themselves	Being pure figuratively represents being acceptable to God. Alternate translation: “performed a ceremony to show that they wanted to be acceptable to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
701	EZR	6	20	ryyj	figs-explicit	וַ⁠יִּשְׁחֲט֤וּ הַ⁠פֶּ֨סַח֙	1	purified themselves	The book assumes that readers will know that the **Passover** celebration included a special meal of lamb. Following God's instructions, the Israelites had slaughtered lambs to eat on the night before they left Egypt, and they had put the blood of the lambs on their doorframes so that God would pass over their houses and everyone inside would be safe. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And they slaughtered lambs for the special Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
702	EZR	6	20	cgbl	translate-names	הַ⁠פֶּ֨סַח֙	1	purified themselves	See how you translated the name of this festival in [6:19](../06/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
703	EZR	6	20	b9et	figs-idiom	בְּנֵ֣י הַ⁠גּוֹלָ֔ה	1	purified themselves	See how you translated this expression in [6:16](../06/16.md). Alternate translation: “the Jews who had returned to their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
704	EZR	6	20	m6ql	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠לַ⁠אֲחֵי⁠הֶ֥ם הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֖ים	1	purified themselves	Here, **brothers** is a figurative way of saying fellow priests, although it is possible that this group included some of the biological brothers of the priests who slaughtered the lambs. Alternate translation: “and for their fellow priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
705	EZR	6	21	dpio	figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יֹּאכְל֣וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל	1	had separated themselves from the uncleanness of the nations of the land	**Sons** here figuratively means descendants. The book is envisioning all of the Israelites as descendants of the patriarch Jacob, who was also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “And the Israelites ate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
706	EZR	6	21	zqei	figs-ellipsis	וַ⁠יֹּאכְל֣וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל	1	had separated themselves from the uncleanness of the nations of the land	Here the book leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “And the Israelites ate the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
707	EZR	6	21	n0yo	figs-explicit	וְ⁠כֹ֗ל הַ⁠נִּבְדָּ֛ל מִ⁠טֻּמְאַ֥ת גּוֹיֵֽ־הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֑ם לִ⁠דְרֹ֕שׁ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֖ה	1	had separated themselves from the uncleanness of the nations of the land	This could mean one of two possibilities. (1) It could be referring to people from other nations who had converted and become Jews. Alternate translation: “and anyone from another nation who had abandoned their former practices and become a Jew and would now worship and obey Yahweh” or (2) It could be referring to Israelites who had not been taken into exile but who had adopted the customs and practices of the other people groups that had come to live in the former Jewish homeland. Alternate translation: “as well as Israelites who had not gone into exile, who had adopted foreign practices, but who would now join the returned exiles in worshiping and obeying Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]].)
708	EZR	6	21	p72z	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠כֹ֗ל הַ⁠נִּבְדָּ֛ל מִ⁠טֻּמְאַ֥ת גּוֹיֵֽ־הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ	1	had separated themselves from the uncleanness of the nations of the land	Being **separated** from uncleanness represents refusing to do things that make people unclean. Alternate translation: “and everyone who refused to do the things that made them unclean that the other people groups living in the land did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
709	EZR	6	21	alu2	figs-metaphor	מִ⁠טֻּמְאַ֥ת גּוֹיֵֽ־הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ	1	the uncleanness of the nations of the land	Here, **uncleanness** figuratively represents being unacceptable to God. Alternate translation: “from the things that made the nations around them unacceptable to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
710	EZR	6	21	slp3	figs-idiom	גּוֹיֵֽ־הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ	1	the uncleanness of the nations of the land	Like **the people of the land** in [4:4](../04/04.md), this expression refers to the non-Israelite people groups who were living in this area. (Review the note at [4:4](../04/04.md) if that would be helpful.) Alternate translation: “the foreign people groups living nearby” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
711	EZR	6	21	tyz7	figs-metaphor	לִ⁠דְרֹ֕שׁ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֖ה	1	to seek Yahweh	To **seek** Yahweh figuratively means to choose to know, worship, and obey him. Alternate translation: “to worship and obey Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
712	EZR	6	21	mamh	figs-distinguish	אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל	1	to seek Yahweh	As in [4:1](../04/01.md), this phrase provides further background information about who Yahweh is. In context, it helps distinguish Yahweh from the gods of the nations of the land. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, the God whom the people of Israel worshiped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
713	EZR	6	22	mk5t	grammar-connect-time-sequential	וַ⁠יַּֽעֲשׂ֧וּ	1	turned the heart of the king of Assyria	This phrase indicates that the event the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a phrase such as “After that.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
714	EZR	6	22	nq0t	translate-names	וַ⁠יַּֽעֲשׂ֧וּ חַג־מַצּ֛וֹת שִׁבְעַ֥ת יָמִ֖ים בְּ⁠שִׂמְחָ֑ה	1	turned the heart of the king of Assyria	**Festival of Unleavened Bread** is the name of another religious festival that the law of Moses commanded the Jews to celebrate every year to remember how God had rescued their ancestors from slavery in Egypt. The term **Unleavened Bread** refers to bread that is made without yeast or other leavening. When God freed the Israelites from slavery in Egypt, he told them to flee quickly without waiting for their bread to rise. Unleavened bread is served in the yearly Passover meal in remembrance of that time. Then for the next week after Passover, the Jews are still not to eat any leavened bread. The beginning and end of that week are marked by special ceremonies. Alternate translation: “For the next seven days, they joyfully celebrated the Festival of Unleavened Bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
715	EZR	6	22	p2re	grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠יַּֽעֲשׂ֧וּ חַג־מַצּ֛וֹת שִׁבְעַ֥ת יָמִ֖ים בְּ⁠שִׂמְחָ֑ה כִּ֣י ׀ שִׂמְּחָ֣⁠ם יְהוָ֗ה וְֽ⁠הֵסֵ֞ב לֵ֤ב מֶֽלֶךְ־אַשּׁוּר֙ עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֔ם לְ⁠חַזֵּ֣ק יְדֵי⁠הֶ֔ם בִּ⁠מְלֶ֥אכֶת בֵּית־הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל	1	turned the heart of the king of Assyria	This sentence has three main parts, each one giving the reason for what comes before it. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could break the sentence into three sentences, and put the earlier part about the festival at the end. In that way, each sentence gives the result of the sentence before it. Alternate translation: “Yahweh had made the king of Assyria to feel favorable toward the Jews so that he supported the rebuilding of the temple. This had made the people very happy. As a result, they performed the Festival of Unleavened Bread seven days with joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
716	EZR	6	22	k6q8	figs-metaphor	וְֽ⁠הֵסֵ֞ב לֵ֤ב מֶֽלֶךְ־אַשּׁוּר֙ עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֔ם	1	turned the heart of the king of Assyria	Here, **the heart** figuratively represents the thoughts and the will. Turning the king’s heart towards the Jews figuratively means that Yahweh made him think and feel differently about the Jews. Alternate translation: “and made King Darius of Persia favorable toward the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
717	EZR	6	22	x9ls		מֶֽלֶךְ־אַשּׁוּר֙	1	to strengthen their hands in the work of the house of God	This phrase actually refers to Darius, the king of Persia. But since the Persian Empire was the heir to the Assyrian Empire, Darius could be addressed by this title as well. (See the note to [4:15](../04/15.md) that explains that the Persian kings considered their “fathers” or predecessor kings to include the Assyrian and Babylonian kings whose empires they had absorbed.) Alternate translation: “King Darius of Persia”
718	EZR	6	22	m7l7	figs-distinguish	אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל	1	the work of the house of God	As in [4:1](../04/01.md), this phrase provides further background information about who Yahweh is. In context, it helps distinguish Yahweh from the gods of the nations of the land. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, the God whom the people of Israel worshiped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
719	EZR	7	intro	p3he			0		# Ezra 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Possible title: Ezra begins his religious reforms<br><br>### Ezra's geneology<br><br>Ezra’s genealogy in [7:1–5](../07/01.md) traces Ezra back to Aaron in a list of 16 ancestors. As is common in ancient genealogies, this list almost certainly does not include all of the generations between Aaron and Ezra. Aaron ([7:5](../07/05.md)) was the first high priest under the law of Moses and the first to serve in the tabernacle. Azariah ([7:3](../07/03.md)) was the first high priest to serve in the temple that Solomon built, which this book describes in [5:11](../05/11.md). Seraiah was the last high priest to serve in that temple. The Babylonians executed him when they conquered Jerusalem and destroyed the temple. The names in the list are arranged so that there will be seven generations between Aaron and Azariah, and seven generations between Azariah and Ezra, with Seraiah listed as the last generation before Ezra. If you have the freedom to use formatting creatively in your translation, you could make the implicit information about Aaron, Azariah, and Seraiah explicit and format this genealogy in a way that will highlight its purpose and design. Alternate translation and formatting for verse 1 through the first 2 words of verse 6:<br><br>Ezra—<br><br>the descendant of Seraiah, the last high priest in Solomon’s temple,<br>the son of Azariah,<br>the son of Hilkiah,<br>the son of Shallum,<br>the son of Zadok,<br>the descendant of Ahitub,<br>the descendant of Amariah,<br><br>the son of Azariah, the first high priest in Solomon’s temple,<br><br>the descendant of Meraioth,<br>the son of Zerahiah,<br>the son of Uzzi,<br>the son of Bukki,<br>the son of Abishua,<br>the son of Phinehas,<br>the son of Eleazar,<br><br>the son of Aaron, the first high priest in the tabernacle<br><br>—this Ezra<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s Law<br><br>The people no longer know the law of Moses. Therefore, the king allows Ezra to return to Judea to teach the people about God’s law. Many people go with him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
720	EZR	7	1	h549	writing-newevent	וְ⁠אַחַר֙ הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה	1	General Information:	This phrase, common in Hebrew storytelling, indicates that the book will now relate events that occurred some time after the events that it had been describing. The book had been describing the time when the Jews finished rebuilding the temple, [6:15](../06/15.md), which was the sixth year of the reign of Darius. Now it will describe events beginning during the seventh year of the reign of Artaxerxes, who was the grandson of Darius. So nearly sixty years went by between the end of chapter 6 and the beginning of chapter 7. If your language has a similar phrase that can indicate the passage of time like this, you can use that in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
721	EZR	7	1	qol2	translate-names	אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֣סְתְּא	1	General Information:	**Artaxerxes** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:7](../04/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
722	EZR	7	1	u6xs	translate-names	עֶזְרָא֙	1	General Information:	**Ezra** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
723	EZR	7	1	hixh	writing-participants	עֶזְרָא֙	1	General Information:	Here the book introduces a new, important person. Use a natural way in your language to do this. Also, since the sentence that begins here extends through verse 6, it may be helpful to your readers to make this first part of verse 1 into a complete sentence and begin another sentence with the list of Ezra's ancestors, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
724	EZR	7	1	n9di	figs-metaphor	בֶּן־שְׂרָיָ֔ה בֶּן־עֲזַרְיָ֖ה בֶּן־חִלְקִיָּֽה	1	Seraiah	In general, in the list in [7:1–5](../07/01.md), **son** figuratively means descendant. However, in many cases a man actually is the biological son of the next man on the list. So for your translation, you will need to decide whether to use the figurative expression **son**, which can also be literally true in many cases, or the non-figurative expression “descendant,” which is true in every case, or to say “son” for actual sons and “descendant” for descendants who are not actual sons. Choosing that last option would help to show that the men on the list have been selected to make a certain number and arrangement, as explained in the chapter introduction. Alternative translations will illustrate this last option for each verse. Here, Alternate translation: “the descendant of Seraiah, the son of Azariah, the son of Hilkiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
725	EZR	7	1	gcr6	translate-names	שְׂרָיָ֔ה…עֲזַרְיָ֖ה…חִלְקִיָּֽה	1	Azariah … Hilkiah	These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
726	EZR	7	2	iy78		בֶּן־שַׁלּ֥וּם בֶּן־צָד֖וֹק בֶּן־אֲחִיטֽוּב	1	Shallum	Alternate translation: “the son of Shallum, the son of Zadok, the descendant of Ahitub”
727	EZR	7	2	e2ek	translate-names	שַׁלּ֥וּם…צָד֖וֹק…אֲחִיטֽוּב	1	Zadok … Ahitub	These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
728	EZR	7	3	rqiw		בֶּן־אֲמַרְיָ֥ה בֶן־עֲזַרְיָ֖ה בֶּן־מְרָיֽוֹת	1	Amariah … Azariah … Meraioth	Alternate translation: “the descendant of Amariah, the son of Azariah, the descendant of Meraioth”
729	EZR	7	3	h5gv	translate-names	אֲמַרְיָ֥ה…עֲזַרְיָ֖ה…מְרָיֽוֹת	1	Amariah … Azariah … Meraioth	These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
730	EZR	7	4	swtv		בֶּן־זְרַֽחְיָ֥ה בֶן־עֻזִּ֖י בֶּן־בֻּקִּֽי	1	Zerahiah … Uzzi … Bukki	Even if you have decided to use non-figurative terminology, unless you have chosen to use the term “descendant” throughout this list, you can say “son” in each case here because each of these men was the actual father of the man whose name precedes his. Alternate translation: “the son of Zerahiah, the son of Uzzi, the son of Bukki”
731	EZR	7	4	zd73	translate-names	זְרַֽחְיָ֥ה…עֻזִּ֖י…בֻּקִּֽי	1	Zerahiah … Uzzi … Bukki	These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
732	EZR	7	5	sj6v		בֶּן־אֲבִישׁ֗וּעַ בֶּן־פִּֽינְחָס֙ בֶּן־אֶלְעָזָ֔ר בֶּן־אַהֲרֹ֥ן	1	Abishua … Phinehas … Eleazar	Here again, unless you have chosen to use the term “descendant” throughout this list, you can say “son” in each case here because each of these men was the actual father of the man whose name precedes his. Alternate translation: “the son of Abishua, the son of Phinehas, the son of Eleazar, the son of Aaron”
733	EZR	7	5	jvt2	translate-names	אֲבִישׁ֗וּעַ…פִּֽינְחָס֙…אֶלְעָזָ֔ר…אַהֲרֹ֥ן	1	Abishua … Phinehas … Eleazar	These are the names of four men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
734	EZR	7	5	t064	figs-distinguish	הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן הָ⁠רֹֽאשׁ	1	Abishua … Phinehas … Eleazar	Here the book provides some background information to remind readers of who Aaron was. Alternate translation: “the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
735	EZR	7	5	z67m	figs-metaphor	הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן הָ⁠רֹֽאשׁ	1	Abishua … Phinehas … Eleazar	Here, **head** is a figurative way of saying “leader.” Specifically, it means that Aaron was the leader of the priests, or the high priest. Alternate translation: “the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
736	EZR	7	5	pqgw	figs-explicit	הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן הָ⁠רֹֽאשׁ	1	Abishua … Phinehas … Eleazar	The book assumes that readers will know that Aaron was the first high priest to serve in the tabernacle when God gave the law to Moses, his brother. Alternate translation: “the first high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
737	EZR	7	6	ol9o	figs-idiom	ה֤וּא עֶזְרָא֙ עָלָ֣ה מִ⁠בָּבֶ֔ל	1	The king granted to him all his request	The book says that Ezra **went up** because he needed to travel from a river valley up into the mountains in order to go from exile in Babylon to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “this Ezra went from Babylon to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
738	EZR	7	6	w3ke	figs-go	ה֤וּא עֶזְרָא֙ עָלָ֣ה מִ⁠בָּבֶ֔ל	1	The king granted to him all his request	If it is more natural in your language, you can say “came” instead of **went**. Alternate translation: “this Ezra came from Babylon to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
739	EZR	7	6	xd8u	writing-background	וְ⁠הֽוּא־סֹפֵ֤ר מָהִיר֙ בְּ⁠תוֹרַ֣ת מֹשֶׁ֔ה אֲשֶׁר־נָתַ֥ן יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל	1	The king granted to him all his request	This is background information that helps identify Ezra further. Alternate translation: “and he had carefully studied the law that Yahweh, the God of Israel, had given through Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
740	EZR	7	6	w6u9	figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יִּתֶּן־ל֣⁠וֹ הַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ כְּ⁠יַד־יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהָי⁠ו֙ עָלָ֔י⁠ו כֹּ֖ל בַּקָּשָׁתֽ⁠וֹ	1	according to the hand of Yahweh his God upon him	Here, **hand** figuratively represents action, and in this context the expression **the hand of Yahweh his God upon him** indicates that Ezra enjoyed Yahweh’s care, protection, and favor. (The expression has a similar sense to the one in [5:5](../05/05.md), **the eye of God was on the elders of the Jews.**) Alternate translations: “And King Artaxerxes gave Ezra everything he asked for because Yahweh, his God, was helping him” or “And King Artaxerxes gave Ezra everything he asked for because Yahweh, his God, was showing him favor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
741	EZR	7	7	tof2	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	וַ⁠יַּֽעֲל֣וּ	1	in the seventh year of King Artaxerxes	Here, **And** indicates that the event this sentence describes took place at the same time as the event the story has just related. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship in this case by using a phrase such as “At the same time … went up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
742	EZR	7	7	n433	figs-metaphor	מִ⁠בְּנֵֽי־יִ֠שְׂרָאֵל	1	in the seventh year of King Artaxerxes	Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Here the book envisions all of the Israelites as descendants of the patriarch Jacob, who was also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “from among the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
743	EZR	7	7	myus	translate-names	וְ⁠הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֜ם	1	in the seventh year of King Artaxerxes	See how you translated this term in [2:40](../02/40.md). Review the explanation in the note there if that would be helpful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
744	EZR	7	7	tj7t		וְ⁠הַ⁠מְשֹׁרְרִ֧ים	1	in the seventh year of King Artaxerxes	This is the same occupational group as in [2:41](../02/41.md). Review the explanation in the note there if that would be helpful.
745	EZR	7	7	zwq2		וְ⁠הַ⁠שֹּׁעֲרִ֛ים	1	in the seventh year of King Artaxerxes	This is the same occupational group as in [2:42](../02/42.md). Review the explanation in the note there if that would be helpful.
746	EZR	7	7	szwv	figs-explicit	וְ⁠הַ⁠נְּתִינִ֖ים	1	in the seventh year of King Artaxerxes	See how you translated this term in [2:43](../02/43.md). Review the explanation in the note there if that would be helpful. These men would not have worked in the temple themselves, but would be descendants of men who had worked in the temple. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and descendants of the temple servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
747	EZR	7	7	u61a	figs-idiom	וַ⁠יַּֽעֲל֣וּ…אֶל־יְרוּשָׁלִָ֑ם	1	in the seventh year of King Artaxerxes	The book says **went up** because these people had to travel from a river valley up into the mountains in order to return from their places of exile to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “traveled to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
748	EZR	7	7	wz8c	figs-go	וַ⁠יַּֽעֲל֣וּ…אֶל־יְרוּשָׁלִָ֑ם	1	in the seventh year of King Artaxerxes	If it is more natural in your language, you can say “came” instead of **went**. Alternate translation: “came to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
749	EZR	7	7	tt66	translate-ordinal	בִּ⁠שְׁנַת־שֶׁ֖בַע לְ⁠אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֥סְתְּא הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ	1	in the seventh year of King Artaxerxes	The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, **seven**, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, **seventh**, in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of years, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “in the seventh year of the reign of Artaxerxes as king of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
750	EZR	7	8	jr10	writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יָּבֹ֥א יְרוּשָׁלִַ֖ם	1	the fifth month	Here, **he** refers to Ezra, but the statement also applies to all the others described in [7:7](../07/07.md) who were traveling with him. Alternate translation: “And they all arrived in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
751	EZR	7	8	cr7y	translate-hebrewmonths	וַ⁠יָּבֹ֥א יְרוּשָׁלִַ֖ם בַּ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠חֲמִישִׁ֑י	1	the fifth month	The **fifth month** means the fifth month in the Jewish calendar. You could convert the Hebrew month into an equivalent on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the equivalency will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to use the name or number of the Hebrew month. Alternate translation: “And they all arrived in Jerusalem during the fifth month of the year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
752	EZR	7	8	vee2	translate-ordinal	בַּ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠חֲמִישִׁ֑י	1	the fifth month	Alternate translation: “in month five” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
753	EZR	7	8	co12	translate-ordinal	הִ֛יא שְׁנַ֥ת הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֖ית לַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ	1	the fifth month	Alternate translation: “in year seven of the reign of Artaxerxes” or since the year was mentioned at the end of the previous verse, “of that year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
754	EZR	7	9	fsqw	writing-background	כִּ֗י	1	the first day of the first month	The word **for** indicates that the sentence it introduces will provide background information that will help readers appreciate what the book describes next. You can translate it with the word or phrase in your language that is most similar in meaning and significance. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: Connect – [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
755	EZR	7	9	wl5l	figs-idiom	בְּ⁠אֶחָד֙ לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הָ⁠רִאשׁ֔וֹן ה֣וּא יְסֻ֔ד הַֽ⁠מַּעֲלָ֖ה מִ⁠בָּבֶ֑ל	1	the first day of the first month	The book says **ascent** to characterize the journey once again as involving a significant climb in elevation. Alternate translation: “the group began its uphill trip from Babylon on the first day of the first month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
756	EZR	7	9	f68n	translate-hebrewmonths	בְּ⁠אֶחָד֙ לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הָ⁠רִאשׁ֔וֹן	1	the first day of the first month	The **first month** means the first month in the Jewish calendar. You could convert the Hebrew month into an equivalent on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the equivalency will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to use the name or number of the Hebrew month. Alternate translation: “on the first day of the first month of that year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
757	EZR	7	9	s9by	translate-ordinal	בְּ⁠אֶחָד֙ לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הָ⁠רִאשׁ֔וֹן	1	the first day of the fifth month	Alternate translation: “on day one of month one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
758	EZR	7	9	khid	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וּ⁠בְ⁠אֶחָ֞ד	1	the first day of the fifth month	This word **and** might indicate that the sentence it introduces draws a contrast between how long this journey would be expect to take and how quickly Ezra and his companions reached Jerusalem. You could begin the sentence with a word such as “but” to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
759	EZR	7	9	ytmm	figs-explicit	וּ⁠בְ⁠אֶחָ֞ד לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠חֲמִישִׁ֗י בָּ֚א אֶל־יְר֣וּשָׁלִַ֔ם כְּ⁠יַד־אֱלֹהָ֖י⁠ו הַ⁠טּוֹבָ֥ה עָלָֽי⁠ו	1	the first day of the fifth month	The implication is that the journey was accomplished quickly and safely, and that this was further evidence of God’s favor towards Ezra. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “It only took them four months to reach Jerusalem because God was helping them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
760	EZR	7	9	vpbp	grammar-connect-logic-result	וּ⁠בְ⁠אֶחָ֞ד לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠חֲמִישִׁ֗י בָּ֚א אֶל־יְר֣וּשָׁלִַ֔ם כְּ⁠יַד־אֱלֹהָ֖י⁠ו הַ⁠טּוֹבָ֥ה עָלָֽי⁠ו	1	the first day of the fifth month	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the results that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because God was helping them, it only took them four months to reach Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
761	EZR	7	9	k4wr	figs-metaphor	כְּ⁠יַד־אֱלֹהָ֖י⁠ו הַ⁠טּוֹבָ֥ה עָלָֽי⁠ו	1	according to the good hand of his God	As in [7:6](../07/06.md), **hand** figuratively represents action, and the expression **the good hand of his God upon him** indicates that God acted with care, protection, and favor toward Ezra throughout this journey. Alternate translation: “because God was helping them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
762	EZR	7	10	lxrk	grammar-connect-logic-result	כִּ֤י	1	Ezra had established his heart to seek	The word **For** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the reasons for what the previous sentence described. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “The reason why God blessed them was that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
763	EZR	7	10	b5p7	figs-metaphor	עֶזְרָא֙ הֵכִ֣ין לְבָב֔⁠וֹ	1	Ezra had established his heart to seek	Here, the **heart** figuratively represents the thoughts and the will of a person. Alternate translation: “Ezra had firmly determined” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
764	EZR	7	10	y7yr	figs-metaphor	לִ⁠דְר֛וֹשׁ אֶת־תּוֹרַ֥ת יְהוָ֖ה וְ⁠לַ⁠עֲשֹׂ֑ת	1	to observe	Just as in [6:21](../06/21.md) to **seek** Yahweh figuratively means choosing to know, worship, and obey him, so here **to seek the law of Yahweh and to do it** means choosing to learn his law thoroughly in order to obey it, as a way of being loyal and obedient to Yahweh himself. Alternate translation: “to learn the law of Yahweh thoroughly and to obey it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
765	EZR	7	10	w9d8	figs-doublet	וּ⁠לְ⁠לַמֵּ֥ד בְּ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל חֹ֥ק וּ⁠מִשְׁפָּֽט	1	and to teach statute and ordinance in Israel	Here, the book expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The words **statute** and **ordinance** both refer to commandments in the law of Moses. The book uses the two words together to refer comprehensively to everything in the law. Alternate translation: “and to teach the people of Israel everything that the law commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
766	EZR	7	10	x92b	figs-metonymy	בְּ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל	1	in Israel	Here, the story refers to all of the Israelites figuratively by reference to their homeland, the country of Israel. Alternate translation: “to the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
767	EZR	7	11	xf26	writing-newevent	וְ⁠זֶ֣ה	1	This is a copy of the letter	The word **Now** introduces a new event in the story. Use an expression in your language that would be natural for introducing a new event or a change to something different. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
768	EZR	7	11	qjr1	translate-names	הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֔סְתְּא	1	This is a copy of the letter	Artaxerxes is the name of a man. It also occurs in [7:12](../07/12.md) and [7:21](../07/21.md) in this chapter. See how you translated it in [4:7](../04/07.md). Alternate translation: “King Artaxerxes of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
769	EZR	7	11	xatp	figs-distinguish	לְ⁠עֶזְרָ֥א הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן הַ⁠סֹּפֵ֑ר סֹפֵ֞ר דִּבְרֵ֧י מִצְוֺת־יְהוָ֛ה וְ⁠חֻקָּ֖י⁠ו עַל־יִשְׂרָאֵֽל	1	This is a copy of the letter	Here, the book repeats some background information to remind readers who Ezra was. Alternate translation: “to Ezra, who was a priest and a scribe, and who had carefully studied everything that Yahweh, in the law, had commanded the people of Israel to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
770	EZR	7	11	w5oy	figs-doublet	מִצְוֺת־יְהוָ֛ה וְ⁠חֻקָּ֖י⁠ו עַל־יִשְׂרָאֵֽל	1	This is a copy of the letter	These two phrases mean similar things. The book uses them together to refer comprehensively to everything in the law. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can combine the phrases in your translation. Alternate translation: “everything that Yahweh, in the law, had commanded the people of Israel to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
771	EZR	7	11	y4s9	figs-personification	יִשְׂרָאֵֽל	1	This is a copy of the letter	The story refers here to all of the Israelites figuratively as if they were a single person, their ancestor, Israel. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
772	EZR	7	12	zcfw	figs-quotemarks	אַ֨רְתַּחְשַׁ֔סְתְּא מֶ֖לֶךְ מַלְכַיָּ֑⁠א לְ⁠עֶזְרָ֣א כָ֠הֲנָ⁠א	1	Artaxerxes, king of kings	Here, the book begins to quote a letter of introduction and authorization that Artaxerxes gave to Ezra. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
773	EZR	7	12	y33a	figs-explicit	אַ֨רְתַּחְשַׁ֔סְתְּא מֶ֖לֶךְ מַלְכַיָּ֑⁠א	1	Artaxerxes, king of kings	Following the conventions of letter writing at the time, Artaxerxes gives his name first, as the sender. **The king of kings** was a title, meaning that he was the greatest of kings, the king that other kings obeyed. Alternate translation: “From the Great King Artaxerxes” or “From Artaxerxes, the greatest king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
774	EZR	7	12	afcw	writing-background	לְ⁠עֶזְרָ֣א כָ֠הֲנָ⁠א סָפַ֨ר דָּתָ֜⁠א דִּֽי־אֱלָ֧הּ שְׁמַיָּ֛⁠א	1	Artaxerxes, king of kings	As was also conventional, Artaxerxes gives Ezra’s name next, as the recipient. He also includes some background information that helps identify Ezra further. Alternate translation: “Ezra, a priest of the God who rules in heaven, who has studied his law carefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
775	EZR	7	12	gwt9		אֱלָ֧הּ שְׁמַיָּ֛⁠א	1	Artaxerxes, king of kings	See how you translated this expression in [5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “the God who rules in heaven”
776	EZR	7	12	al0q		גְּמִ֖יר	1	Artaxerxes, king of kings	As in [4:17](../04/17.md) and [5:7](../05/07.md), this is a conventional greeting or good wish that senders at this time often included at the beginning of a letter. If your language has a similar expression that it uses for the same purpose, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “Greetings” or “We hope all is well with you”
777	EZR	7	12	bf52	grammar-connect-words-phrases	וּ⁠כְעֶֽנֶת	1	Artaxerxes, king of kings	**And now** is an Aramaic expression that was used in the letters of this time to introduce the main business of the letter. If it would be helpful, review the note about this expression at [4:10](../04/10.md). If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
778	EZR	7	13	d9b4	figs-activepassive	מִנִּ⁠י֮ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵם֒ דִּ֣י	1	I am issuing a decree that all those … who desire to go up to Jerusalem	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “I am issuing a decree that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
779	EZR	7	13	wi2u	figs-you	עִמָּ֖⁠ךְ	1	may go with you	The king is addressing Ezra, so **you** is singular and refers to Ezra here, and **you** and **your** similarly refer to him in all of their other occurrences through [7:20](../07/20.md). If your language distinguishes between forms of you, the form for a superior addressing a respected individual would be appropriate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
780	EZR	7	13	g0ml		מִן־עַמָּ֨⁠ה יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל	1	may go with you	Here Artaxerxes specifies that **Israel** is the name of Ezra’s people group, perhaps because he does not expect everyone who sees this letter to be familiar with them already. Alternate translation: “from the people known as ‘Israel’” or “from your people who are called ‘Israel’”
781	EZR	7	14	ahgx	grammar-connect-logic-result	כָּ⁠ל־קֳבֵ֗ל דִּי֩ מִן־קֳדָ֨ם מַלְכָּ֜⁠א וְ⁠שִׁבְעַ֤ת יָעֲטֹ֨⁠הִי֙ שְׁלִ֔יחַ לְ⁠בַקָּרָ֥א עַל־יְה֖וּד וְ⁠לִֽ⁠ירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם בְּ⁠דָ֥ת אֱלָהָ֖⁠ךְ דִּ֥י בִ⁠ידָֽ⁠ךְ	1	Connecting Statement:	Verses [7:14–17](../07/14.md) are one long sentence in Aramaic. The first part ([7:14–16](../07/14.md)) provides the reasons for the second part (in [7:17](../07/17.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could break up that sentence into several smaller sentences. To begin with, you could make this verse a sentence of its own. To do that, you can leave off the word **Because** and express the meaning later in verse 17 with a word such as “so” or “therefore.” Alternate translation: “The king and his seven counselors are sending you to inquire about Judah and about Jerusalem by the law of your God which is in your hand.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
782	EZR	7	14	cbf2	grammar-connect-logic-result	כָּ⁠ל־קֳבֵ֗ל דִּי֩	1	Connecting Statement:	The word **Because** indicates that in the long sentence that follows, the next several phrases ([7:14–16](../07/14.md)) will provide the reasons for what the final two phrases say (in [7:17](../07/17.md)). If you have decided to keep the long sentence, you can translate this first word with the word or phrase in your language that introduces a reason. However, also consider breaking up this long sentence If your readers would misunderstand this. Alternate translation: “Since” or “In view of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
783	EZR	7	14	h7cx	figs-activepassive	מִן־קֳדָ֨ם מַלְכָּ֜⁠א וְ⁠שִׁבְעַ֤ת יָעֲטֹ֨⁠הִי֙ שְׁלִ֔יחַ	1	the king, and his seven counselors	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “I and my seven counselors are sending you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
784	EZR	7	14	cx02	figs-123person	מִן־קֳדָ֨ם מַלְכָּ֜⁠א וְ⁠שִׁבְעַ֤ת יָעֲטֹ֨⁠הִי֙ שְׁלִ֔יחַ	1	the king, and his seven counselors	Artaxerxes speaks of himself here in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “I and my seven counselors are sending you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
785	EZR	7	14	tpvw	figs-metaphor	מִן־קֳדָ֨ם מַלְכָּ֜⁠א וְ⁠שִׁבְעַ֤ת יָעֲטֹ֨⁠הִי֙ שְׁלִ֔יחַ	1	the king, and his seven counselors	This could mean literally that Ezra has been in the king’s presence, that is, in his court, and that the king is sending him out from there. This phrase would show anyone who read the letter that Ezra was an important figure in the royal court. The phrase could also be a spatial metaphor indicating that Ezra is going out on the king’s behalf and with his authority. Alternate translation: “I and my seven counselors are sending you from my court” or “I and my seven counselors are sending you with my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
786	EZR	7	14	u9he	translate-unknown	וְ⁠שִׁבְעַ֤ת יָעֲטֹ֨⁠הִי֙	1	the king, and his seven counselors	As in [4:5](../04/05.md), **counselors** means royal advisors in the Persian court. The seven mentioned here appear to have been the king’s closest and most important advisors. Alternate translation: “and his seven chief royal advisors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
787	EZR	7	14	dnqr	figs-metonymy	לְ⁠בַקָּרָ֥א עַל־יְה֖וּד וְ⁠לִֽ⁠ירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם בְּ⁠דָ֥ת אֱלָהָ֖⁠ךְ	1	the king, and his seven counselors	Artaxerxes is describing the Jews who are in the province of Judah, and especially its capital city of Jerusalem, figuratively, by reference to things that are associated with them, the province and city where they live. Alternate translation: “to see how carefully the Jews living in the province of Judah and the city of Jerusalem are following the law of your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
788	EZR	7	14	v44t	figs-explicit	לְ⁠בַקָּרָ֥א עַל־יְה֖וּד וְ⁠לִֽ⁠ירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם בְּ⁠דָ֥ת אֱלָהָ֖⁠ךְ	1	to inquire concerning Judah and Jerusalem according to the law of your God	The implication, particularly in light of the powers that the king gives Ezra at the end of the letter ([7:25–26](../07/25.md)), is that **inquire** means more than just to find out about. It also implies to do something about. Alternate translation: “to make sure that the Jews living in the province of Judah and the city of Jerusalem follow the law of your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
789	EZR	7	14	bwvo	figs-metaphor	דִּ֥י בִ⁠ידָֽ⁠ךְ	1	to inquire concerning Judah and Jerusalem according to the law of your God	Most likely, the word **hand** here means possession, indicating that Ezra was going to bring a written copy of the law of God with him. The phrase **in your hand** could mean that Ezra literally carried a scroll of the law in his hands or that he personally owned a written copy of the law. However, the phrase **in your hand** could also imply that Ezra will use the law as he performs his responsibilities in Judah and Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “that you carry with you” or “that you have with you” or “that you will use” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
790	EZR	7	15	m1pn	grammar-connect-logic-result	וּ⁠לְ⁠הֵיבָלָ֖ה כְּסַ֣ף וּ⁠דְהַ֑ב דִּֽי־מַלְכָּ֣⁠א וְ⁠יָעֲט֗וֹ⁠הִי הִתְנַדַּ֨בוּ֙ לֶ⁠אֱלָ֣הּ יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל דִּ֥י בִֽ⁠ירוּשְׁלֶ֖ם מִשְׁכְּנֵֽ⁠הּ	1	You are to bring the silver and gold	Verses [7:14–17](../07/14.md) are one long sentence in Aramaic. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could break up that sentence into several parts. You could make [7:14](../07/14.md) a sentence of its own, and you could divide this verse into two sentences, with the reason first and the result second. Alternate translation: “My counselors and I have freely given silver and gold for the God of Israel who lives in Jerusalem. So I am also sending you to deliver those gifts to his temple there.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
791	EZR	7	15	uu8a	figs-123person	מַלְכָּ֣⁠א וְ⁠יָעֲט֗וֹ⁠הִי	1	have freely offered	As in [7:14](../07/14.md), Artaxerxes speaks of himself here in the third person. Alternate translation: “I and my counselors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
792	EZR	7	15	qy1s	figs-personification	דִּ֥י בִֽ⁠ירוּשְׁלֶ֖ם מִשְׁכְּנֵֽ⁠הּ	1	have freely offered	Artaxerxes speaks of the God of Israel as if he actually lived in Jerusalem. Like Darius in [6:12](../06/12.md), he seems to be echoing Jewish usage, likely to show his respect for the God of Israel. The phrase indicates that Jerusalem is the place from which God chose to start making himself known throughout the world. In this context it seems to refer specifically to the temple since, in the next verse, Artaxerxes associates the silver and gold that he and his counselors have given with further gifts that others may give for the house of God that is in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “whose temple is in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
793	EZR	7	16	j69i	figs-idiom	וְ⁠כֹל֙ כְּסַ֣ף וּ⁠דְהַ֔ב דִּ֣י תְהַשְׁכַּ֔ח בְּ⁠כֹ֖ל מְדִינַ֣ת בָּבֶ֑ל	1	the freewill offering of the people and the priests	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could also divide this verse into two sentences. This phrase could be the first sentence. Here, **find** is an idiom that in this context means “can obtain.” Artaxerxes is giving Ezra permission to invite everyone in the province of Babylon to contribute. Alternate translation: “I also give you permission to ask everyone living in the province of Babylon to contribute silver and gold.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
794	EZR	7	16	p3du	figs-explicit	וְ⁠כֹל֙ כְּסַ֣ף וּ⁠דְהַ֔ב דִּ֣י תְהַשְׁכַּ֔ח בְּ⁠כֹ֖ל מְדִינַ֣ת בָּבֶ֑ל	1	the freewill offering of the people and the priests	The implication is that these would be contributions towards the expenses of the worship of Yahweh in the temple in Jerusalem, just like the gifts described in the rest of the verse. The further implication is that, just as the king and his counselors were sympathetic to the Jews in Jerusalem and eager to please the “God of heaven” ([7:23](../07/23.md)), others in the province might be eager to do so as well. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I also authorize you to ask everyone living in the province of Babylon to contribute silver and gold towards the expenses of the worship of Yahweh in the temple in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
795	EZR	7	16	epbi	figs-metonymy	בְּ⁠כֹ֖ל מְדִינַ֣ת בָּבֶ֑ל	1	the freewill offering of the people and the priests	Artaxerxes is describing the people who live in the province of Babylon figuratively, by reference to something associated with them, the province where they live. Alternate translation: “among everyone living in the province of Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
796	EZR	7	16	i0eg	translate-names	בָּבֶ֑ל	1	the freewill offering of the people and the priests	**Babylon** (also called “Babylonia”) is the name of one of the provinces in the Persian Empire. See how you translated it in [1:11](../01/11.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
797	EZR	7	16	f74p		עִם֩ הִתְנַדָּב֨וּת עַמָּ֤⁠א וְ⁠כָֽהֲנַיָּ⁠א֙ מִֽתְנַדְּבִ֔ין לְ⁠בֵ֥ית אֱלָהֲ⁠הֹ֖ם דִּ֥י בִ⁠ירוּשְׁלֶֽם	1	the freewill offering of the people and the priests	If you have chosen to divide this verse into two sentences, this can be the second sentence. Here, **the people** means the people of Israel, as in [7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “I also authorize you to collect any offerings that the people of Israel and their priests want to give freely for the temple in Jerusalem.”
798	EZR	7	16	pdnm	figs-distinguish	דִּ֥י בִ⁠ירוּשְׁלֶֽם	1	the freewill offering of the people and the priests	Like Darius in [6:12](../06/12.md), here Artaxerxes repeats some background information in order to be very explicit about which temple his command applies to. Alternate translation: “in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
799	EZR	7	17	pr2c	grammar-connect-logic-result	כָּ⁠ל־קֳבֵ֣ל דְּנָה֩	1	Connecting Statement:	The word **therefore** introduces the final part of the long sentence in [7:14–17](../07/14.md). It indicates the results of the reasons that the sentence has given so far. You can translate it with the word or phrase in your language that introduces the result of a list of reasons. However, if you have followed the suggestion to break up this long sentence into several shorter sentences, you may not need to represent that meaning here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
800	EZR	7	17	ciw6	figs-explicit	בְּ⁠כַסְפָּ֣⁠א דְנָ֗ה	1	Connecting Statement:	The implication is that this means not just the gifts from the priests and Israelites, but also the gifts from the king, his counselors, and the people of the province of Babylon. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this more explicitly. Alternate translation: “with all of this money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
801	EZR	7	17	b2sq	figs-explicit	אָסְפַּ֨רְנָא תִקְנֵ֜א…תּוֹרִ֤ין ׀ דִּכְרִין֙ אִמְּרִ֔ין וּ⁠מִנְחָתְ⁠ה֖וֹן וְ⁠נִסְכֵּי⁠ה֑וֹן	1	diligently buy bulls, rams, lambs, and grain offerings and drink offerings	The implication, as [6:9](../06/09.md) indicates explicitly, is that the bulls, rams, and lambs were to be used for whole burnt offerings. If it would be helpful, review the note to [3:2](../03/02.md) about what whole burnt offerings were and why they were offered. The book also expects readers to know that the law of Moses said that two further things should be offered together with the animals that were sacrificed in whole burnt offerings. One was a certain amount of flour mixed with oil, considered a **grain offering**. The other was a certain amount of wine, considered a **drink offering**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “be sure to buy bulls, rams, and lambs to sacrifice as whole burnt offerings, and grain, oil, and wine for the grain offerings and drink offerings that the law says must accompany them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
802	EZR	7	17	sjnr		אָסְפַּ֨רְנָא	1	diligently buy bulls, rams, lambs, and grain offerings and drink offerings	In their decrees, as several examples in this book show, the Persian kings used this term **diligently** to mean carefully, exactly, and efficiently. Review the note to [5:8](../05/08.md) about this term if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “be sure that”
803	EZR	7	17	vb7p	figs-you	תִקְנֵ֜א בְּ⁠כַסְפָּ֣⁠א דְנָ֗ה	1	diligently buy bulls, rams, lambs, and grain offerings and drink offerings	The word **you** here is singular, referring to Ezra. However, Ezra may not have made these purchases himself. Alternate translation: “make sure that your people use this money to buy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
804	EZR	7	17	kf7h	figs-you	וּ⁠תְקָרֵ֣ב	1	diligently buy bulls, rams, lambs, and grain offerings and drink offerings	The word **you** here is singular, referring to Ezra. However, Ezra probably did not offer these sacrifices himself. Alternate translation: “and make sure that the priests offer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
805	EZR	7	17	gnt1	figs-you	אֱלָהֲ⁠כֹ֖ם	1	diligently buy bulls, rams, lambs, and grain offerings and drink offerings	The word **your** here is plural, referring to all of the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
806	EZR	7	18	a2bh	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠מָ֣ה דִי֩ עלי⁠ך וְ⁠עַל־אחי⁠ך יֵיטַ֗ב בִּ⁠שְׁאָ֛ר כַּסְפָּ֥⁠א וְ⁠דַהֲבָ֖⁠ה לְ⁠מֶעְבַּ֑ד כִּ⁠רְע֥וּת אֱלָהֲ⁠כֹ֖ם תַּעַבְדֽוּן	1	you and your brothers	Here, **brother** is a figurative way of saying “fellow Israelites,” and in context it likely refers to the other Jewish leaders who would decide with Ezra what to do with the extra money. Alternate translation: “You and your fellow Jewish leaders can decide what you think your God would like you to do with any silver and gold that is left over.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
807	EZR	7	18	cq55	figs-you	תַּעַבְדֽוּן	1	you and your brothers	The word **you** here is plural, referring to Ezra and the other Jewish leaders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
808	EZR	7	18	pcdz	figs-you	עלי⁠ך וְ⁠עַל־אחי⁠ך	1	you and your brothers	The words **you** and **your** here are singular, referring to Ezra. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
809	EZR	7	18	zufe	figs-you	אֱלָהֲ⁠כֹ֖ם	1	you and your brothers	The word **your** here is plural, referring to all of the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
810	EZR	7	19	h5qf	grammar-connect-words-phrases	וּ⁠מָֽאנַיָּ⁠א֙	1	Connecting Statement:	This sentence may be introducing a contrast between what Ezra and the other Jewish leaders could do with gold and silver that people contributed in the form of money and what they had to do with gold and silver that people contributed in the form of bowls and other objects that could be used in the temple. You could begin the sentence with a word such as “however” to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
811	EZR	7	19	h6x1	figs-explicit	וּ⁠מָֽאנַיָּ⁠א֙ דִּֽי־מִתְיַהֲבִ֣ין לָ֔⁠ךְ לְ⁠פָלְחָ֖ן בֵּ֣ית אֱלָהָ֑⁠ךְ הַשְׁלֵ֕ם קֳדָ֖ם אֱלָ֥הּ יְרוּשְׁלֶֽם	1	the objects that were given to you	As in [1:7](../01/07.md), **vessels** refers to bowls, basins, and other objects that could be used in worship in the temple. The ones that people contributed on this occasion are described in more detail in [8:26–27](../08/26.md). The implication in what the king says here is that Ezra and the Jewish leaders are not to sell or melt down these objects and use the proceeds to pay for temple expenses. Rather, they must use these objects only for temple worship. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not use objects that people contribute for use in the temple of your God to pay for the temple expenses. Make sure that you deliver every one of them to Jerusalem, where they can be used in God’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
812	EZR	7	19	md7a	figs-you	לָ֔⁠ךְ…אֱלָהָ֑⁠ךְ	1	the objects that were given to you	Here, **you** and **your** are singular, referring to Ezra. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
813	EZR	7	19	yho1	figs-abstractnouns	לְ⁠פָלְחָ֖ן בֵּ֣ית אֱלָהָ֑⁠ךְ	1	the objects that were given to you	The idea behind the abstract noun **service** can be expressed with a verb such as “use.” Alternate translation: “to use in the temple of your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
814	EZR	7	19	bkk8	figs-idiom	הַשְׁלֵ֕ם	1	deliver in full before the God of Jerusalem	The Aramaic expression translated here as **deliver in full** means to “make complete.” It is the same one that the Jewish leaders use in [5:16](../05/16.md) when they say that the temple is not “finished” yet. In context it means that Ezra must be sure to deliver every single one of the contributed objects to the temple, so that the complete set that was donated will be reassembled there. (We see him doing this carefully in [8:26–27](../08/26.md)). Alternate translation: “make sure that you deliver every one of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
815	EZR	7	19	a3tf	figs-metaphor	קֳדָ֖ם אֱלָ֥הּ יְרוּשְׁלֶֽם	1	for the service of the house of your God	Using a spatial metaphor, Artaxerxes says that Ezra must place the objects **before** God, figuratively meaning in God’s presence. Alternate translation: “to Jerusalem, where they can be used in God’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
816	EZR	7	19	wsrv	figs-metaphor	קֳדָ֖ם אֱלָ֥הּ יְרוּשְׁלֶֽם	1	for the service of the house of your God	As in [6:18](../06/18.md), in another spatial metaphor, Artaxerxes describes God as if he lived in the city of Jerusalem. This is a figurative reference to the way God’s presence was in the temple in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “to Jerusalem, where they can be used in God’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
817	EZR	7	20	tytf	figs-idiom	וּ⁠שְׁאָ֗ר חַשְׁחוּת֙ בֵּ֣ית אֱלָהָ֔⁠ךְ דִּ֥י יִפֶּל־לָ֖⁠ךְ לְ⁠מִנְתַּ֑ן	1	treasury	The phrase **that falls to you to give** is an idiom that means “that you have responsibility to give,” in other words, “that you have to provide.” Alternate translation: “And anything else that you need to provide for the temple of your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
818	EZR	7	20	ef6f	figs-activepassive	חַשְׁחוּת֙	1	treasury	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whatever you might need for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
819	EZR	7	20	xcus	figs-you	אֱלָהָ֔⁠ךְ…לָ֖⁠ךְ…תִּנְתֵּ֕ן	1	treasury	All of the forms of **you** in this verse are singular, referring to Ezra. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
820	EZR	7	20	gshw	figs-synecdoche	תִּנְתֵּ֕ן מִן־בֵּ֖ית גִּנְזֵ֥י מַלְכָּֽ⁠א	1	treasury	This does not mean, as in [5:17](../05/17.md), the place where valuable royal documents were stored. Here, **house** likely represents all of the wealth of the king figuratively. It is a metaphor for “property,” meaning everything that a person keeps in his house, and by extension everything that he owns. So it is not necessarily a physical building, but it refers in general to all the financial resources that belong to the king, as with the shorter expression **the treasures of the king** in [6:8](../06/08.md). Alternate translation: “you may pay for from my royal treasury” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
821	EZR	7	20	hgu9	figs-123person	בֵּ֖ית גִּנְזֵ֥י מַלְכָּֽ⁠א	1	treasury	Artaxerxes speaks of himself here in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “my royal treasury” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
822	EZR	7	21	wiy2	grammar-connect-logic-result	וּ֠⁠מִנִּ⁠י	1	Connecting Statement:	This phrase indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Specifically, Artaxerxes has just said that Ezra may pay for additional expenses out of the royal treasury. Consequently, regarding providing funds to Ezra, he will now give instructions to the officials responsible for administering the royal revenue in the province where Jerusalem is located. Alternate translation: “Consequently, from me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
823	EZR	7	21	rfxe	figs-123person	וּ֠⁠מִנִּ⁠י אֲנָ֞ה אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֤סְתְּא מַלְכָּ⁠א֙ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵ֔ם	1	Connecting Statement:	Up to this point in the letter, Artaxerxes has been addressing Ezra, and he has spoken of himself mostly in the third person. But now as he turns to address a new audience, the royal treasurers, he speaks of himself in the first person, and he uses the emphatic form **me myself** and repeats his name and title, as in [7:12](../07/12.md). If you have been translating the king’s use of the third person for himself in this letter with the first person in your language, it may be helpful to your readers if you use some emphatic form or extended phrase here to show this transition. Alternate translation: “And I, King Artaxerxes, am personally commanding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
824	EZR	7	21	h6c8	figs-activepassive	וּ֠⁠מִנִּ⁠י אֲנָ֞ה אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֤סְתְּא מַלְכָּ⁠א֙ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵ֔ם לְ⁠כֹל֙…דִּ֣י כָל־דִּ֣י יִ֠שְׁאֲלֶנְ⁠כוֹן עֶזְרָ֨א…אָסְפַּ֖רְנָא יִתְעֲבִֽד	1	that anything that Ezra … asks from you, let it be done diligently	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “And I, King Artaxerxes, am personally commanding all of you who are … to give Ezra … anything that he asks from you, and to do it exactly and promptly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
825	EZR	7	21	mlat	figs-you	יִ֠שְׁאֲלֶנְ⁠כוֹן	1	that anything that Ezra … asks from you, let it be done diligently	The king is now addressing the treasurers, so **you** is plural and refers to the treasurers here and in [7:24](../07/24.md). If your language distinguishes between forms of you, the form for a superior addressing a group of people would be appropriate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
826	EZR	7	21	zz8u	translate-unknown	גִּזַּֽבְרַיָּ֔⁠א	1	that anything that Ezra … asks from you, let it be done diligently	These were royal officials responsible for administering the funds of the empire in their province. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
827	EZR	7	21	i7dz	translate-names	בַּ⁠עֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֑⁠ה	1	the Province Beyond the River	**Beyond-the-River** is the name of one of the provinces of the Persian Empire. See how you translated it in [4:10](../04/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
828	EZR	7	21	euy1	figs-distinguish	עֶזְרָ֨א כָהֲנָ֜⁠ה סָפַ֤ר דָּתָ⁠א֙ דִּֽי־אֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֔⁠א	1	let it be done diligently	Here, the king provides some background information to remind or inform the treasurers who Ezra was. Alternate translation: “Ezra, who is a priest of the God who rules in heaven, and who has carefully studied his law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
829	EZR	7	22	zxtg	figs-ellipsis	עַד־כְּסַף֮ כַּכְּרִ֣ין מְאָה֒ וְ⁠עַד־חִנְטִין֙ כֹּרִ֣ין מְאָ֔ה וְ⁠עַד־חֲמַר֙ בַּתִּ֣ין מְאָ֔ה וְ⁠עַד־בַּתִּ֥ין מְשַׁ֖ח מְאָ֑ה וּ⁠מְלַ֖ח דִּי־לָ֥א כְתָֽב	1	one hundred silver talents	Here, the king is speaking in an abbreviated, official way, and the connection to the previous verse may not be entirely clear for all readers. He is describing how much he is authorizing Ezra to ask for from the treasury in money and supplies. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, and you could also make this verse a sentence of its own. Alternate translation: “I am authorizing Ezra to ask you treasurers for up to 100 kikkars of silver, 100 cors of wheat, 100 baths of wine, 100 baths of oil, and an unlimited amount of salt.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
830	EZR	7	22	c716	translate-bmoney	כְּסַף֮ כַּכְּרִ֣ין מְאָה֒	1	one hundred silver talents	You could try to express the modern value of this amount of silver. But since prices vary over time, that could cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate. So you could express the amount instead using the ancient measurement, the kikkar, and explain in a note that this was equivalent to about 30 kilograms. Alternatively, you could specify the weight of the silver in the text, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
831	EZR	7	22	cja2	translate-bvolume	חִנְטִין֙ כֹּרִ֣ין מְאָ֔ה	1	one hundred cors of wheat	A cor was equivalent to about 220 liters. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the quantity in modern measurements, as UST does, “500 bushels of wheat.” Alternatively, to help your readers recognize that the biblical writings come from a long time ago when people used different measures, you could express the amount using the ancient measurement, the cor, and explain the equivalent in modern measurements in a footnote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
832	EZR	7	22	u3yi	translate-bvolume	וְ⁠עַד־חֲמַר֙ בַּתִּ֣ין מְאָ֔ה וְ⁠עַד־בַּתִּ֥ין מְשַׁ֖ח מְאָ֑ה	1	one hundred baths of oil	According to ancient measurements, **baths** were equivalent to about 22 liters. Once again, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the quantity in modern measurements, or you could express the amount using the ancient measurement and explain its modern equivalent in a footnote. Alternate translation: “and as much as 2,200 liters of wine, and as much as 2,200 liters of oil” or “and as much as 600 gallons of wine, and as much as 600 gallons of oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
833	EZR	7	22	pdtm	figs-idiom	וּ⁠מְלַ֖ח דִּי־לָ֥א כְתָֽב	1	one hundred baths of oil	This expression means that the king is not specifying in writing a maximum amount of salt that Ezra can request, as he did for the silver, wheat, wine, and oil. Alternate translation: “and an unlimited amount of salt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
834	EZR	7	23	hz1d	figs-activepassive	כָּל־דִּ֗י מִן־טַ֨עַם֙ אֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֔⁠א יִתְעֲבֵד֙ אַדְרַזְדָּ֔א לְ⁠בֵ֖ית אֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֑⁠א	1	one hundred baths of oil	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “I want you to make sure that the Jewish leaders have the funds they need to do everything that the God who rules in heaven has commanded regarding worship in his temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
835	EZR	7	23	ado8	figs-metaphor	כָּל־דִּ֗י מִן־טַ֨עַם֙ אֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֔⁠א	1	one hundred baths of oil	Here, by **decree,** Artaxerxes is likely referring to what he calls the law of the God of heaven in [7:12](../07/12.md). He means the law of Moses, and specifically the commandments in the law for how community worship was to be conducted. Artaxerxes speaks of the law figuratively as if it were a royal decree that God had issued. Alternate translation: “Everything that the God who rules in heaven has commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
836	EZR	7	23	t2e7	figs-metaphor	לְ⁠בֵ֖ית אֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֑⁠א	1	the house	See how you translated the expressions **the house of God** in [1:4](../01/04.md) and **the God of heaven** in [5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “for the temple of the God who rules in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
837	EZR	7	23	i89i	figs-rquestion	דִּֽי־לְ⁠מָ֤ה לֶֽהֱוֵא֙ קְצַ֔ף עַל־מַלְכ֥וּת מַלְכָּ֖⁠א וּ⁠בְנֽוֹ⁠הִי	1	For why should his wrath come upon the kingdom of me and my sons?	The king is making a statement, not asking a real question. He does not expect the treasurers to explain to him why there should be wrath against the kingdom. Instead, he is using the question form to emphasize how important it is for the treasurers to ensure that sufficient funds are provided so that worship in the temple can be conducted just as God has commanded, so that God will not be angry. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Because I do not want God to be angry with me or with any of my descendants who rule after me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
838	EZR	7	23	bc0q	figs-explicit	דִּֽי־לְ⁠מָ֤ה לֶֽהֱוֵא֙ קְצַ֔ף עַל־מַלְכ֥וּת מַלְכָּ֖⁠א וּ⁠בְנֽוֹ⁠הִי	1	For why should his wrath come upon the kingdom of me and my sons?	The implication is that Artaxerxes wants to have God’s favor, and he is concerned that God will be displeased with him instead if he does not provide for God’s temple in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I do not want God to be angry with me or with any of my descendants who rule after me because I neglected his temple.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
839	EZR	7	23	x6h5	figs-metonymy	דִּֽי־לְ⁠מָ֤ה לֶֽהֱוֵא֙ קְצַ֔ף עַל־מַלְכ֥וּת מַלְכָּ֖⁠א וּ⁠בְנֽוֹ⁠הִי	1	For why should his wrath come upon the kingdom of me and my sons	God’s wrath represents God’s punishment. Alternate translation: “I do not want God to punish me or any of my descendants who rule after me because I neglected his temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
840	EZR	7	23	jptx	figs-metonymy	מַלְכ֥וּת מַלְכָּ֖⁠א וּ⁠בְנֽוֹ⁠הִי	1	For why should his wrath come upon the kingdom of me and my sons	God would not actually be angry with the realm over which Artaxerxes has authority. Rather, he uses the term **kingdom** to describe himself and his descendants figuratively by reference to something associated with them. Alternate translation: “me or any of my descendants who rule after me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
841	EZR	7	23	aia6	figs-123person	מַלְכ֥וּת מַלְכָּ֖⁠א וּ⁠בְנֽוֹ⁠הִי	1	For why should his wrath come upon the kingdom of me and my sons	Artaxerxes speaks of himself here in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “my kingdom and that of my descendants who rule after me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
842	EZR	7	23	wo5t	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠בְנֽוֹ⁠הִי	1	For why should his wrath come upon the kingdom of me and my sons	This could possibly mean the biological sons of King Artaxerxes, but since he speaks of the kingdom as belonging to them, it is more likely that this is a figurative reference to his descendants, and specifically the line of direct descendants who would rule Persia as his successors (his son, his grandson, etc.). (If it would be helpful, also review the notes to [4:15](../04/15.md) and [6:10](../06/10.md) about how Persian kings considered their predecessors their “fathers” and their successors their **sons**.) Alternate translation: “and my descendants who rule after me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
843	EZR	7	24	k1d1	figs-activepassive	וּ⁠לְ⁠כֹ֣ם מְהוֹדְעִ֗ין	1	We also make known to you that it is not lawful to impose tax, tribute, or custom	If your readers would misunderstand this, you can say this with an active form, and you can say who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “I am also declaring to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
844	EZR	7	24	kw6q	grammar-connect-logic-result	כָל־כָּהֲנַיָּ֣⁠א וְ֠⁠לֵוָיֵ⁠א זַמָּ֨רַיָּ֤⁠א תָרָֽעַיָּ⁠א֙ נְתִ֣ינַיָּ֔⁠א וּ⁠פָ֣לְחֵ֔י בֵּ֖ית אֱלָהָ֣⁠א דְנָ֑ה מִנְדָּ֤ה בְלוֹ֙ וַ⁠הֲלָ֔ךְ לָ֥א שַׁלִּ֖יט לְ⁠מִרְמֵ֥א עֲלֵי⁠הֹֽם	1	We also make known to you that it is not lawful to impose tax, tribute, or custom	The last phrase, **the servants of that house of God**, describes what the people in the five groups listed all have in common. They all work in the temple of God. In this way, the phrase gives the reason why the treasurers may not impose taxes on anyone in any of these groups. Likely as a further way of supporting the temple, and perhaps also as a gesture of respect for God, Artaxerxes is providing an exemption from taxes for all temple personnel. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this reason before the results that the rest of the sentence describes. Alternate translation: “because the priests, Levites, singers, gatekeepers, and temple servants all work in the temple of this God, you have no authority to set any tax, tribute, or custom upon them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
845	EZR	7	24	wx23		מִנְדָּ֤ה בְלוֹ֙ וַ⁠הֲלָ֔ךְ	1	We also make known to you that it is not lawful to impose tax, tribute, or custom	See how you translated this phrase in [4:13](../04/13.md).
846	EZR	7	24	mgkt	translate-names	וְ֠⁠לֵוָיֵ⁠א	1	We also make known to you that it is not lawful to impose tax, tribute, or custom	See how you translated this term in [2:40](../02/40.md). Review the explanation in the note there if that would be helpful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
847	EZR	7	24	ycd8		זַמָּ֨רַיָּ֤⁠א	1	musicians	This is the same occupational group as in [2:41](../02/41.md). Review the explanation in the note there if that would be helpful.
848	EZR	7	24	gonv		תָרָֽעַיָּ⁠א֙	1	musicians	This is the same occupational group as in [2:42](../02/42.md). Review the explanation in the note there if that would be helpful.
849	EZR	7	24	nk0a	translate-names	נְתִ֣ינַיָּ֔⁠א	1	musicians	See how you translated this term in [2:43](../02/43.md). Review the explanation in the note there if that would be helpful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
850	EZR	7	25	r244	figs-you	וְ⁠אַ֣נְתְּ עֶזְרָ֗א	1	Connecting Statement:	The king now returns to address Ezra personally, so **you** refers to him here, and is singular, The three instances of **your** in this verse are also singular, as is the verb **appoint**. Only the phrase **you shall teach** is plural, referring to Ezra and to those whom he will appoint. If your language distinguishes between levels of social status, the form for a superior addressing a respected individual would be appropriate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
851	EZR	7	25	p1rc	figs-abstractnouns	כְּ⁠חָכְמַ֨ת אֱלָהָ֤⁠ךְ דִּֽי־בִ⁠ידָ⁠ךְ֙	1	according to the wisdom of God that is in your hand, appoint judges and magistrates	If your language does not use abstract nouns such as **wisdom**, you can express that idea in a different way. Alternate translation: “because the law of your God has made you wise” or “guided by the wise teachings of your God that you know so well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
852	EZR	7	25	qzk1	figs-metaphor	דִּֽי־בִ⁠ידָ⁠ךְ֙	1	according to the wisdom of God that is in your hand, appoint judges and magistrates	Most likely, the phrase **that is in your hand** here means the same thing as in [7:14](../07/14.md), where the law of God is described as being in Ezra's hand. Review the note there if that would be helpful. As there, the phrase **in your hand** here could mean: (1) that Ezra knows it and uses it with great ability. Alternate translation: “that you know and use well” or (2) that Ezra personally owns a scroll of God's wisdom. Alternate translation: “that you have with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
853	EZR	7	25	y54v	figs-doublet	מֶ֣נִּי שָׁפְטִ֞ין וְ⁠דַיָּנִ֗ין דִּי־לֶהֱוֺ֤ן דאנין	1	according to the wisdom of God that is in your hand, appoint judges and magistrates	The terms **magistrates** and **judges** mean very similar things. There are two possibilities here. (1) Artaxerxes could be using these two terms to refer to people in slightly different roles. The first term may refer to officials who decide disputes between people, and the second term may refer to officials who interpret the law and apply it to specific situations. Alternate translation: “appoint officials who can decide disputes between people and officials who can interpret and apply the law” or (2) Artaxerxes may be using the two words together to emphasize the authority that Ezra has to ensure that the Jews in Judah and Jerusalem follow God’s commandments. If you have only one term for these functions, you can just use that one term here. Alternate translation: “appoint judges so that they can judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
854	EZR	7	25	waab	figs-explicit	לְ⁠כָל־עַמָּ⁠ה֙ דִּ֚י בַּ⁠עֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֔⁠ה לְ⁠כָל־יָדְעֵ֖י דָּתֵ֣י אֱלָהָ֑⁠ךְ	1	according to the wisdom of God that is in your hand, appoint judges and magistrates	The second phrase clarifies the meaning of the first phrase, showing that Artaxerxes is referring specifically to the Jews who live in this province. He is allowing the Jews there to have their own legal system, based on the law of Moses. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “all the Jews living in Beyond-the-River province, who know the laws of your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
855	EZR	7	25	nncp	figs-you	וְ⁠דִ֧י לָ֦א יָדַ֖ע תְּהוֹדְעֽוּן	1	according to the wisdom of God that is in your hand, appoint judges and magistrates	The word **you** here is plural. If your language distinguishes between forms of you, the form for a superior addressing a group of people would be appropriate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
856	EZR	7	25	qxkm	figs-explicit	וְ⁠דִ֧י לָ֦א יָדַ֖ע תְּהוֹדְעֽוּן	1	according to the wisdom of God that is in your hand, appoint judges and magistrates	The implication, in light of the plural **you**, is that Ezra and the judges he appoints are to teach the law of God to any Jews living in the province who are not familiar with it, so that they can follow it. Alternate translation: “And I want you and the judges to teach the law of God to those Jews in the province who do not know it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
857	EZR	7	26	mrq1	figs-explicit	וְ⁠כָל־דִּי־לָא֩ לֶהֱוֵ֨א עָבֵ֜ד דָּתָ֣⁠א דִֽי־אֱלָהָ֗⁠ךְ וְ⁠דָתָ⁠א֙ דִּ֣י מַלְכָּ֔⁠א אָסְפַּ֕רְנָא דִּינָ֕⁠ה לֶהֱוֵ֥א מִתְעֲבֵ֖ד מִנֵּ֑⁠הּ	1	whether death, or banishment, or confiscation of goods, or imprisonment	The implication is that the Jews in Judah and Jerusalem will still be governed by Persian law in addition to the law of Moses, but Artaxerxes is giving Ezra the authority to appoint judges who will administer and enforce both sets of laws. In this way, members of the Jewish community will have Jewish judges. Alternate translation: “The judges you appoint are diligently to punish anyone who refuses to obey the law of your God or my decrees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
858	EZR	7	26	lu8e	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠כָל־דִּי־לָא֩ לֶהֱוֵ֨א עָבֵ֜ד דָּתָ֣⁠א דִֽי־אֱלָהָ֗⁠ךְ וְ⁠דָתָ⁠א֙ דִּ֣י מַלְכָּ֔⁠א אָסְפַּ֕רְנָא דִּינָ֕⁠ה לֶהֱוֵ֥א מִתְעֲבֵ֖ד מִנֵּ֑⁠הּ	1	whether death, or banishment, or confiscation of goods, or imprisonment	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who is to do the action. Alternate translation: “The judges you appoint are diligently to punish anyone who refuses to obey the law of your God or my decrees.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
859	EZR	7	26	vheg	figs-123person	וְ⁠דָתָ⁠א֙ דִּ֣י מַלְכָּ֔⁠א	1	whether death, or banishment, or confiscation of goods, or imprisonment	Artaxerxes speaks of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “or obey my decrees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
860	EZR	7	26	sr94	figs-abstractnouns	הֵ֤ן לְ⁠מוֹת֙ הֵ֣ן ל⁠שרשו הֵן־לַ⁠עֲנָ֥שׁ נִכְסִ֖ין וְ⁠לֶ⁠אֱסוּרִֽין	1	whether death, or banishment, or confiscation of goods, or imprisonment	The abstract nouns **death**, **banishment**, **confiscation**, and **imprisonment** can be translated with verbs. Alternate translation: “as your judges see fit, they may execute offenders, or make them leave the community, or seize the things that they own, or put them in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
861	EZR	7	26	rz8o	figs-quotemarks	וְ⁠לֶ⁠אֱסוּרִֽין	1	whether death, or banishment, or confiscation of goods, or imprisonment	Here, the book ends its quotation of the letter of introduction and authorization that King Artaxerxes gave to Ezra. If you decided in [7:12](../07/12.md) to mark his words as a quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing primary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
862	EZR	7	27	qh6m	writing-participants	בָּר֥וּךְ יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבוֹתֵ֑י⁠נוּ	1	Connecting Statement:	Previously in the book, Ezra has been a character in a story that someone else has been telling. Here he becomes the person telling the story, and he continues to tell it through to the end of chapter 9. In effect, the letter of introduction that King Artaxerxes wrote for him has been his introduction to us as well. The book does not say specifically that Ezra will now be the narrator, although one indication is that when Ezra is telling the story, he refers to himself as “I” and to the Jewish community as “us,” and another indication is that the book is now written in Hebrew again. But if it would be helpful to your readers, you could add a phrase to indicate this. Alternate translation: “When I, Ezra, received this letter from the king, I prayed, ‘Thank you, Yahweh, the God of our ancestors’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
863	EZR	7	27	yfls	figs-aside	בָּר֥וּךְ יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבוֹתֵ֑י⁠נוּ	1	Connecting Statement:	The first thing that Ezra does when he begins to tell his own story is pray to God, rather than address the audience that will hear his story. If you decided to add a phrase to introduce him as the new narrator, you could use that same phrase to introduce this prayer as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “When I, Ezra, received this letter from the king, I prayed, ‘Thank you, Yahweh, the God of our ancestors’” Otherwise, you could show that this prayer is distinct from the story by setting it off with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. The quotation should end in the middle of [7:28](../07/28.md), after “the mighty officials of the king.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]])
864	EZR	7	27	qub7	figs-123person	בָּר֥וּךְ יְהוָ֖ה	1	Connecting Statement:	Although Ezra speaks of Yahweh in the third person here, he is actually praying a prayer of thanksgiving to Yahweh. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words in the second person. Alternate translation: “Thank you, Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
865	EZR	7	27	nuli		בָּר֥וּךְ יְהוָ֖ה	1	Connecting Statement:	If it is not natural or not possible in your language to speak of a human blessing God, then you can express the idea here in a different way. Alternate translation: “I praise Yahweh” or “I thank Yahweh”
866	EZR	7	27	nlii	figs-metaphor	אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבוֹתֵ֑י⁠נוּ	1	Connecting Statement:	**Fathers** here figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “the God of our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
867	EZR	7	27	t4cz	figs-metaphor	נָתַ֤ן כָּ⁠זֹאת֙ בְּ⁠לֵ֣ב הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ לְ⁠פָאֵ֕ר אֶת־בֵּ֥ית יְהוָ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר בִּ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָֽם	1	placed such a thing into the heart of the king to beautify the house of Yahweh which is in Jerusalem	Giving something in the king’s heart, that is, putting something in it, means leading him to have certain thoughts and desires. Alternate translation: “led the king to want to glorify the temple of Yahweh in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
868	EZR	7	27	w14w	figs-metaphor	לְ⁠פָאֵ֕ר אֶת־בֵּ֥ית יְהוָ֖ה	1	the house of Yahweh	This expression means to make something bright, glorious, or beautiful. Artaxerxes was not doing this literally, the way that Cyrus and Darius did by supporting the physical rebuilding of the temple. Rather, Artaxerxes was making sure that the temple would always have everything it needed to keep operating. In that way he was making sure that the temple would not languish and be disrespected, but rather, always be a vibrant place that was held in honor. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to honor the temple of Yahweh” or “to make sure that the temple of Yahweh would always be a glorious place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
869	EZR	7	28	y4zu	figs-abstractnouns	וְ⁠עָלַ֣⁠י הִטָּה־חֶ֗סֶד לִ⁠פְנֵ֤י הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ וְ⁠יֽוֹעֲצָ֔י⁠ו וּ⁠לְ⁠כָל־שָׂרֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ הַ⁠גִּבֹּרִ֑ים	1	who has extended covenant faithfulness to me	Here, the abstract noun **faithfulness** refers to a person wanting to do everything that they can to help another person. As in [3:11](../03/11.md), **covenant faithfulness** refers specifically to Yahweh doing that for the people of Israel in order to keep the promises that he had made to them. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the idea behind this word with a verb such as **help**. Alternate translation: “and helped me get everything I needed from the king, as I was in his presence and in the presence of his counselors and mighty officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
870	EZR	7	28	s38x	figs-metonymy	וְ⁠עָלַ֣⁠י הִטָּה־חֶ֗סֶד לִ⁠פְנֵ֤י הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ וְ⁠יֽוֹעֲצָ֔י⁠ו וּ⁠לְ⁠כָל־שָׂרֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ הַ⁠גִּבֹּרִ֑ים	1	who has extended covenant faithfulness to me	Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. The expression means that, as Ezra stood before the king and his counselors and officials, Yahweh helped him get everything he needed from them. Alternate translation: “and helped me get everything I needed from the king, as I was in his presence and in the presence of his counselors and mighty officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
871	EZR	7	28	jzhp	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠עָלַ֣⁠י הִטָּה־חֶ֗סֶד	1	who has extended covenant faithfulness to me	Ezra uses a spatial metaphor to depict help figuratively stretching out to him from Yahweh. Alternate translation: “and helped me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
872	EZR	7	28	pb8i	figs-quotemarks	שָׂרֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ הַ⁠גִּבֹּרִ֑ים	1	who has extended covenant faithfulness to me	This is the end of the prayer that Ezra prays as he begins to tell his own story. If you indicated the beginning of this prayer in [7:27](../07/27.md) with an opening quotation mark or with the corresponding punctuation or convention in your language, you should use the same means to indicate the end of a quotation here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
873	EZR	7	28	q1iu	figs-metonymy	הִתְחַזַּ֗קְתִּי כְּ⁠יַד־יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהַ⁠י֙ עָלַ֔⁠י	1	So I was strengthened	As in [7:6](../07/06.md), **hand** figuratively represents power and control, and the expression **the hand of Yahweh my God upon me** indicates that Ezra enjoyed Yahweh’s care, protection, and favor. Alternate translation: “I was encouraged because I recognized that Yahweh my God was helping me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
874	EZR	7	28	gxx2	figs-ellipsis	מִ⁠יִּשְׂרָאֵ֛ל רָאשִׁ֖ים	1	as the hand of Yahweh my God was upon me	As [8:1](../08/01.md) shows, **heads** here is an abbreviated way of saying **heads of father’s houses**. Alternate translation: “some Israelite clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
875	EZR	7	28	agha	figs-idiom	לַ⁠עֲל֥וֹת עִמִּֽ⁠י	1	as the hand of Yahweh my God was upon me	Ezra says **go up** because he and the group he was leading would have to travel from a river valley up into the mountains in order to return from their places of exile to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “to return to Jerusalem with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
876	EZR	8	intro	ye9m			0		# Ezra 8 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The people’s return to Judah<br><br>Many people went back to Judah with Ezra. They trusted God to protect them and the precious items that they carried with them, which had been given for the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
877	EZR	8	1	wwtp	writing-newevent	וְ⁠אֵ֛לֶּה	1	General Information:	The word **Now** introduces a new event in the story. Use a natural method in your language to introduce a new event here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
878	EZR	8	1	ss8d	figs-ellipsis	וְ⁠אֵ֛לֶּה רָאשֵׁ֥י אֲבֹתֵי⁠הֶ֖ם וְ⁠הִתְיַחְשָׂ֑⁠ם הָ⁠עֹלִ֣ים עִמִּ֗⁠י	1	General Information:	As in [4:3](../04/03.md), **heads of their fathers** is an abbreviated way of saying “heads of their father’s houses.” Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “These are the names of the clan leaders, along with the names of their clans, of those who traveled with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
879	EZR	8	1	u9yy	figs-idiom	הָ⁠עֹלִ֣ים עִמִּ֗⁠י…מִ⁠בָּבֶֽל	1	General Information:	As in [7:28](../07/28.md), Ezra says **go up** because the trip from Babylon to Jerusalem would involve a significant climb in elevation. Alternate translation: “who returned from Babylon with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
880	EZR	8	1	f1jb	figs-explicit	בְּ⁠מַלְכ֛וּת אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֥סְתְּא הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ	1	General Information:	As [7:8–9](../07/08.md) indicates, this was specifically in the seventh year of the reign of Artaxerxes. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “during the seventh year of the reign of Artaxerxes as king of Persia.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
881	EZR	8	1	e7pk	translate-ordinal	בְּ⁠מַלְכ֛וּת אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֥סְתְּא הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ	1	General Information:	If you choose to make explicit the information of which year this is of the king's reign, but your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can say “during year seven of the reign of Artaxerxes as king of Persia.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
882	EZR	8	2	m2b9	figs-metaphor	מִ⁠בְּנֵ֤י פִֽינְחָס֙ גֵּֽרְשֹׁ֔ם	1	of the sons of Phinehas, Gershom	Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Phinehas, Gershom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
883	EZR	8	2	t1dg	translate-names	פִֽינְחָס֙ גֵּֽרְשֹׁ֔ם	1	of the sons of Phinehas, Gershom	These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
884	EZR	8	2	i7e9	figs-metaphor	מִ⁠בְּנֵ֥י אִיתָמָ֖ר דָּנִיֵּ֑אל	1	of the sons of Ithamar, Daniel	Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Ithamar, Daniel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
885	EZR	8	2	uzuw	translate-names	אִיתָמָ֖ר דָּנִיֵּ֑אל	1	of the sons of Ithamar, Daniel	These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
886	EZR	8	2	kb7h	figs-metaphor	מִ⁠בְּנֵ֥י דָוִ֖יד חַטּֽוּשׁ	1	of the sons of David, Hattush	Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “From the descendants of David, Hattush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
887	EZR	8	2	xt4r	translate-names	דָוִ֖יד חַטּֽוּשׁ	1	Hattush	These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
888	EZR	8	3	m91f	figs-explicit	מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י שְׁכַנְיָ֔ה ס מִ⁠בְּנֵ֥י פַרְעֹ֖שׁ זְכַרְיָ֑ה	1	Parosh	This could mean one of two things. (1) The phrase **from the sons of Shecaniah** probably applies to the end of the previous verse. 1 Chronicles 3:19–22 shows that Hattush was the grandson of Shecaniah, and that Shecaniah was either the grandson or a more distant descendant of Zerubbabel, who was a descendant of King David. (As several of the following verses show, further information like this may be provided about the clan leaders on this list.) So the end of [8:2](../08/02.md) and the beginning of [8:3](../08/03.md) could read: “From the descendants of King David, Hattush, one of the descendants of Shecaniah” or (2) It could mean that Zechariah was the clan leader of the descendants of Shecaniah, and that they were all descendants of a more remote ancestor named Parosh. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Shecaniah, who were descendants of Parosh, Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
889	EZR	8	3	veab	figs-metaphor	מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י שְׁכַנְיָ֔ה ס מִ⁠בְּנֵ֥י פַרְעֹ֖שׁ זְכַרְיָ֑ה	1	Parosh	Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: (1) “one of the descendants of Shecaniah. From the descendants of Parosh, Zechariah” or, if you have decided that **from the sons of Shecaniah** applies to **Zechariah**, (2) “From the descendants of Shecaniah, who were descendants of Parosh, Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
890	EZR	8	3	f6xt	translate-names	שְׁכַנְיָ֔ה…פַרְעֹ֖שׁ זְכַרְיָ֑ה	1	Parosh	These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
891	EZR	8	3	ds2y	figs-explicit	וְ⁠עִמּ֛⁠וֹ הִתְיַחֵ֥שׂ לִ⁠זְכָרִ֖ים מֵאָ֥ה וַ⁠חֲמִשִּֽׁים	1	with him were registered150 males	The implication is that these 150 males belonged to the same clan as Zechariah. Alternate translation: “along with 150 other men from his clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
892	EZR	8	4	f7d5	figs-metaphor	מִ⁠בְּנֵי֙ פַּחַ֣ת מוֹאָ֔ב אֶלְיְהֽוֹעֵינַ֖י בֶּן־זְרַֽחְיָ֑ה	1	of the sons of Pahath-Moab, Eliehoenai son of Zerahiah	Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants,” but **son** most likely means a biological son. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Pahath-Moab, Eliehoenai the son of Zerahiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
893	EZR	8	4	c961	translate-names	פַּחַ֣ת מוֹאָ֔ב אֶלְיְהֽוֹעֵינַ֖י…זְרַֽחְיָ֑ה	1	General Information:	These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
894	EZR	8	4	y6jz	figs-explicit	וְ⁠עִמּ֖⁠וֹ מָאתַ֥יִם הַ⁠זְּכָרִֽים	1	with him were two hundred males	See the note to [8:3](../08/03.md) about this expression. Alternate translation: “along with 200 men from his clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
895	EZR	8	5	qrqj	figs-metaphor	מִ⁠בְּנֵ֥י שְׁכַנְיָ֖ה בֶּן־יַחֲזִיאֵ֑ל	1	three hundred	Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants,” but **son** most likely means a biological son. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Shecaniah, the son of Jahaziel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
896	EZR	8	5	sxis	translate-textvariants	מִ⁠בְּנֵ֥י שְׁכַנְיָ֖ה בֶּן־יַחֲזִיאֵ֑ל	1	three hundred	Since this list has been providing the name of each clan leader, it would be unusual for it to omit the leader’s name here and state only the name of his father. Most scholars believe that the name of the clan leader was accidentally left out at one point in the copying process. Other ancient versions of the Old Testament read, “from the sons of Zattu, Shecaniah the son of Jahaziel.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could follow those versions and include the following footnote: “The name Zattu appears in the ancient Greek and other ancient versions.” Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Zattu, Shecaniah the son of Jahaziel” If you want to translate only what is in the Hebrew, you could follow the ULT or translate, “From the descendants of Shecaniah, the son of Jahaziel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
897	EZR	8	5	c416	translate-names	שְׁכַנְיָ֖ה…יַחֲזִיאֵ֑ל	1	three hundred	These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
898	EZR	8	5	j5rk	figs-explicit	וְ⁠עִמּ֕⁠וֹ שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת הַ⁠זְּכָרִֽים	1	three hundred	See the note to [8:3](../08/03.md) about this expression. Alternate translation: “along with 300 men from his clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
899	EZR	8	6	x9hz	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י עָדִ֔ין עֶ֖בֶד בֶּן־יוֹנָתָ֑ן	1	Adin	Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants,” but **son** most likely means a biological son. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Adin, Ebed the son of Jonathan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
900	EZR	8	6	vqsg	translate-names	עָדִ֔ין עֶ֖בֶד…יוֹנָתָ֑ן	1	Adin	These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
901	EZR	8	6	c84d	figs-explicit	וְ⁠עִמּ֖⁠וֹ חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים הַ⁠זְּכָרִֽים	1	fifty	See the note to [8:3](../08/03.md) about this expression. Alternate translation: “along with 50 men from his clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
902	EZR	8	7	yegf	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י עֵילָ֔ם יְשַֽׁעְיָ֖ה בֶּן־עֲתַלְיָ֑ה	1	seventy	Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants,” but **son** most likely means a biological son. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Elam, Jeshaiah the son of Athaliah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
903	EZR	8	7	w1un	translate-names	עֵילָ֔ם יְשַֽׁעְיָ֖ה…עֲתַלְיָ֑ה	1	seventy	These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
904	EZR	8	7	f2s8	figs-explicit	וְ⁠עִמּ֖⁠וֹ שִׁבְעִ֥ים הַ⁠זְּכָרִֽים	1	seventy	See the note to [8:3](../08/03.md) about this expression. Alternate translation: “along with 70 men from his clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
905	EZR	8	8	wa5l	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י שְׁפַטְיָ֔ה זְבַדְיָ֖ה בֶּן־מִֽיכָאֵ֑ל	1	General Information:	Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants,” but **son** most likely means a biological son. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Shephatiah, Zebadiah the son of Michael” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
906	EZR	8	8	b23z	translate-names	שְׁפַטְיָ֔ה זְבַדְיָ֖ה…מִֽיכָאֵ֑ל	1	General Information:	These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
907	EZR	8	8	w6u1	figs-explicit	וְ⁠עִמּ֖⁠וֹ שְׁמֹנִ֥ים הַ⁠זְּכָרִֽים	1	with him eighty males	See the note to [8:3](../08/03.md) about this expression. Alternate translation: “along with 80 men from his clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
908	EZR	8	9	w699	figs-metaphor	מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י יוֹאָ֔ב עֹבַדְיָ֖ה בֶּן־יְחִיאֵ֑ל	1	218 males	Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants,” but **son** most likely means a biological son. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Joab, Obadiah the son of Jehiel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
909	EZR	8	9	u1te	translate-names	יוֹאָ֔ב עֹבַדְיָ֖ה…יְחִיאֵ֑ל	1	218 males	These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
910	EZR	8	9	ude8	figs-explicit	וְ⁠עִמּ֕⁠וֹ מָאתַ֛יִם וּ⁠שְׁמֹנָ֥ה עָשָׂ֖ר הַ⁠זְּכָרִֽים	1	218 males	See the note to [8:3](../08/03.md) about this expression. Alternate translation: “along with 218 men from his clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
911	EZR	8	10	x1dx	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֥י שְׁלוֹמִ֖ית בֶּן־יוֹסִפְיָ֑ה	1	160 males	Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants”, but **son** most likely means a biological son. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Shelomith, the son of Josiphiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
912	EZR	8	10	unnl	translate-textvariants	וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֥י שְׁלוֹמִ֖ית בֶּן־יוֹסִפְיָ֑ה	1	160 males	As in [8:5](../08/05.md), it appears that the name of the clan was accidentally left out at one point in the copying process for this verse. Since this list has been providing the name of each clan leader, it would be unusual for it to omit the leader’s name here and state only the name of his father. Other ancient versions of the Old Testament in Greek say here, “from the descendants of Bani, Shelomith the son of Josiphiah.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could follow those versions and include the following footnote: “The name Bani appears in ancient Greek versions.” Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Bani, Shelomith the son of Josiphiah” If you want to translate only what is in the Hebrew, you could follow the ULT or translate, “And from the descendants of Shelomith, the son of Josiphiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
913	EZR	8	10	ex7w	translate-names	שְׁלוֹמִ֖ית…יוֹסִפְיָ֑ה	1	160 males	These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
914	EZR	8	10	y254	figs-explicit	וְ⁠עִמּ֕⁠וֹ מֵאָ֥ה וְ⁠שִׁשִּׁ֖ים הַ⁠זְּכָרִֽים	1	160 males	See the note to [8:3](../08/03.md) about this expression. Alternate translation: “along with 160 men from his clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
915	EZR	8	11	s7ng	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י בֵבַ֔י זְכַרְיָ֖ה בֶּן־בֵּבָ֑י	1	Bebai	Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants,” but **son** most likely means a biological son. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Bebai, Zechariah the son of Bebai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
916	EZR	8	11	ywsh	translate-names	בֵבַ֔י זְכַרְיָ֖ה…בֵּבָ֑י	1	Bebai	These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
917	EZR	8	11	w892	figs-explicit	וְ⁠עִמּ֕⁠וֹ עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁמֹנָ֖ה הַ⁠זְּכָרִֽים	1	twenty-eight	See the note to [8:3](../08/03.md) about this expression. Alternate translation: “along with 28 men from his clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
918	EZR	8	12	a3dx	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י עַזְגָּ֔ד יוֹחָנָ֖ן בֶּן־הַ⁠קָּטָ֑ן	1	of the sons of Azgad, Johanan son of Hakkatan	Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants,” but **son** most likely means a biological son. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Azgad, Johanan the son of Hakkatan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
919	EZR	8	12	z7xc	translate-names	עַזְגָּ֔ד יוֹחָנָ֖ן…הַ⁠קָּטָ֑ן	1	General Information:	These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
920	EZR	8	12	j4bn	figs-explicit	וְ⁠עִמּ֕⁠וֹ מֵאָ֥ה וַ⁠עֲשָׂרָ֖ה הַ⁠זְּכָרִֽים	1	with him 110 males	See the note to [8:3](../08/03.md) about this expression. Alternate translation: “along with 110 men from his clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
921	EZR	8	13	rzr8	figs-explicit	וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י אֲדֹנִיקָם֮ אַחֲרֹנִים֒ וְ⁠אֵ֣לֶּה שְׁמוֹתָ֔⁠ם אֱלִיפֶ֖לֶט יְעִיאֵ֣ל וּֽ⁠שְׁמַעְיָ֑ה	1	of the sons of Adonikam	The implication is that some descendants of Adonikam had still remained in Babylon even after a large number of his descendants returned to Judah with Zerubbabel some time before this, as [2:13](../02/13.md) describes. The term **last** here indicates that these who had remained in Babylon now came with Ezra. Alternate translation: “And from the descendants of Adonikam who had remained in Babylon, the family leaders Eliphelet, Jeuel, and Shemaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
922	EZR	8	13	k1ic	translate-names	אֲדֹנִיקָם֮…אֱלִיפֶ֖לֶט יְעִיאֵ֣ל וּֽ⁠שְׁמַעְיָ֑ה	1	Adonikam	These are the names of four men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
923	EZR	8	13	hu49	figs-explicit	וְ⁠עִמָּ⁠הֶ֖ם שִׁשִּׁ֥ים הַ⁠זְּכָרִֽים	1	sixty	See the note to [8:3](../08/03.md) about this expression. Alternate translation: “along with 60 men from their clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
924	EZR	8	14	p7ej	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֥י בִגְוַ֖י עוּתַ֣י וְזַכּ֑וּר	1	Bigvai	**Sons** here figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Bigvai, Uthai and Zaccur” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
925	EZR	8	14	we81	figs-explicit	וְ⁠עִמּ֖⁠וֹ שִׁבְעִ֥ים הַ⁠זְּכָרִֽים	1	seventy	See the note to [8:3](../08/03.md) about this expression. Here, **him** actually refers to both Uthai and Zaccur, so you can use a plural pronoun in your translation If your readers would misunderstand this. Alternate translation: “along with 70 men from their clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
926	EZR	8	15	zfwz	figs-explicit	וָֽ⁠אֶקְבְּצֵ֗⁠ם אֶל־הַ⁠נָּהָר֙ הַ⁠בָּ֣א אֶֽל־אַהֲוָ֔א וַ⁠נַּחֲנֶ֥ה שָׁ֖ם יָמִ֣ים שְׁלֹשָׁ֑ה	1	General Information:	**Them** means everyone listed in [8:2–14](../08/02.md), everyone who would be traveling with Ezra. The implication is that they all packed for the trip and set out from their homes, but then assembled at a location outside of the city of Babylon where Ezra could make sure the group was ready for the trip. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I had everyone who was going to be traveling with me assemble on the banks of the river that flows from Babylon to Ahava. We camped there for three days so that I could make sure that we had enough temple personnel with us and that we could transport the gold and silver safely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
927	EZR	8	15	gl34	translate-names	הַ⁠נָּהָר֙ הַ⁠בָּ֣א אֶֽל־אַהֲוָ֔א	1	the river that flows to Ahava	The exact location of this river on whose banks the group assembled can no longer be identified. In [8:21](../08/21.md) and [8:31](../08/31.md), Ezra calls it the Ahava River, and you could use that same name here if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the Ahava River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
928	EZR	8	15	uqev	figs-exclusive	וַ⁠נַּחֲנֶ֥ה	1	the river that flows to Ahava	As Ezra tells his story, he uses **we** in the exclusive sense, that is, it excludes the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
929	EZR	8	15	cl4j	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	וָ⁠אָבִ֤ינָ⁠ה	1	Ahava	The word **And** at the beginning of this phrase indicates that this event took place at the same time as the event the story has just related. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship in this case by using a phrase such as “while we were there.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
930	EZR	8	15	w7og	figs-explicit	וָ⁠אָבִ֤ינָ⁠ה בָ⁠עָם֙ וּ⁠בַ⁠כֹּ֣הֲנִ֔ים וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֥י לֵוִ֖י לֹא־מָצָ֥אתִי שָֽׁם	1	Ahava	Here, we learn that one purpose of this preliminary encampment was for Ezra to see whether he had all the temple personnel that he needed. The implication behind this statement is that Ezra looked over the whole group to make sure of this. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. (We learn in [8:25](../08/25.md) that a further purpose of the encampment was to make arrangements for the safe transportation of the money and objects that had been donated for the temple.) Alternate translation: “I looked over the whole group and discovered that it consisted of lay people and priests, but there were no Levites in our group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
931	EZR	8	15	o9vg	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֥י לֵוִ֖י	1	Ahava	Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants.” The Levites were descendants of Levi. Alternate translation: “Levites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
932	EZR	8	16	ufp7	grammar-connect-logic-result	וָ⁠אֶשְׁלְחָ֡⁠ה	1	Shemaiah	Here the word **then** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains what Ezra did as a result of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
933	EZR	8	16	sw7e	translate-names	וָ⁠אֶשְׁלְחָ֡⁠ה לֶ⁠אֱלִיעֶ֡זֶר לַ⁠אֲרִיאֵ֡ל לִֽ֠⁠שְׁמַעְיָה וּ⁠לְ⁠אֶלְנָתָ֨ן וּ⁠לְ⁠יָרִ֜יב וּ⁠לְ⁠אֶלְנָתָ֧ן וּ⁠לְ⁠נָתָ֛ן וְ⁠לִ⁠זְכַרְיָ֥ה וְ⁠לִ⁠מְשֻׁלָּ֖ם	1	Elnathan … Elnathan … Elnathan	Here, Ezra lists the names of nine men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
934	EZR	8	16	admv	figs-metaphor	רָאשִׁ֑ים	1	Elnathan … Elnathan … Elnathan	Unlike in [7:28](../07/28.md), here this expression does not mean heads of father’s houses, that is, clan leaders. Rather, **heads** here has a more general meaning and is simply a figurative way of saying “leaders.” None of these nine men, with the possible exception of Zechariah, are among the clan leaders listed in [8:2–14](../08/02.md). (And considering that three of the men whom Ezra summoned were named Elnathan, which shows that several individuals could share the same name, it is quite possible that this is a different Zechariah from either the one named in [8:3](../08/03.md) or the one named in [8:11](../08/11.md).) Alternate translation: “who were all leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
935	EZR	8	16	l322	translate-names	וּ⁠לְ⁠יוֹיָרִ֥יב וּ⁠לְ⁠אֶלְנָתָ֖ן	1	Elnathan … Elnathan … Elnathan	Here Ezra lists the names of two more men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
936	EZR	8	16	tf03	figs-explicit	מְבִינִֽים	1	Elnathan … Elnathan … Elnathan	This phrase suggests that while Joiarib and Elnathan were not community leaders like the other nine men, Ezra sent them anyway to help recruit more temple personnel because they were wise and reasonable and could be persuasive. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because, even though they were not leaders, they were discerning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
937	EZR	8	17	a4dg	figs-explicit	אוֹתָ⁠ם֙ עַל־אִדּ֣וֹ הָ⁠רֹ֔אשׁ בְּ⁠כָסִפְיָ֖א הַ⁠מָּק֑וֹם	1	Iddo	The implication, since Ezra is trying to recruit Levites, is that Iddo was the leader of the Levites in that place. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “them to speak to a man named Iddo, who was the leader of the Levites at a place called Kasiphia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
938	EZR	8	17	akq5	translate-names	אִדּ֣וֹ	1	Next I sent them	**Iddo** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
939	EZR	8	17	ggi9	translate-names	בְּ⁠כָסִפְיָ֖א	1	Kasiphia	**Kasiphia** is the name of a place. Its exact location can no longer be identified. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
940	EZR	8	17	nq66	figs-metaphor	וָ⁠אָשִׂימָ⁠ה֩ בְּ⁠פִי⁠הֶ֨ם דְּבָרִ֜ים לְ֠⁠דַבֵּר אֶל־אִדּ֨וֹ	1	I put in their mouths the words to speak to Iddo … to send to us servants for the house of our God	Putting words in someone’s mouth figuratively means telling them what to say. Alternate translation: “And I told them what to say to Iddo” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
941	EZR	8	17	y2wd	figs-metaphor	אִדּ֨וֹ אָחִ֤י⁠ו הַנְּתִינִים֙ בְּ⁠כָסִפְיָ֣א הַ⁠מָּק֔וֹם	1	I put in their mouths the words to speak to Iddo … to send to us servants for the house of our God	Here, **brothers** is a figurative way of referring to people who belonged to groups that could serve in the temple, as Iddo did. (It is possible that some of his biological brothers are also included in this term.) In context, Iddo is a Levite leader, while the **brothers** are said to include **temple servants**, so the term indicates both groups. Alternate translation: “Iddo and his fellow Levites and the temple servants who were also living in Kasiphia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
942	EZR	8	17	p5pg	figs-quotations	לְ⁠הָֽבִיא־לָ֥⁠נוּ מְשָׁרְתִ֖ים לְ⁠בֵ֥ית אֱלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ	1	I put in their mouths the words to speak to Iddo … to send to us servants for the house of our God	This is the purpose for which Ezra sent the messengers to Iddo. You could indicate that in your translation, or, If your readers would misunderstand this and helpful to your readers, you could present this as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “so that he would send us more people who could serve in the temple of our God” or, as a direct quotation, “to say, “Please send us some people who can serve in the temple of our God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
943	EZR	8	17	f8xf	figs-exclusive	לָ֥⁠נוּ	1	I put in their mouths the words to speak to Iddo … to send to us servants for the house of our God	As Ezra tells his story, he uses **us** in the exclusive sense, that is, it excludes the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
944	EZR	8	18	kbq4	grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠יָּבִ֨יאּוּ	1	Sherebiah … Mahli	This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result … they brought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
945	EZR	8	18	a7cr	figs-metaphor	כְּ⁠יַד־אֱלֹהֵ֨י⁠נוּ הַ⁠טּוֹבָ֤ה עָלֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙	1	So they sent to us by the good hand of our God a man	As in the expression **according to the good hand of his God upon him** in [7:6](../07/06.md), **hand** figuratively represents action, and the expression indicates that God showed Ezra favor and helped him on this occasion. Alternate translation: “because our God was helping us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
946	EZR	8	18	llih	figs-exclusive	לָ֜⁠נוּ…עָלֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙	1	So they sent to us by the good hand of our God a man	As Ezra tells his story, he uses **us** in the exclusive sense, that is, it excludes the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
947	EZR	8	18	kue1	figs-metaphor	אִ֣ישׁ שֶׂ֔כֶל	1	a man of understanding	Here, **insight**, that is, the ability to “see into” things, figuratively means to have good judgment. Alternate translation: “a very prudent man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
948	EZR	8	18	o1sr	figs-metaphor	מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י מַחְלִ֔י בֶּן־לֵוִ֖י בֶּן־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל וְ⁠שֵׁרֵֽבְיָ֛ה	1	a man of understanding	**Sons** figuratively means “descendants” in reference to Mahli, since he was a distant ancestor of the group that Sherebiah belonged to. The word **son** figuratively means “descendant” when applied to Levi, since Mahli was actually his grandson. But Levi actually was the biological son of Israel. Alternate translation: “named Sherebiah, one of the descendants of Mahli, the grandson of Levi, the son of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
949	EZR	8	18	d8n9	translate-names	מַחְלִ֔י…לֵוִ֖י…יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל וְ⁠שֵׁרֵֽבְיָ֛ה	1	the son of Levi, the son of Israel	These are the names of four men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
950	EZR	8	18	pp9z	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠בָנָ֥י⁠ו וְ⁠אֶחָ֖י⁠ו שְׁמֹנָ֥ה עָשָֽׂר	1	eighteen	Since this was a small group of related people, it is quite possible that it consisted largely, if not entirely, of Sherebiah’s actual sons and brothers. So you could, in your translation, decide to treat the terms as literal. On the other hand, they could also be figurative, with **sons** meaning “descendants” and **brothers** meaning “relatives.” Alternate translation: “along with 18 of his sons and brothers” or “along with 18 of his descendants and relatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
951	EZR	8	19	vsm6	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠אֶת־חֲשַׁבְיָ֔ה וְ⁠אִתּ֥⁠וֹ יְשַֽׁעְיָ֖ה מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י מְרָרִ֑י	1	Hashabiah … Merari	Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “and they also sent us Hashabiah and Jeshaiah, from the descendants of Merari” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
952	EZR	8	19	mf7n	translate-names	חֲשַׁבְיָ֔ה…יְשַֽׁעְיָ֖ה…מְרָרִ֑י	1	Jeshaiah	These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
953	EZR	8	19	bwf7	figs-metaphor	אֶחָ֥י⁠ו וּ⁠בְנֵי⁠הֶ֖ם	1	twenty	This most likely means the brothers of Jeshaiah and the sons of Jeshaiah and of his brothers. Since, as in [8:18](../08/18.md), this is a small group of related people, you could decide to treat the terms **brothers** and **sons** here as either literal or figurative. Alternate translation: “along with his brothers and their sons” or “along with his relatives and their descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
954	EZR	8	20	ahh3	writing-background	וּ⁠מִן־הַ⁠נְּתִינִ֗ים שֶׁ⁠נָּתַ֨ן דָּוִ֤יד וְ⁠הַ⁠שָּׂרִים֙ לַ⁠עֲבֹדַ֣ת הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֔ם נְתִינִ֖ים מָאתַ֣יִם וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֑ים	1	officials	Here Ezra provides some background information to help identify who these **temple servants** were. Alternate translation: “and they also brought 220 men who were from the families that David and his officials had assigned to help the Levites long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
955	EZR	8	20	mi4i	figs-activepassive	כֻּלָּ֖⁠ם נִקְּב֥וּ בְ⁠שֵׁמֽוֹת	1	officials	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “I recorded the name of each one of them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
956	EZR	8	21	bcl6	grammar-connect-time-sequential	וָ⁠אֶקְרָ֨א	1	the river Ahava	The word **then** indicates that the event the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. In your translation, you can use the expression in your language that would best indicate this relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
957	EZR	8	21	c4b8	translate-symaction	צוֹם֙…לְ⁠הִתְעַנּ֖וֹת	1	the river Ahava	The travelers would be afflicting themselves, that is, making themselves suffer, by denying themselves food. This was a gesture of humility and an expression that seeking God’s help was more important to them even than eating. Alternate translation: “a time of going without eating … to humble ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
958	EZR	8	21	zh8n	translate-names	הַ⁠נָּהָ֣ר אַהֲוָ֔א	1	the river Ahava	See how you translated this name in [8:15](../08/15.md). Alternate translation: “the Ahava River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
959	EZR	8	21	ms3x	figs-exclusive	לְ⁠הִתְעַנּ֖וֹת	1	the river Ahava	Here Ezra is using **ourselves** in the exclusive sense, that is, it excludes the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
960	EZR	8	21	baiq	figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י אֱלֹהֵ֑י⁠נוּ	1	the river Ahava	Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. Alternate translation: “in the presence of our God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
961	EZR	8	21	r9mg	figs-exclusive	אֱלֹהֵ֑י⁠נוּ	1	the river Ahava	In this case, Ezra is using **our** in the inclusive sense, that is, it includes the reader, since he is reporting his trip to fellow believers in God. Alternate translation: “The God to whom we all belong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
962	EZR	8	21	pqpc	figs-exclusive	לָ֥⁠נוּ וּ⁠לְ⁠טַפֵּ֖⁠נוּ וּ⁠לְ⁠כָל־רְכוּשֵֽׁ⁠נוּ׃	1	the river Ahava	As Ezra tells his story, he uses **us** and **our** in the exclusive sense, that is, it excludes the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
963	EZR	8	21	sq2q	figs-metaphor	לְ⁠בַקֵּ֤שׁ מִמֶּ֨⁠נּוּ֙ דֶּ֣רֶךְ יְשָׁרָ֔ה לָ֥⁠נוּ וּ⁠לְ⁠טַפֵּ֖⁠נוּ וּ⁠לְ⁠כָל־רְכוּשֵֽׁ⁠נוּ	1	to seek a straight way from him for us and our little ones, and all our possessions	The word **seek** represents asking God to do something for them. A **straight way** figuratively represents safety during travel. Alternate translation: “and to ask God to protect us while we traveled and also protect our children and all of our belongings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
964	EZR	8	22	kq0z	grammar-connect-logic-result	כִּ֣י	1	The hand of our God is on all those who seek him for good	Here the word **For** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the reasons for what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “I did this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
965	EZR	8	22	cb97		בֹ֗שְׁתִּי לִ⁠שְׁא֤וֹל מִן־הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ חַ֣יִל וּ⁠פָרָשִׁ֔ים לְ⁠עָזְרֵ֥⁠נוּ מֵ⁠אוֹיֵ֖ב בַּ⁠דָּ֑רֶךְ	1	The hand of our God is on all those who seek him for good	**An enemy** means “any enemy,” and **on the way** means “during our journey.” Alternate translation: “I would have been embarrassed to ask the king for soldiers and horsemen to protect us from anyone who might try to harm or rob us during our journey”
966	EZR	8	22	ewd5	figs-exclusive	לְ⁠עָזְרֵ֥⁠נוּ…אָמַ֨רְנוּ	1	The hand of our God is on all those who seek him for good	As Ezra tells his story, he uses **us** and **we** in the exclusive sense, that is, it excludes the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
967	EZR	8	22	i43j	grammar-connect-logic-result	כִּֽי	1	The hand of our God is on all those who seek him for good	Here the word **For** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the reasons for what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “Because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
968	EZR	8	22	p625	grammar-connect-logic-result	אָמַ֨רְנוּ לַ⁠מֶּ֜לֶךְ לֵ⁠אמֹ֗ר יַד־אֱלֹהֵ֤י⁠נוּ עַל־כָּל־מְבַקְשָׁי⁠ו֙ לְ⁠טוֹבָ֔ה וְ⁠עֻזּ֣⁠וֹ וְ⁠אַפּ֔⁠וֹ עַ֖ל כָּל־עֹזְבָֽי⁠ו	1	The hand of our God is on all those who seek him for good	This sentence gives the reason for the results that the previous sentence in the verse describes. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could put this sentence first in the verse, before the other sentence. Then you could show the connection between the sentences by using a phrase such as “and so” after this sentence. Alternate translation: “We had told the king, ‘Our God protects everyone who obeys him, but he punishes everyone who refuses to serve him.’ And so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
969	EZR	8	22	hlkg	figs-quotemarks	יַד־אֱלֹהֵ֤י⁠נוּ עַל־כָּל־מְבַקְשָׁי⁠ו֙ לְ⁠טוֹבָ֔ה וְ⁠עֻזּ֣⁠וֹ וְ⁠אַפּ֔⁠וֹ עַ֖ל כָּל־עֹזְבָֽי⁠ו	1	The hand of our God is on all those who seek him for good	This is a direct quotation. Ezra is quoting what he and his fellow travelers had told King Artaxerxes. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off these words within quotation marks or by following whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
970	EZR	8	22	hpp7	figs-quotations	יַד־אֱלֹהֵ֤י⁠נוּ עַל־כָּל־מְבַקְשָׁי⁠ו֙ לְ⁠טוֹבָ֔ה וְ⁠עֻזּ֣⁠וֹ וְ⁠אַפּ֔⁠וֹ עַ֖ל כָּל־עֹזְבָֽי⁠ו	1	The hand of our God is on all those who seek him for good	This is a direct quotation. If it would be more natural in your language, you could make this an indirect quotation, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
971	EZR	8	22	n4fd	figs-metaphor	יַד־אֱלֹהֵ֤י⁠נוּ…לְ⁠טוֹבָ֔ה	1	The hand of our God is on all those who seek him for good	This expression has the same meaning as **the good hand of God** in [7:6](../07/06.md). Here, the word **hand** figuratively represents action, and the phrase **the hand of our God is for good** means the care, protection, and favor of God. Alternate translation: “The favor of our God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
972	EZR	8	22	q4rd	figs-exclusive	אֱלֹהֵ֤י⁠נוּ	1	The hand of our God is on all those who seek him for good	In this case, Ezra is using **our** in the inclusive sense, that is, it includes the reader, since he is reporting his trip to fellow believers in God. Alternate translation: “the God to whom we all belong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
973	EZR	8	22	ddh2	figs-metaphor	כָּל־מְבַקְשָׁי⁠ו֙	1	The hand of our God is on all those who seek him for good	To **seek him** is a metaphor for worshiping, serving, and obeying him. Alternate translation: “everyone who loves and obeys him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
974	EZR	8	22	fb5x	figs-metonymy	וְ⁠עֻזּ֣⁠וֹ וְ⁠אַפּ֔⁠וֹ עַ֖ל	1	but his strength and his wrath are against all those who forsake him	God’s power and anger being on people is a metonym for him punishing them. Alternate translation: “but he punishes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
975	EZR	8	22	ep6t	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠עֻזּ֣⁠וֹ וְ⁠אַפּ֔⁠וֹ	1	but his strength and his wrath are against all those who forsake him	Here, the **nose** figuratively represents anger. Alternate translation: “his power and his wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
976	EZR	8	22	xnzz	figs-hendiadys	וְ⁠עֻזּ֣⁠וֹ וְ⁠אַפּ֔⁠וֹ	1	but his strength and his wrath are against all those who forsake him	This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **nose**, a figure for anger, tells how God punishes. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “he wrathfully punishes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
977	EZR	8	22	s41q	figs-metaphor	כָּל־עֹזְבָֽי⁠ו	1	but his strength and his wrath are against all those who forsake him	Forsaking or abandoning God is a metaphor for refusing to serve him. Alternate translation: “all who refuse to serve him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
978	EZR	8	23	f2jm	grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠נָּצ֛וּמָ⁠ה	1	So we fasted and sought God about this matter	The word **So** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Because Ezra was embarrassed to ask the king for protection, he and his fellow travelers earnestly prayed and fasted for God’s protection. Alternate translation: “For this reason, we fasted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
979	EZR	8	23	nfn4	figs-activepassive	וַ⁠נָּצ֛וּמָ⁠ה וַ⁠נְּבַקְשָׁ֥⁠ה מֵ⁠אֱלֹהֵ֖י⁠נוּ עַל־זֹ֑את וַ⁠יֵּעָתֵ֖ר לָֽ⁠נוּ	1	So we fasted and sought God about this matter	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an active form for the last phrase. Alternate translation: “For this reason, we fasted and prayed to God about this, and he answered our prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
980	EZR	8	23	rtm6	figs-exclusive	וַ⁠נָּצ֛וּמָ⁠ה…לָֽ⁠נוּ	1	So we fasted and sought God about this matter	As Ezra tells his story, he uses **we** and **us** in the exclusive sense, that is, it excludes the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
981	EZR	8	23	ppnz	figs-exclusive	מֵ⁠אֱלֹהֵ֖י⁠נוּ	1	So we fasted and sought God about this matter	In this case, Ezra is using **our** in the inclusive sense, that is, it includes the reader, since he is reporting his trip to fellow believers in God. Alternate translation: “from the God to whom we all belong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
982	EZR	8	23	g9a0	figs-idiom	וַ⁠יֵּעָתֵ֖ר לָֽ⁠נוּ	1	So we fasted and sought God about this matter	As is clear from the way this expression is used elsewhere in the Bible, it means that God answered a prayer. For example, Genesis 25:21 says, “Isaac entreated Yahweh for his wife because she could not have children, and Yahweh was entreated by him, and Rebekah his wife conceived.” However, since Ezra does not describe until [8:32](../08/32.md) how the group arrived safely in Jerusalem, the prayer had not yet been answered at this point in the story. So an alternative meaning in context would be that the group received assurance that God would answer their prayer. Alternate translation: “and he answered our prayer” or “and we felt assured that he would answer our prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
983	EZR	8	24	u78j	grammar-connect-time-sequential	וָ⁠אַבְדִּ֛ילָ⁠ה	1	Sherebiah, Hashabiah	The word **Then** indicates that the event the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. In your translation, you can use the expression in your language that would best indicate this relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
984	EZR	8	24	hgbr	translate-textvariants	וָ⁠אַבְדִּ֛ילָ⁠ה מִ⁠שָּׂרֵ֥י הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֖ים שְׁנֵ֣ים עָשָׂ֑ר לְ⁠שֵׁרֵֽבְיָ֣ה חֲשַׁבְיָ֔ה וְ⁠עִמָּ⁠הֶ֥ם מֵ⁠אֲחֵי⁠הֶ֖ם עֲשָׂרָֽה	1	Sherebiah, Hashabiah	The Hebrew text is difficult here. One way to read it is: “Then I separated 12 from the leaders of the priests: Sherebiah, Hashabiah, and with them ten from their brothers.” But since [8:18](../08/18.md) and [19](../08/19.md) specifically identify Sherebiah and Hashabiah as Levites, they could not have been leaders of the priests. An ancient Greek version of the book of Ezra says “and” before Sherebiah, so that this is a list of 24 men in total. Another way to read the Hebrew is as in the ULT, which also results in a list of 24 men. Both of these translations agree with [8:30](../08/30.md), which says that “the priests and the Levites” received the silver and gold and objects that Ezra weighed out to them. It will likely be clearest for your readers if you translate the verse in one of the latter two ways. Alternate translation: “Then I selected 12 leaders of the priests, along with Sherebiah, Hashabiah, and ten of their fellow Levites.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
985	EZR	8	24	rvwg	figs-idiom	וָ⁠אַבְדִּ֛ילָ⁠ה	1	Sherebiah, Hashabiah	This expression means to set someone or something apart for a special purpose or assignment. Alternate translation: “Then I selected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
986	EZR	8	24	v6yb	translate-names	לְ⁠שֵׁרֵֽבְיָ֣ה חֲשַׁבְיָ֔ה	1	Sherebiah, Hashabiah	These are the names of two men. See how you translated them in [8:18](../08/18.md) and [8:19](../08/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
987	EZR	8	24	jx71	figs-metaphor	מֵ⁠אֲחֵי⁠הֶ֖ם	1	Sherebiah, Hashabiah	Here, **brothers** is a figurative way of saying “fellow Levites,” although it is possible that some of the biological brothers of Sherebiah and Hashabiah were included in this group. Alternate translation: “of their fellow Levites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
988	EZR	8	25	lyek	translate-bmoney	ו⁠אשקול⁠ה לָ⁠הֶ֔ם אֶת־הַ⁠כֶּ֥סֶף וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠זָּהָ֖ב וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠כֵּלִ֑ים	1	Sherebiah, Hashabiah	Ezra says he **weighed out** the money to the priests and Levites because ancient units of money such as the kikkar and the daric were actually units of the weight of precious metals. The value of the gold and silver objects would similarly have depended on their weight. Alternate translation: “I divided up the silver and gold and objects into 24 portions of equal value and gave one to each of the priests and Levites whom I had selected to transport them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
989	EZR	8	25	p4y8	figs-explicit	ו⁠אשקול⁠ה לָ⁠הֶ֔ם אֶת־הַ⁠כֶּ֥סֶף וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠זָּהָ֖ב וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠כֵּלִ֑ים	1	Sherebiah, Hashabiah	The implication is that Ezra divided up the money and the objects into 24 portions of roughly equal value and assigned one portion to each priest and Levite to transport. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I divided up the silver and gold and objects into 24 portions of equal value and gave one to each of the priests and Levites I had selected to transport them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
990	EZR	8	25	vuis	figs-metaphor	תְּרוּמַ֣ת בֵּית־אֱלֹהֵ֗י⁠נוּ	1	Sherebiah, Hashabiah	Alternate translation: “the gifts for the temple of our God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
991	EZR	8	25	yhvu	figs-exclusive	אֱלֹהֵ֗י⁠נוּ	1	Sherebiah, Hashabiah	In this case, Ezra is using **our** in the inclusive sense, that is, it includes the reader, since he is reporting his trip to fellow believers in God. Alternate translation: “from the God to whom we all belong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
992	EZR	8	25	ke75	figs-explicit	וְ⁠כָל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל הַ⁠נִּמְצָאִֽים	1	Sherebiah, Hashabiah	The implication is that this refers to all of the Israelites who were living specifically in the province of Babylon, since Artaxerxes had authorized Ezra to invite contributions from people living throughout that province. Alternate translation: “and all the Israelites whom we could find in the province of Babylon” or “and all the Israelites who were living in the province of Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
993	EZR	8	25	ptqo	figs-idiom	וְ⁠כָל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל הַ⁠נִּמְצָאִֽים	1	Sherebiah, Hashabiah	In this context, **were found** is an idiom that means “could be found” or “were there.” Alternate translation: “and all the Israelites whom we could find in the province of Babylon” or “and all the Israelites who were living in the province of Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
994	EZR	8	25	klkw	figs-personification	וְ⁠כָל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל	1	Sherebiah, Hashabiah	Here the story refers to all of the Israelites figuratively as if they were a single person, their ancestor, Israel. Alternate translation: “and all the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
995	EZR	8	26	u3bb	figs-metaphor	וָ⁠אֶשְׁקֲלָ֨⁠ה עַל־יָדָ֜⁠ם	1	650 talents of silver	While Ezra likely did literally place the money and the objects in the hands of the priests and Levites, **hand** here figuratively represents control and action. Alternate translation: “I entrusted to them for safe delivery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
996	EZR	8	26	kxz7	figs-explicit	וָ⁠אֶשְׁקֲלָ֨⁠ה עַל־יָדָ֜⁠ם	1	650 talents of silver	The implication is that the list that follows is the total amount of money and objects that Ezra entrusted to the priests and Levites. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Here are the totals of the silver, gold, and objects that I entrusted to these priests and Levites for safe delivery:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
997	EZR	8	26	v4vy	translate-bmoney	כֶּ֗סֶף כִּכָּרִים֙ שֵֽׁשׁ־מֵא֣וֹת וַ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֔ים וּ⁠כְלֵי־כֶ֥סֶף מֵאָ֖ה לְ⁠כִכָּרִ֑ים זָהָ֖ב מֵאָ֥ה כִכָּֽר	1	650 talents of silver	Since prices of precious metals vary over time, if you tried to express the value here in modern money, that could cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate. Instead you could express the amount using the ancient measurement, the kikkar, and explain in a note that a kikkar was equivalent to about 30 kilograms of weight. Alternatively, you could specify the weight of the silver in the text, as UST does. Alternate translation: “650 kikkars of silver, silver objects weighing 100 kikkars, and 100 kikkars of gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
998	EZR	8	27	q2jm	translate-bmoney	וּ⁠כְפֹרֵ֤י זָהָב֙ עֶשְׂרִ֔ים לַ⁠אֲדַרְכֹנִ֖ים אָ֑לֶף	1	one thousand darics	1,000 darics was the total value of the 20 bowls, not the value of each one. Here again you could express the amount using the ancient measurement, the daric, and explain in a note that it was equivalent to about 8 or 8.5 grams, or about a quarter of an ounce. Alternatively, you could specify the weight of the gold in the text, as UST does. Alternate translation: “20 golden bowls worth a total of 1,000 darics” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
999	EZR	8	28	zlh5	grammar-connect-time-sequential	וָ⁠אֹמְרָ֣⁠ה	1	vessels of bronze	This phrase indicates that the event the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. Ezra first weighed out the silver and gold and objects to the Levites, then he spoke the following words to them. In your translation, you can use the expression in your language that would best indicate this time sequence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
1000	EZR	8	28	rbg4	figs-quotemarks	וָ⁠אֹמְרָ֣⁠ה אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֗ם	1	Then I said to them	**Them** refers to the selected priests and Levites. In the rest of this verse and in [8:29](../08/29.md), Ezra is quoting what he told them on this occasion. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off the words that follow with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
1001	EZR	8	28	afyr	figs-idiom	אַתֶּ֥ם קֹ֨דֶשׁ֙ לַ⁠יהוָ֔ה וְ⁠הַ⁠כֵּלִ֖ים קֹ֑דֶשׁ	1	Then I said to them	Here, **holy** means “set apart for a special purpose.” Alternate translation: “I have selected you for a special mission. People also donated these objects for a special purpose. They are only to be used in the temple.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1002	EZR	8	28	w1c9	figs-metaphor	אֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבֹתֵי⁠כֶֽם	1	Then I said to them	Here, **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “the God of your ancestors” or “the God whom your ancestors worshiped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1003	EZR	8	29	im6g	figs-ellipsis	שִׁקְד֣וּ וְ⁠שִׁמְר֗וּ	1	until you weigh them out before the heads of the priests and the Levites, and the heads of the fathers’ houses	Here Ezra leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. He is describing what the priests and Levites must do with the objects, the silver, and the gold that were devoted to Yahweh. You could indicate that explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Take good care of those things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1004	EZR	8	29	z0lx	figs-hendiadys	שִׁקְד֣וּ וְ⁠שִׁמְר֗וּ	1	until you weigh them out before the heads of the priests and the Levites, and the heads of the fathers’ houses	These two words work together to give one idea. Ezra uses them together to emphasize how carefully the priests and Levites need to guard the silver and gold and objects. Alternate translation: “Guard diligently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
1005	EZR	8	29	mtxm	figs-explicit	עַֽד־תִּשְׁקְל֡וּ	1	until you weigh them out before the heads of the priests and the Levites, and the heads of the fathers’ houses	The implication is that when the priests and Levites arrived in Jerusalem, they would weigh out the silver, gold, and bronze to show the authorities there that they had not lost or taken any of it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “until you can weigh them out to prove that all of it is there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1006	EZR	8	29	y29e	figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵי֩	1	until you weigh them out before the heads of the priests and the Levites, and the heads of the fathers’ houses	Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. Alternate translation: “in the presence of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1007	EZR	8	29	n925	figs-ellipsis	וְ⁠שָׂרֵֽי־הָ⁠אָב֥וֹת לְ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל	1	until you weigh them out before the heads of the priests and the Levites, and the heads of the fathers’ houses	The phrase **the leaders of the fathers** seems to be another version of the expression “the heads of the fathers,” which is an abbreviated way of saying “the heads of father’s houses.” Review the note to [1:5](../01/05.md) if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “and the clan leaders of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1008	EZR	8	29	umrf	figs-explicit	הַ⁠לִּשְׁכ֖וֹת בֵּ֥ית יְהוָֽה	1	until you weigh them out before the heads of the priests and the Levites, and the heads of the fathers’ houses	The book assumes that readers will know that these **chambers** or rooms are specifically the storerooms in the temple, where money and objects for the temple worship were safely kept. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the storerooms of the temple of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1009	EZR	8	29	ng88	figs-quotemarks	בֵּ֥ית יְהוָֽה	1	until you weigh them out before the heads of the priests and the Levites, and the heads of the fathers’ houses	This is the end of Ezra’s quotation of what he told the selected priests and Levites. If you decided in [8:28](../08/28.md) to mark his words to them as a direct quotation, you should indicate the end of it here with a closing primary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
1010	EZR	8	30	ia74	grammar-connect-logic-result	וְ⁠קִבְּלוּ֙ הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֣ים וְ⁠הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֔ם	1	The priests and the Levites	The word **So** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “In keeping with what Ezra told them, the priests and the Levites took” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1011	EZR	8	30	ry58	figs-metonymy	מִשְׁקַ֛ל הַ⁠כֶּ֥סֶף וְ⁠הַ⁠זָּהָ֖ב וְ⁠הַ⁠כֵּלִ֑ים	1	The priests and the Levites	Here Ezra is describing the money and the objects figuratively by reference to something associated with them, their weight, which was what determined their value. Alternate translation: “the silver and the gold and the objects” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1012	EZR	8	30	phiv	figs-idiom	וְ⁠קִבְּלוּ֙ הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֣ים וְ⁠הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֔ם מִשְׁקַ֛ל הַ⁠כֶּ֥סֶף וְ⁠הַ⁠זָּהָ֖ב וְ⁠הַ⁠כֵּלִ֑ים	1	The priests and the Levites	The phrase **received the weight** means that these men, after observing the silver and gold and objects that Ezra weighed out to them ([8:26–27](../08/26.md)), accepted responsibility for the full amount of it according to the charge that Ezra had just given them. Alternate translation: “So the priests and the Levites accepted full responsibility for all of the silver and the gold and the objects” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1013	EZR	8	30	al1q	figs-exclusive	אֱלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ	1	The priests and the Levites	In this case, Ezra is using **our** in the inclusive sense, that is, it includes the reader, since he is reporting his trip to fellow believers in God. Alternate translation: “the God to whom we all belong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1014	EZR	8	31	zzx4	figs-exclusive	וַֽ⁠נִּסְעָ֞⁠ה	1	We went out from the river Ahava	As Ezra tells his story, he uses **we** and **us** in the exclusive sense, that is, it excludes the reader. Alternate translation: “Then we started traveling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1015	EZR	8	31	c4v2	translate-names	מִ⁠נְּהַ֣ר אַֽהֲוָ֗א	1	We went out from the river Ahava	See how you translated this name in [8:15](../08/15.md). Alternate translation: “from the Ahava River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1016	EZR	8	31	ju8u	translate-hebrewmonths	בִּ⁠שְׁנֵ֤ים עָשָׂר֙ לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הָ⁠רִאשׁ֔וֹן	1	twelfth day of the first month	The **first month** means the first month in the Jewish calendar. You could convert the Hebrew month into an equivalent on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the equivalency will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to use the number of the Hebrew month. Alternate translation: “on the twelfth day of the first month of that year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
1017	EZR	8	31	c9im	translate-ordinal	בִּ⁠שְׁנֵ֤ים עָשָׂר֙ לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הָ⁠רִאשׁ֔וֹן	1	the river Ahava	The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, **12**, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, “twelfth,” in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of days, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “on the twelfth day of the first month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1018	EZR	8	31	b7m1	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠יַד־אֱלֹהֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙ הָיְתָ֣ה עָלֵ֔י⁠נוּ	1	The hand of our God was on us	As in the expression **hand of our God upon us** in [8:18](../08/18.md), **hand** here figuratively represents power and control. The expression indicates that God protected Ezra and the rest of the travelers on their journey. Alternate translation: “God protected us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1019	EZR	8	31	mz87	figs-exclusive	אֱלֹהֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙	1	The hand of our God was on us	In this case, Ezra is using **our** in the inclusive sense, that is, it includes the reader, since he is reporting his trip to fellow believers in God. Alternate translation: “the God to whom we all belong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1020	EZR	8	31	dj8h	figs-parallelism	וַ⁠יַּ֨צִּילֵ֔⁠נוּ מִ⁠כַּ֥ף אוֹיֵ֛ב וְ⁠אוֹרֵ֖ב עַל־הַ⁠דָּֽרֶךְ	1	he delivered us from the hand of the enemy and from those lying in ambush along the road	These two phrases mean similar things. Ezra essentially says the same thing twice to emphasize how carefully God protected this group that was transporting so much treasure. If saying nearly the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “and God protected us from any robbers along the way” However, you could also choose to bring out the slight difference in meaning. The first phrase is more general, and the second phrase describes more specifically how someone might have robbed the group. Alternate translation: “and God protected us and prevented any bandits who were hiding along the roadways from robbing us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1021	EZR	8	31	qn0g	figs-metaphor	מִ⁠כַּ֥ף אוֹיֵ֛ב	1	he delivered us from the hand of the enemy and from those lying in ambush along the road	**Palm** here is another way of saying “hand,” which figuratively represents strength and power. Alternate translation: “from hostile attacks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1022	EZR	8	31	pj64	figs-abstractnouns	וְ⁠אוֹרֵ֖ב עַל־הַ⁠דָּֽרֶךְ	1	those lying in ambush	The abstract noun **ambush** refers to the way bandits will lie in wait along a roadside to rob travelers. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the idea behind this word with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “and from bandits who lie in wait along the roadside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1023	EZR	8	32	bhdp	grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠נָּב֖וֹא	1	those lying in ambush	The word **so** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. The group reached Jerusalem safely because God protected them. Alternate translation: “As a result, we came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1024	EZR	8	32	ls7w	figs-exclusive	וַ⁠נָּב֖וֹא…וַ⁠נֵּ֥שֶׁב	1	those lying in ambush	As Ezra tells his story, he uses **we** in the exclusive sense, that is, it excludes the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1025	EZR	8	32	ragy	figs-explicit	וַ⁠נָּב֖וֹא יְרוּשָׁלִָ֑ם וַ⁠נֵּ֥שֶׁב שָׁ֖ם יָמִ֥ים שְׁלֹשָֽׁה	1	those lying in ambush	Ezra does not say specifically why the group waited for three days before delivering the silver and gold and objects to the temple. But the implication is that this gave them a chance to rest after their journey and arrange for the delivery. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “We reached Jerusalem safely, and after we got there, we rested for three days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1026	EZR	8	33	p3qm	figs-activepassive	נִשְׁקַ֣ל הַ⁠כֶּסֶף֩ וְ⁠הַ⁠זָּהָ֨ב וְ⁠הַ⁠כֵּלִ֜ים	1	the silver and the gold and the objects were weighed out	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “each of the priests and Levites weighed out the silver and gold and objects that they had transported” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1027	EZR	8	33	qz5m	figs-exclusive	אֱלֹהֵ֗י⁠נוּ	1	the silver and the gold and the objects were weighed out	In this case, Ezra is using **our** in the inclusive sense, that is, it includes the reader, since he is reporting his trip to fellow believers in God. Alternate translation: “the God to whom we all belong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1028	EZR	8	33	b9l2	figs-metaphor	עַ֠ל יַד	1	the silver and the gold and the objects were weighed out … into the hand of Meremoth	As in [8:26](../08/26.md), while the priests and Levites likely did place the money and the objects in the hands of the temple leaders, **hand** here figuratively represents control and responsibility. Alternate translation: “into the custody of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1029	EZR	8	33	lte3	translate-names	מְרֵמ֤וֹת בֶּן־אֽוּרִיָּה֙	1	Meremoth … Uriah … Eleazar … Phinehas … Jozabad … Jeshua … Noadiah … Binnui	**Meremoth** is the name of a man, and **Uriah** is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1030	EZR	8	33	jb4h	translate-names	אֶלְעָזָ֣ר בֶּן־פִּֽינְחָ֑ס	1	Jeshua	**Eleazar** is the name of a man, and **Phinehas** is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1031	EZR	8	33	vg4k	translate-names	יוֹזָבָ֧ד בֶּן־יֵשׁ֛וּעַ	1	Jeshua	**Jozabad** is the name of a man, and **Jeshua** is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1032	EZR	8	33	jrat	translate-names	וְ⁠נֽוֹעַדְיָ֥ה בֶן־בִּנּ֖וּי	1	Jeshua	**Noadiah** is the name of a man, and **Binnui** is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1033	EZR	8	34	sqb5	figs-explicit	בְּ⁠מִסְפָּ֥ר בְּ⁠מִשְׁקָ֖ל לַ⁠כֹּ֑ל	1	Jeshua	This means that the objects and the bars or coins of silver and gold were both counted and weighed. The implication is that this was a double confirmation of the honesty of the priests and Levites who had transported these donations. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “everything was both counted and weighed as proof that the men who had carried it had not lost or stolen anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1034	EZR	8	34	nh2n	figs-activepassive	וַ⁠יִּכָּתֵ֥ב כָּֽל־הַ⁠מִּשְׁקָ֖ל	1	Jeshua	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “The priests and Levites in the temple wrote down the weight of all of the silver and gold and of the objects” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1035	EZR	8	35	gxu7	figs-parallelism	הַ֠⁠בָּאִים מֵֽ⁠הַ⁠שְּׁבִ֨י בְנֵֽי־הַ⁠גּוֹלָ֜ה	1	those who had come back from the captivity, the sons of the exiles	These two phrases mean the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “The Jews who had returned from exile” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1036	EZR	8	35	qo2t	figs-idiom	הַ֠⁠בָּאִים מֵֽ⁠הַ⁠שְּׁבִ֨י בְנֵֽי־הַ⁠גּוֹלָ֜ה	1	those who had come back from the captivity, the sons of the exiles	As indicated in [2:1](../02/01.md) and [8:35](../08/35.md), the phrase **the sons of the exile** refers specifically to the group of Jewish people who returned to the land of Judah from Babylon after King Nebuchadnezzar had conquered Jerusalem and had taken many Jews as captives to Babylon. Alternate translation: “The Jews who had returned from exile” or “The Jews who had returned to their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1037	EZR	8	35	fbh8	figs-123person	הַ֠⁠בָּאִים מֵֽ⁠הַ⁠שְּׁבִ֨י בְנֵֽי־הַ⁠גּוֹלָ֜ה	1	those who had come back from the captivity, the sons of the exiles	Here the story shifts from Ezra's first-person account to a third-person account. If that is confusing in your language, you can continue the story in first person. Alternate translation: “We who had gone into exile in Babylonia but had now returned from captivity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1038	EZR	8	35	lgl7	figs-explicit	הִקְרִ֥יבוּ עֹל֣וֹת ׀ לֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל פָּרִ֨ים שְׁנֵים־עָשָׂ֤ר עַל־כָּל־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ אֵילִ֣ים ׀ תִּשְׁעִ֣ים וְ⁠שִׁשָּׁ֗ה כְּבָשִׂים֙ שִׁבְעִ֣ים וְ⁠שִׁבְעָ֔ה צְפִירֵ֥י חַטָּ֖את שְׁנֵ֣ים עָשָׂ֑ר הַ⁠כֹּ֖ל עוֹלָ֥ה לַ⁠יהוָֽה	1	twelve … ninety-six … seventy-seven … twelve	The book assumes that readers will recognize that there are two types of offerings here. The bulls, rams, and lambs are offerings of the first type. They were offered in order to express a desire to be in good standing with God by creating an aroma, the smell of roasting meat, that was considered to be pleasing to God. These were completely burned up. The goats are the second type of offering. As in [6:17](../06/17.md), the goats were a **sin offering**. These were offered as a request for forgiveness from God. As explained in Leviticus 4:22-26 and 6:24-30, only the fat of these goats was burned up. The meat of these goats was for the priests to eat. The phrase **The whole was a burnt up offering** is a summary that includes the two types of offerings, one that was completely burned up and the other that was partially burned up. Therefore the final sentence means, “All of this was properly subjected to fire on the altar as sacrifices to Yahweh.” The book assumes that readers know this. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “offered as burnt offerings to the God of Israel 12 bulls for all Israel, 96 rams, and 77 lambs, and as a sin offering 12 male goats. All of these sacrifices were offered to Yahweh through fire on the altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1039	EZR	8	35	rdop	translate-symaction	הִקְרִ֥יבוּ עֹל֣וֹת ׀ לֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל פָּרִ֨ים שְׁנֵים־עָשָׂ֤ר עַל־כָּל־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ אֵילִ֣ים ׀ תִּשְׁעִ֣ים וְ⁠שִׁשָּׁ֗ה כְּבָשִׂים֙ שִׁבְעִ֣ים וְ⁠שִׁבְעָ֔ה צְפִירֵ֥י חַטָּ֖את שְׁנֵ֣ים עָשָׂ֑ר	1	twelve … ninety-six … seventy-seven … twelve	The numbers of animals offered are symbolic, as the book explains in the case of the bulls. There were 12 bulls **for all Israel** because there were twelve tribes of Israel. There were 12 goats for the same reason. The same symbolism seems to lie behind the 96 rams, since that number is eight times 12, although the significance of the number eight is no longer apparent. The number 77 is an intensive form of the number seven, which symbolizes completeness. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “offered 12 bulls, one for each of the tribes of Israel, 96 rams, eight for each of the tribes of Israel, and 77 lambs, expressing completeness, as burnt offerings to the God of Israel, and 12 male goats as a sin offering, one for each of the tribes of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1040	EZR	8	36	r5gu	figs-explicit	וַֽ⁠יִּתְּנ֣וּ ׀ אֶת־דָּתֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ לַ⁠אֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנֵי֙ הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ וּ⁠פַחֲו֖וֹת עֵ֣בֶר הַ⁠נָּהָ֑ר	1	the governors in the Province Beyond the River	Here, **the laws of the king** seem to mean the decrees that Artaxerxes issued in the letter he gave to Ezra, and specifically the provisions that allowed Ezra to ask for support for the temple, exempted temple personnel from taxation, and allowed Ezra to appoint judges. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Ezra and the Jewish leaders informed the royal officials and governors in Beyond-the-River province of the decrees that Artaxerxes had issued in his letter to Ezra” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1041	EZR	8	36	szj3	figs-123person	וַֽ⁠יִּתְּנ֣וּ	1	the governors in the Province Beyond the River	Here the story uses a third-person account rather than Ezra's first-person account. If that is confusing in your language, you can continue the story in first person. Alternate translation: “We also gave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1042	EZR	8	36	tep8	translate-unknown	לַ⁠אֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנֵי֙ הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ וּ⁠פַחֲו֖וֹת	1	the governors in the Province Beyond the River	The word **satraps** refers to rulers appointed by the king to rule over his provinces, such as the province of Beyond-the-River in which Judah was located. The **governors** were lower officials who worked in the province under the direction of the satrap. Use the words that communicate this best in your language. Alternate translation: “to those who rule over the king's provinces and to the authorities in the province of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1043	EZR	8	36	d38g	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠נִשְּׂא֥וּ אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֖ם וְ⁠אֶת־בֵּֽית־הָ⁠אֱלֹהִֽים	1	the Province Beyond the River	Here, **lifted** is a metaphor that means supported and sustained. Alternate translation: “The group that had returned with Ezra supported the people of Judah and Jerusalem and the temple of God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1044	EZR	9	intro	k1yz			0		# Ezra 9 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Intermarriage<br><br>When Ezra found out that many Jews who had returned from exile had married Gentile wives, he prayed to God and confessed this sin of his people. He acknowledged that God had been good to them much more than they deserved by letting these few people return from captivity and then they sinned by marrying Gentile wives. The Jewish people had done this before and God had punished them for it. God forbade this type of marriage because it caused the people to worship other gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>### Exclusive forms<br><br>Ezra uses many first person plural pronouns as he prays to God. Since Ezra is speaking to God, these forms of “we,” “us,” and “our” would all be the exclusive forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1045	EZR	9	1	ella	grammar-connect-time-sequential	וּ⁠כְ⁠כַלּ֣וֹת אֵ֗לֶּה	1	have not separated themselves	This phrase indicates that the events the story will now relate came right after the events it has just described. In your translation, you can use the expression in your language that would best indicate this relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
1046	EZR	9	1	nhkw	writing-newevent	וּ⁠כְ⁠כַלּ֣וֹת	1	have not separated themselves	The word **now** introduces a new event in the story. If your language has a word or expression for introducing a new event, use that here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1047	EZR	9	1	on7w	figs-explicit	הַ⁠שָּׂרִים֙	1	have not separated themselves	These appear to be the same **leaders** as in [8:29](../08/29.md), that is, clan leaders. But this is not a reference to all of them, since the ones who come to Ezra say that some of their fellow leaders have married foreign women. Alternate translation: “some of the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1048	EZR	9	1	krhd	figs-quotemarks	נִגְּשׁ֨וּ אֵלַ֤⁠י…לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר	1	have not separated themselves	After this phrase Ezra begins to quote what these clan leaders told him. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
1049	EZR	9	1	kb76	figs-metaphor	לֹֽא־נִבְדְּל֞וּ…מֵ⁠עַמֵּ֖י הָ⁠אֲרָצ֑וֹת	1	have not separated themselves	Separation here is a spatial metaphor for behavior. As in [6:21](../06/21.md), it means to refuse to do the same things as another group. Alternate translation: “have not refused to do the things that the other people groups living in the land do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1050	EZR	9	1	tgdv	figs-idiom	מֵ⁠עַמֵּ֖י הָ⁠אֲרָצ֑וֹת כְּ֠⁠תוֹעֲבֹֽתֵי⁠הֶם	1	have not separated themselves	While the similar phrase in [6:21](../06/21.md) spoke of “uncleanness,” that is, things that God does not accept, the phrase here speaks of **abominations**, that is, things that are very displeasing to God. Alternate translation: “from the things that are very displeasing to God that the other people groups living in the land do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1051	EZR	9	1	u0xi	figs-idiom	מֵ⁠עַמֵּ֖י הָ⁠אֲרָצ֑וֹת	1	have not separated themselves	See how you translated this expression in [3:3](../03/03.md). It refers to members of other people groups who were living in and around the province of Judah. Alternate translation: “from the other people groups living in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1052	EZR	9	1	wnt5	translate-names	לַ⁠כְּנַעֲנִ֨י הַ⁠חִתִּ֜י הַ⁠פְּרִזִּ֣י הַ⁠יְבוּסִ֗י הָֽ⁠עַמֹּנִי֙ הַ⁠מֹּ֣אָבִ֔י הַ⁠מִּצְרִ֖י וְ⁠הָ⁠אֱמֹרִֽי	1	have not separated themselves	These are the names of eight people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1053	EZR	9	2	r46x	grammar-connect-logic-result	כִּֽי	1	have not separated themselves	Here, **For** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the reasons for the statement that the leaders make in the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “You see,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1054	EZR	9	2	vrsp	figs-idiom	נָשְׂא֣וּ מִ⁠בְּנֹֽתֵי⁠הֶ֗ם לָ⁠הֶם֙ וְ⁠לִ⁠בְנֵי⁠הֶ֔ם	1	have not separated themselves	The phrase **lifted from their daughters** is an idiom that means “married some of their women.” Alternate translation: “Israelite men have married women from these other groups, and they have also gotten wives for their sons from those groups.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1055	EZR	9	2	iac7	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠הִתְעָֽרְבוּ֙ זֶ֣רַע הַ⁠קֹּ֔דֶשׁ בְּ⁠עַמֵּ֖י הָ⁠אֲרָצ֑וֹת	1	have not separated themselves	Here, **mixed** is a metaphor for blending one thing into another. Alternate translation: “so they are blending the Jewish people right in with the other people groups living in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1056	EZR	9	2	mncx	figs-explicit	וְ⁠הִתְעָֽרְבוּ֙ זֶ֣רַע הַ⁠קֹּ֔דֶשׁ בְּ⁠עַמֵּ֖י הָ⁠אֲרָצ֑וֹת	1	have not separated themselves	The implication is that as a result of these marriages, not only was a distinct Jewish lineage being lost, the Jewish people were also beginning to follow the practices of these other groups rather than the commandments of God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “so they are blending the Jewish people right in with the other people groups living in the land, and they are starting to follow their practices rather than the law of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1057	EZR	9	2	fyoq	figs-idiom	זֶ֣רַע הַ⁠קֹּ֔דֶשׁ	1	have not separated themselves	As in [8:28](../08/28.md), **holiness** means “that which is set apart for a special purpose.” Here, the word refers specifically to the fact that God had set apart the Israelites to be a model community of God’s followers. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people, who belong to God,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1058	EZR	9	2	wk5m	figs-metaphor	זֶ֣רַע הַ⁠קֹּ֔דֶשׁ	1	have not separated themselves	Here, **seed** is a metaphor that means “offspring.” It is a comparison: Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. The reference here is specifically to the offspring of Jacob, who was also known as Israel, and specifically to his offspring who were living in Judah and Jerusalem, that is, the Jews who had returned from exile. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people, who belong to God,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1059	EZR	9	2	oxmn	figs-idiom	בְּ⁠עַמֵּ֖י הָ⁠אֲרָצ֑וֹת	1	have not separated themselves	As in [9:1](../09/01.md), this expression refers to members of other people groups who were living in and around the province of Judah. Alternate translation: “with the other people groups living in this land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1060	EZR	9	2	iie7	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠יַ֧ד הַ⁠שָּׂרִ֣ים וְ⁠הַ⁠סְּגָנִ֗ים הָֽיְתָ֛ה בַּ⁠מַּ֥עַל הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה רִאשׁוֹנָֽה	1	have not separated themselves	Here, **hand** figuratively represents control and action. Alternate translation: “And our clan leaders and provincial officials were actually the first ones to disobey in this way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1061	EZR	9	2	dwaf	figs-metaphor	בַּ⁠מַּ֥עַל הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה	1	have not separated themselves	Here, **unfaithfulness** figuratively means disobedience to God. Alternate translation: “to disobey God in this way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1062	EZR	9	2	vdhr	figs-doublet	הַ⁠שָּׂרִ֣ים וְ⁠הַ⁠סְּגָנִ֗ים	1	have not separated themselves	These terms mean similar things, but it seems that **leaders** may refer to the heads of the clans and that **rulers** may refer to official leaders of government. If your language uses one word for both of those, you can combine them and use that word here. Alternate translation: “our chiefs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1063	EZR	9	2	yn4s	figs-quotemarks	בַּ⁠מַּ֥עַל הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה	1	have not separated themselves	This is the end of Ezra’s quotation of what the clan leaders told him. If you decided in [9:1](../09/01.md) to mark their words as a direct quotation, you should indicate that here with a closing primary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
1064	EZR	9	3	ck87	translate-symaction	קָרַ֥עְתִּי אֶת־בִּגְדִ֖⁠י וּ⁠מְעִילִ֑⁠י וָ⁠אֶמְרְטָ֞⁠ה מִ⁠שְּׂעַ֤ר רֹאשִׁ⁠י֙ וּ⁠זְקָנִ֔⁠י וָ⁠אֵשְׁבָ֖⁠ה מְשׁוֹמֵֽם	1	I tore my clothing and my robe and pulled out hair from my head and beard	By performing these actions, Ezra was demonstrating symbolically how serious a wrong the Israelites had committed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to show how wrong it was for the Israelites to have married foreign women, I tore my tunic and my cloak, I pulled out some hair from my head and my beard, and I sat down stunned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1065	EZR	9	3	qhy7		מְשׁוֹמֵֽם	1	When I heard this matter	The sense of this word is that Ezra was so overwhelmed with shock and horror that he did not move or speak. In your translation, you can use the expression in your language that would best indicate this. Alternate translation: “stunned” or “devastated”
1066	EZR	9	4	k68j	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠אֵלַ֣⁠י יֵאָסְפ֗וּ כֹּ֤ל חָרֵד֙ בְּ⁠דִבְרֵ֣י אֱלֹהֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל עַ֖ל מַ֣עַל הַ⁠גּוֹלָ֑ה	1	the evening sacrifice	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Everyone came and joined me who was just as distressed as I was about the way the Jews who had returned from exile had disobeyed the commandments of the God of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1067	EZR	9	4	xsvq	figs-metaphor	כֹּ֤ל חָרֵד֙	1	the evening sacrifice	Often in the Old Testament, **trembled** is a metaphor meaning to regard someone or something with respect and reverential fear. That is likely included in the meaning here, but in this context, the expression also seems to indicate an actual physical response to the situation, just as Ezra did not move or speak. Alternate translation: “everyone who was distressed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1068	EZR	9	4	adr0	figs-metaphor	בְּ⁠דִבְרֵ֣י אֱלֹהֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל	1	the evening sacrifice	This phrase does not refer to something that God said on this occasion. Rather, it refers figuratively to the commandment that God had given to the Israelites earlier not to intermarry with foreign groups, which Ezra cites in his prayer in [9:10](../09/10.md) and [9:11](../09/11.md). Alternate translation: “at the commandments of the God of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1069	EZR	9	4	sfvr	figs-abstractnouns	עַ֖ל מַ֣עַל הַ⁠גּוֹלָ֑ה	1	the evening sacrifice	The abstract noun **exiles** refers in this context to the Jews who had returned to their homeland from Babylon. Here, **the exiles** seems to be equivalent to the longer phrase **the sons of the exile** in several other places in the book. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the idea behind this term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “because of the way the Jews who had returned to their homeland had disobeyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1070	EZR	9	4	ys46	figs-metaphor	עַ֖ל מַ֣עַל הַ⁠גּוֹלָ֑ה	1	the evening sacrifice	As in [9:2](../09/02.md), **unfaithfulness** figuratively means “disobedience.” Alternate translation: “because of the disobedience of the Jews who had returned to their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1071	EZR	9	4	m8dw	translate-unknown	וַ⁠אֲנִי֙ יֹשֵׁ֣ב מְשׁוֹמֵ֔ם עַ֖ד לְ⁠מִנְחַ֥ת הָ⁠עָֽרֶב	1	the evening sacrifice	The **offering of the evening** was a sacrifice that the priests would offer around the time that the sun was going down. Alternate translation: “I continued to sit without moving or speaking until the time of the evening sacrifice” or “I continued to sit without moving or speaking for the rest of that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1072	EZR	9	5	v2nb	figs-idiom	קַ֚מְתִּי מִ⁠תַּֽעֲנִיתִ֔⁠י וּ⁠בְ⁠קָרְעִ֥⁠י בִגְדִ֖⁠י וּ⁠מְעִילִ֑⁠י	1	my fasting	Even though Ezra had been sitting down and he now got up, in this context the word **arise** means more than that. As in [1:5](../01/05.md), [3:2](../03/02.md), and [5:2](../05/02.md), it means to take action to get an enterprise under way. Ezra had been sitting motionless to show how ashamed and upset he was. Now he began to take action to address the situation that the clan leaders had told him about. Alternate translation: “I stopped sitting motionless in my torn clothes and began to do something about the situation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1073	EZR	9	5	zygv	translate-symaction	וּ⁠בְ⁠קָרְעִ֥⁠י בִגְדִ֖⁠י וּ⁠מְעִילִ֑⁠י	1	my fasting	As the note to [9:3](../09/03.md) explains, Ezra had torn his clothes to show how wrong it was for the Israelites to have married foreign women. By not changing out of his torn clothes, Ezra was continuing to show that symbolically. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “but I kept wearing my torn clothes to show how wrong it was for the Israelites to have married foreign women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1074	EZR	9	5	qye1	translate-symaction	וָֽ⁠אֶכְרְעָ⁠ה֙ עַל־בִּרְכַּ֔⁠י וָ⁠אֶפְרְשָׂ֥⁠ה כַפַּ֖⁠י אֶל־יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהָֽ⁠י	1	knelt down on my knees, and spread out my hands	These two physical gestures showed publicly that Ezra was going to pray. Alternate translation: “I knelt down and spread out my hands in a gesture of prayer to Yahweh my God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1075	EZR	9	6	y5xu	figs-quotemarks	וָ⁠אֹמְרָ֗⁠ה	1	our iniquities have risen higher than our head, and our guilt has grown up to the heavens	After this phrase Ezra begins to quote what he said out loud in prayer on this occasion. The quotation continues through [9:15](../09/15.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
1076	EZR	9	6	n5z1	figs-possession	אֱלֹהַ⁠י֙…אֱלֹהַ֛⁠י	1	our iniquities have risen higher than our head, and our guilt has grown up to the heavens	Here, **My God** means that Ezra belongs to God, not that God belongs to Ezra. If that is not clear in your language, then use a different phrase. Alternate translation: “O God, to whom I belong” or “God, whom I worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1077	EZR	9	6	yz8d	figs-doublet	בֹּ֣שְׁתִּי וְ⁠נִכְלַ֔מְתִּי	1	I am ashamed and humiliated	**Ashamed** and **humiliated** mean very similar things. Ezra uses them together to emphasize how disgraced he feels by what the Israelites have done. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these terms into a single expression. Alternate translation: “I am deeply disgraced” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1078	EZR	9	6	xiue	figs-metaphor	לְ⁠הָרִ֧ים…פָּנַ֖⁠י אֵלֶ֑י⁠ךָ	1	our iniquities have risen higher than our head, and our guilt has grown up to the heavens	This means “to look at you directly” or “to look at you face to face,” and since Ezra could not do that literally with God, it is a figurative way of saying “*to address you.” Alternate translation: “even to speak to you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1079	EZR	9	6	aca6	figs-parallelism	כִּ֣י עֲוֺנֹתֵ֤י⁠נוּ רָבוּ֙ לְ⁠מַ֣עְלָ⁠ה רֹּ֔אשׁ וְ⁠אַשְׁמָתֵ֥⁠נוּ גָדְלָ֖ה עַ֥ד לַ⁠שָּׁמָֽיִם	1	our iniquities have risen higher than our head, and our guilt has grown up to the heavens	These two phrases mean similar things. Ezra uses the repetition to emphasize how guilty the people of Israel are. If repeating the same thing twice would be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one and show the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We have committed such great sins that our guilt because of them is completely overwhelming us” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The first phrase speaks of the effects of these sins on the Israelites, while the second phrase speaks of their effects on their standing with God. Alternate translation: “We have committed such great sins that they are overwhelming us, and we know that they are making us guilty before you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1080	EZR	9	6	axnk	grammar-connect-logic-result	כִּ֣י עֲוֺנֹתֵ֤י⁠נוּ רָבוּ֙ לְ⁠מַ֣עְלָ⁠ה רֹּ֔אשׁ וְ⁠אַשְׁמָתֵ֥⁠נוּ גָדְלָ֖ה עַ֥ד לַ⁠שָּׁמָֽיִם	1	our iniquities have risen higher than our head, and our guilt has grown up to the heavens	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could put this sentence first in the prayer (after **My God**), since it gives the reason for the result of Ezra feeling ashamed. You could show the connection by using a word like “so” after this phrase. Alternate translation: “we have committed such great sins that we are completely guilty, and we know that we are very guilty before you. And so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1081	EZR	9	6	krv9	figs-metaphor	עֲוֺנֹתֵ֤י⁠נוּ רָבוּ֙ לְ⁠מַ֣עְלָ⁠ה רֹּ֔אשׁ	1	our iniquities have risen higher than our head, and our guilt has grown up to the heavens	Here, **multiplied** means to become much greater in number. Ezra uses that expression figuratively to describe how serious the sins of the Israelites are. Alternate translation: “we have committed so many sins that it is like they have piled up higher than our heads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1082	EZR	9	6	eimq	figs-abstractnouns	עֲוֺנֹתֵ֤י⁠נוּ רָבוּ֙	1	our iniquities have risen higher than our head, and our guilt has grown up to the heavens	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **iniquities** with a phrase such as “sins that we have committed.” Alternate translation: “the great sins that we have committed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1083	EZR	9	6	bzgy	figs-metaphor	לְ⁠מַ֣עְלָ⁠ה רֹּ֔אשׁ	1	our iniquities have risen higher than our head, and our guilt has grown up to the heavens	Ezra uses a spatial metaphor to describe the degree to which the sins have figuratively become greater in number. Alternate translation: “to the point that they are obvious to everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1084	EZR	9	6	c8or	figs-abstractnouns	וְ⁠אַשְׁמָתֵ֥⁠נוּ גָדְלָ֖ה	1	our iniquities have risen higher than our head, and our guilt has grown up to the heavens	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **guilt** with a phrase such as “make guilty.” Alternate translation: “and our sins are making us guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1085	EZR	9	6	athx	figs-metonymy	וְ⁠אַשְׁמָתֵ֥⁠נוּ גָדְלָ֖ה עַ֥ד לַ⁠שָּׁמָֽיִם	1	our iniquities have risen higher than our head, and our guilt has grown up to the heavens	Here, Ezra speaks figuratively of God by reference to something associated with him, **the heavens**, which was considered to be the place where God lived. The expression **and our guilt has grown up as far as to the heavens** means that the sins have become so numerous that the pile of them has reached to God in heaven. In other words, their sin is against God himself. Alternate translation: “and our many sins have made us very guilty before you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1086	EZR	9	7	sv5f	figs-idiom	מִ⁠ימֵ֣י אֲבֹתֵ֗י⁠נוּ	1	the days of our fathers	The term **days** is used figuratively here to refer a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “From the time when our ancestors lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1087	EZR	9	7	aqdp	figs-metaphor	אֲבֹתֵ֗י⁠נוּ	1	the days of our fathers	**Fathers** here, figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1088	EZR	9	7	jw4h	figs-idiom	עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה	1	the days of our fathers	In this context, **day** does not refer to one specific day, but rather, to a more general time. Alternate translation: “until this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1089	EZR	9	7	ur0z	figs-metonymy	אֲנַ֨חְנוּ֙ בְּ⁠אַשְׁמָ֣ה גְדֹלָ֔ה	1	the days of our fathers	Here, Ezra speaks figuratively of the disobedience of the Israelites by reference to something associated with it, the guilt that it has caused. Alternate translation: “we have consistently disobeyed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1090	EZR	9	7	rgen	figs-metonymy	אֲנַ֨חְנוּ֙	1	the days of our fathers	By **we** here, Ezra is referring to all of the Jewish people. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1091	EZR	9	7	wet1	figs-abstractnouns	בְּ⁠אַשְׁמָ֣ה גְדֹלָ֔ה	1	very guilty … our iniquities	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **guilt** with a verb such as “disobey.” Alternate translation: “consistently disobeyed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1092	EZR	9	7	h1bs	figs-activepassive	נִתַּ֡נּוּ אֲנַחְנוּ֩ מְלָכֵ֨י⁠נוּ כֹהֲנֵ֜י⁠נוּ בְּ⁠יַ֣ד ׀ מַלְכֵ֣י הָ⁠אֲרָצ֗וֹת	1	we … have been delivered into the hand of kings	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “you put us, our kings, and our priests into the hands of foreign rulers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1093	EZR	9	7	dr9f	figs-metaphor	נִתַּ֡נּוּ אֲנַחְנוּ֩ מְלָכֵ֨י⁠נוּ כֹהֲנֵ֜י⁠נוּ בְּ⁠יַ֣ד ׀ מַלְכֵ֣י הָ⁠אֲרָצ֗וֹת	1	we … have been delivered into the hand of kings	Here, **hand** figuratively represents power and control. Alternate translation: “you allowed foreign rulers to conquer us, our kings, and our priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1094	EZR	9	7	v9sd	figs-idiom	מַלְכֵ֣י הָ⁠אֲרָצ֗וֹת	1	into the hand of kings of the lands	The **kings of the lands** would be the rulers of the “people of the lands” whom Ezra mentions in [9:1](../09/01.md) and [9:2](../09/02.md), and of similar foreign people groups. Alternate translation: “foreign rulers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1095	EZR	9	7	f2hv	figs-idiom	בַּ⁠חֶ֜רֶב בַּ⁠שְּׁבִ֧י וּ⁠בַ⁠בִּזָּ֛ה וּ⁠בְ⁠בֹ֥שֶׁת פָּנִ֖ים	1	to the sword, to captivity, and to plunder, and to ashamed faces	Other than **by sword**, these are not the means by which the foreign rulers conquered the Israelites. Rather, they are primarily things that happened to the Israelites after they were conquered. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “They killed some of us, they took others of us away from our homeland, they stole the things that belonged to us, and all of this has made us greatly ashamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1096	EZR	9	7	kz7f	figs-metonymy	בַּ⁠חֶ֜רֶב	1	to the sword, to captivity, and to plunder, and to ashamed faces	The sword figuratively represents killing, by reference to one kind of weapon that can kill a person. Alternate translation: “who killed some of us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1097	EZR	9	7	lc37	figs-abstractnouns	בַּ⁠שְּׁבִ֧י	1	to the sword, to captivity, and to plunder, and to ashamed faces	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **captivity** with a verb such as “take away.” Alternate translation: “who took others away from our homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1098	EZR	9	7	uiq9	figs-abstractnouns	וּ⁠בַ⁠בִּזָּ֛ה	1	to the sword, to captivity, and to plunder, and to ashamed faces	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **plunder** with a verb such as “steal.” Alternate translation: “who stole the things that belonged to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1099	EZR	9	7	x0gf	figs-abstractnouns	וּ⁠בְ⁠בֹ֥שֶׁת פָּנִ֖ים	1	to the sword, to captivity, and to plunder, and to ashamed faces	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **shame** with a word such as “ashamed.” Alternate translation: “and all of this has made us greatly ashamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1100	EZR	9	7	uvig	figs-synecdoche	וּ⁠בְ⁠בֹ֥שֶׁת פָּנִ֖ים	1	to the sword, to captivity, and to plunder, and to ashamed faces	Here, Ezra uses the **face** to describe the whole person figuratively, by reference to one part of a person, their face, which would show their shame by its expression. Alternate translation: “and made us greatly ashamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1101	EZR	9	7	nj7e	figs-idiom	כְּ⁠הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה	1	to the sword, to captivity, and to plunder, and to ashamed faces	In this context, **day** does not refer to one specific day, but rather to a more general time that includes the day that Ezra is praying to God. Alternate translation: “and that is still our situation now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1102	EZR	9	8	vlor	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וְ⁠עַתָּ֡ה	1	grace has been shown from Yahweh our God	The phrase **But now** indicates that the sentence that it introduces draws a contrast between what the Israelites had been experiencing in the past and what God was now doing. Use a natural way in your language to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1103	EZR	9	8	q4h6	figs-idiom	כִּ⁠מְעַט־רֶגַע֩	1	grace has been shown from Yahweh our God	Alternate translation: “for just a short time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1104	EZR	9	8	jqq9	figs-abstractnouns	הָיְתָ֨ה תְחִנָּ֜ה מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת ׀ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֵ֗י⁠נוּ	1	grace has been shown from Yahweh our God	The abstract noun **favor** refers to one person helping another person even if that person does not deserve it. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the idea behind this word with a phrase such as “be merciful.” Alternate translation: “Yahweh our God has been merciful to us” or “Yahweh our God has been gracious to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1105	EZR	9	8	ym5g	figs-personification	הָיְתָ֨ה תְחִנָּ֜ה מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת ׀ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֵ֗י⁠נוּ	1	grace has been shown from Yahweh our God	Ezra speaks here of **favor** or mercy as if it could travel from Yahweh to the Jews. Alternate translation: “Yahweh our God has been merciful to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1106	EZR	9	8	rdwg	figs-123person	הָיְתָ֨ה תְחִנָּ֜ה מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת ׀ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֵ֗י⁠נוּ	1	grace has been shown from Yahweh our God	Ezra is speaking to Yahweh in prayer, and accordingly, he addresses him in the second person in [9:6](../09/06.md) and in [9:10–15](../09/10.md). But here he speaks of God in the third person to show humility and respect, as people of this time did when speaking to superiors. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words in the second person. Alternate translation: “you, Yahweh our God, have been merciful to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1107	EZR	9	8	vhtl	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠לָ⁠תֶת־לָ֥⁠נוּ יָתֵ֖ד	1	grace has been shown from Yahweh our God	Ezra speaks figuratively of the Jews’ current situation of safety and security in their homeland as if it were a **peg** or “stake,” such as one would pound securely into the ground in order to fasten the cords of a tent to it, or such as one would fasten to a wall in order to hang utensils on it safely and securely. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with a different metaphor that conveys this sense of stability and security, or express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and to bring us into a safe situation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1108	EZR	9	8	b420	figs-idiom	בִּ⁠מְק֣וֹם קָדְשׁ֑⁠וֹ	1	grace has been shown from Yahweh our God	Here the word **holy** means “set apart for a special purpose.” The temple was God’s **holy place** because it was set apart for his worship. Alternate translation: “in his temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1109	EZR	9	8	jjw0	figs-123person	בִּ⁠מְק֣וֹם קָדְשׁ֑⁠וֹ	1	grace has been shown from Yahweh our God	Here again Ezra speaks of God in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words in the second person. Alternate translation: “in your temple.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1110	EZR	9	8	q90t		בִּ⁠מְק֣וֹם קָדְשׁ֑⁠וֹ	1	grace has been shown from Yahweh our God	Ezra speaks of the **peg** figuratively as if it were in God’s temple, likely because God was considered to be present there. Alternate translation: “in your presence”
1111	EZR	9	8	lst9	figs-metonymy	בִּ⁠מְק֣וֹם קָדְשׁ֑⁠וֹ	1	grace has been shown from Yahweh our God	Ezra may be speaking of the presence of God figuratively by association to mean the protection of God. Alternate translation: “under your protection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1112	EZR	9	8	h7p2	grammar-connect-logic-result	לְ⁠הַשְׁאִ֥יר לָ֨⁠נוּ֙ פְּלֵיטָ֔ה	1	grace has been shown from Yahweh our God	This phrase starts with **to**, which indicates here that the phrase that follows is a result of the phrase that came before. In fact, there are four results in this verse of receiving favor from God. Each result begins with the word **to**. Use a natural way in your language to indicate that these are results of receiving favor from God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1113	EZR	9	8	e1ad	figs-123person	לְ⁠הָאִ֤יר…אֱלֹהֵ֔י⁠נוּ	1	grace has been shown from Yahweh our God	Here again Ezra speaks of God in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words in the second person. Alternate translation: “for you, our God, to bring light to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1114	EZR	9	8	gg6p	figs-parallelism	לְ⁠הָאִ֤יר עֵינֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙ אֱלֹהֵ֔י⁠נוּ וּ⁠לְ⁠תִתֵּ֛⁠נוּ מִֽחְיָ֥ה מְעַ֖ט בְּ⁠עַבְדֻתֵֽ⁠נוּ	1	grace has been shown from Yahweh our God	These two phrases mean similar things. Ezra uses the repetition to emphasize how merciful God has been to the community of returned exiles. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “and for our God to enable our community to thrive a little even under foreign domination” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase says more specifically how God has accomplished what the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “for our God to give us new vitality by giving us greater freedom even though we are under foreign domination” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1115	EZR	9	8	fzoq	figs-metaphor	לְ⁠הָאִ֤יר עֵינֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙ אֱלֹהֵ֔י⁠נוּ	1	grace has been shown from Yahweh our God	To **brighten** the **eyes** of a person means figuratively to give them new life and vitality in the sense of restoring someone's happiness or well-being. Alternate translation: “for our God to give us new vitality” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1116	EZR	9	8	f4s0	figs-explicit	וּ⁠לְ⁠תִתֵּ֛⁠נוּ מִֽחְיָ֥ה מְעַ֖ט בְּ⁠עַבְדֻתֵֽ⁠נוּ	1	grace has been shown from Yahweh our God	Since Ezra says that God has made the community figuratively more alive **in our slavery**, he seems to be referring implicitly to the greater measure of freedom that King Artaxerxes has allowed them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by giving us greater freedom even though we are under foreign domination” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1117	EZR	9	9	w0m3	figs-hyperbole	כִּֽי־עֲבָדִ֣ים אֲנַ֔חְנוּ	1	but he extended covenant faithfulness to us	Ezra describes the Jewish people as **slaves**, which is an exaggeration that he uses to express humility before God. It is true that their ancestors were taken as captives to Babylon where they were forced to serve the king, and that even now they must do as the king commands, but those who have returned to Judah are allowed to manage their own daily affairs. Alternate translation: “The Babylonians made our people to be slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1118	EZR	9	9	n7de	figs-123person	לֹ֥א עֲזָבָ֖⁠נוּ אֱלֹהֵ֑י⁠נוּ	1	but he extended covenant faithfulness to us	Ezra continues to speak of God in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words in the second person. Alternate translation: “you, our God, have not forsaken us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1119	EZR	9	9	gk7w	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וַֽ⁠יַּט	1	but he extended covenant faithfulness to us	This word **But** indicates that the sentence it introduces draws a contrast between what the Israelites might have expected God to do, since they were being punished for their disobedience, and what God actually did. You could begin the sentence with a phrase such as “on the contrary” or other method in your language to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1120	EZR	9	9	h0hr	figs-metaphor	וַֽ⁠יַּט־עָלֵ֣י⁠נוּ חֶ֡סֶד	1	but he extended covenant faithfulness to us	As in [7:28](../07/28.md), Ezra uses a spatial metaphor to depict help figuratively stretching out to him from Yahweh. Alternate translation: “On the contrary, he has helped us, as he promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1121	EZR	9	9	xh8d	figs-abstractnouns	וַֽ⁠יַּט־עָלֵ֣י⁠נוּ חֶ֡סֶד לִ⁠פְנֵי֩ מַלְכֵ֨י פָרַ֜ס	1	but he extended covenant faithfulness to us	Here, the abstract noun **faithfulness** refers to a person wanting to do everything that they can to help another person. As in [3:11](../03/11.md) and [7:28](../07/28.md), **covenant faithfulness** refers specifically to Yahweh doing that for the people of Israel because of his covenant with them, which contained the promises that he had made to them. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the idea behind this phrase with verbs such as “help” and “promise.” Alternate translation: “But he has helped us, as he promised, by leading the king of Persia to regard us favorably” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1122	EZR	9	9	eb2m	figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵי֩ מַלְכֵ֨י פָרַ֜ס	1	in the sight of the king of Persia	Here, **face** refers figuratively to the way that a person regards things, by association with the way that they use the eyes in their face to see things and the way that their facial expression shows what they think of those things. Alternate translation: “by leading the kings of Persia to regard us favorably” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1123	EZR	9	9	jkj1	figs-explicit	מַלְכֵ֨י פָרַ֜ס	1	in the sight of the king of Persia	Ezra probably uses the plural **kings** to acknowledge implicitly that not just Artaxerxes, but also Cyrus and Darius before him, treated the Jews favorably by allowing them to rebuild the temple and by supporting the worship there. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could name these kings explicitly. Alternate translation: “King Cyrus, King Darius, and King Artaxerxes of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1124	EZR	9	9	sc72	figs-metaphor	לָֽ⁠תֶת־לָ֣⁠נוּ מִֽחְיָ֗ה	1	in the sight of the king of Persia	As in [9:8](../09/08.md), **reviving** or renewed life in this context seems to be a figurative expression for greater freedom. Alternate translation: “so that they gave us greater freedom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1125	EZR	9	9	kdnc	figs-parallelism	לְ⁠רוֹמֵ֞ם אֶת־בֵּ֤ית אֱלֹהֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙ וּ⁠לְ⁠הַעֲמִ֣יד אֶת־חָרְבֹתָ֔י⁠ו	1	in the sight of the king of Persia	These two phrases mean similar things. Ezra says essentially the same thing twice, probably to emphasize how remarkable this was after all the opposition that there had been to it. If repeating both phrases in your translation might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases. Alternate translation: “and allowed us to rebuild the temple of our God” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase is stronger because it indicates that the temple had previously been destroyed but now it was being restored. Alternate translation: “and allowed us to rebuild the temple of our God by repairing its ruins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1126	EZR	9	9	mpbv	figs-metaphor	לְ⁠רוֹמֵ֞ם	1	in the sight of the king of Persia	**To raise up** is a figurative expression for building it. Alternate translation: “to rebuild” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1127	EZR	9	9	f833	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠לְ⁠הַעֲמִ֣יד אֶת־חָרְבֹתָ֔י⁠ו	1	the house of our God	Like **raise up**, **cause … to stand** is a figurative expression for building. Alternate translation: “by repairing its ruins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1128	EZR	9	9	b5aw	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠לָֽ⁠תֶת־לָ֣⁠נוּ גָדֵ֔ר בִּֽ⁠יהוּדָ֖ה וּ⁠בִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָֽם	1	to give us a wall	Ezra is not referring to a literal wall. (The walls of Jerusalem were still broken down at this time. They would not be repaired until Nehemiah came to the city over a dozen years later.) Rather, he means figuratively that the Persian kings authorized the returned exiles to re-establish their community in Judah and Jerusalem, and so the king would protect their right to live there. It is as if the Jews are already protected by this as though by a wall. Alternate translation: “and has given us a safe place to live in Judah and Jerusalem.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1129	EZR	9	10	a9fk	figs-rquestion	וְ⁠עַתָּ֛ה מַה־נֹּאמַ֥ר אֱלֹהֵ֖י⁠נוּ אַֽחֲרֵי־זֹ֑את	1	to give us a wall	Ezra is making a statement, not really asking a question. He does not expect God to tell him what excuses he can give for the disobedience of the Israelites. Instead, he is using the question form to emphasize that the Israelites really have no excuses. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate these words as a statement. Alternate translation: “So now, our God, we really have no excuses, after all of this.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1130	EZR	9	10	olme	figs-explicit	אַֽחֲרֵי־זֹ֑את	1	to give us a wall	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could explain what **this** refers to. There are two possibilities. (1) It probably refers to all of the sinning that the Jews did by disobeying God. Alternate translation: “after we have continued to sin against you” or (2) It could refer to the good things that God did for the Jews even though they continually disobeyed him. Alternate translation: “after you have been much more kind to us than we deserved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1131	EZR	9	10	akg2	figs-metaphor	עָזַ֖בְנוּ מִצְוֺתֶֽי⁠ךָ	1	to give us a wall	As in [8:22](../08/22.md), forsaking or abandoning God is a metaphor for disobeying him or refusing to serve him. Alternate translation: “we have disobeyed your commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1132	EZR	9	11	v7am	figs-metaphor	אֲשֶׁ֣ר צִוִּ֗יתָ בְּ⁠יַ֨ד עֲבָדֶ֣י⁠ךָ הַ⁠נְּבִיאִים֮	1	to give us a wall	Here, **hand** figuratively represents control and action. This expression means that God gave these commandments by having the prophets speak them to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “which you told your servants, the prophets, to speak to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1133	EZR	9	11	nqdl	figs-quotemarks	לֵ⁠אמֹר֒	1	to give us a wall	After this phrase Ezra begins to quote what the prophets commanded the people on Yahweh’s behalf. So this is a quotation within a quotation. That is, Ezra is quoting the prayer that he prayed on this occasion, and within that prayer, he is quoting what the prophets said. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off these words within secondary quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
1134	EZR	9	11	cqpt	figs-metaphor	אֶ֤רֶץ נִדָּה֙ הִ֔יא בְּ⁠נִדַּ֖ת עַמֵּ֣י הָ⁠אֲרָצ֑וֹת	1	to give us a wall	The prophets speak figuratively of the land of Canaan as if it were itself impure, because it was a place where the people did things that were very displeasing to God. Alternate translation: “is a land whose inhabitants do things that are displeasing to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1135	EZR	9	11	n022	figs-metaphor	בְּ⁠נִדַּ֖ת	1	to give us a wall	The prophets speak figuratively of these displeasing things as if they were contaminated. Alternate translation: “because of the detestable actions of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1136	EZR	9	11	t4gi	figs-idiom	עַמֵּ֣י הָ⁠אֲרָצ֑וֹת	1	to give us a wall	See how you translated this expression in [3:3](../03/03.md). Here it refers to members of other people groups who were living in the land of Canaan. Alternate translation: “the inhabitants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1137	EZR	9	11	y2ii	figs-metaphor	בְּ⁠תוֹעֲבֹֽתֵי⁠הֶ֗ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר מִלְא֛וּ⁠הָ מִ⁠פֶּ֥ה אֶל־פֶּ֖ה בְּ⁠טֻמְאָתָֽ⁠ם	1	to give us a wall	The term **abominations**, like the term **impurity**, refers to things that people do that are very displeasing to God. As in [9:1](../09/01.md), the term indicates that God must judge these actions as wrong, that is, as not in accordance with his own character. The prophets speak figuratively of these things as if they were accumulating physically and filling up the land. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Throughout the land, from one end to the other, they have been doing things that are very displeasing to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1138	EZR	9	11	vo7q	figs-metaphor	מִ⁠פֶּ֥ה אֶל־פֶּ֖ה	1	to give us a wall	Here, **mouth** is a figurative way of saying “edge,” “end,” or “extremity,” probably by analogy to the way that the mouth of an animal is typically at one end of the animal. Alternate translation: “from one end to the other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1139	EZR	9	11	ctyk	figs-metaphor	בְּ⁠טֻמְאָתָֽ⁠ם	1	to give us a wall	The prophets also speak figuratively of these displeasing things as if they were dirty. See how you translated **uncleanness** in verse [6:21](../06/21.md). Alternate translation: “through the things they do that are displeasing to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1140	EZR	9	12	evio	grammar-connect-logic-result	וְ֠⁠עַתָּה	1	to give us a wall	In this verse, Ezra continues quoting the prophets. The phrase **So now** introduces the results of what the previous sentence described. Use a connector in your language that can introduce a resulting action. Alternate translation: “Therefore” or “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1141	EZR	9	12	sea2	figs-idiom	בְּֽנוֹתֵי⁠כֶ֞ם אַל־תִּתְּנ֣וּ לִ⁠בְנֵי⁠הֶ֗ם	1	to give us a wall	This expression specifically refers to giving daughters in marriage. Alternate translation: “do not arrange marriages between your daughters and their sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1142	EZR	9	12	pe30	figs-idiom	וּ⁠בְנֹֽתֵי⁠הֶם֙ אַל־תִּשְׂא֣וּ לִ⁠בְנֵי⁠כֶ֔ם	1	to give us a wall	As in [9:2](../09/02.md), to **lift their daughters for your sons** is an idiom that means “to get wives for your sons from among their daughters.” Alternate translation: “and do not get wives for your sons from their daughters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1143	EZR	9	12	o8bm	figs-idiom	וְ⁠לֹֽא־תִדְרְשׁ֧וּ שְׁלֹמָ֛⁠ם וְ⁠טוֹבָתָ֖⁠ם עַד־עוֹלָ֑ם	1	to give us a wall	**Until eternity** is a Hebrew expression that means **for as long as anyone can anticipate into the future**. Alternate translation: “and never do anything that contributes to their welfare or prosperity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1144	EZR	9	12	qq14	figs-doublet	וְ⁠לֹֽא־תִדְרְשׁ֧וּ שְׁלֹמָ֛⁠ם וְ⁠טוֹבָתָ֖⁠ם	1	to give us a wall	The terms **peace** and **good** mean similar things. The prophets use them together to emphasize the importance of this commandment. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these terms into a single expression, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1145	EZR	9	12	sfei	figs-parallelism	לְמַ֣עַן תֶּחֶזְק֗וּ וַ⁠אֲכַלְתֶּם֙ אֶת־ט֣וּב הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	to give us a wall	These two phrases mean similar things. The prophets say essentially the same thing twice, to emphasize the blessings that the Israelites would enjoy if they obeyed these commandments. If repeating both phrases might be confusing for your readers, you can combine them. Alternate translation: “so that you will become a prosperous nation in that place” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase says more specifically how the nation would become strong, as the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “so that you will become a strong nation by growing and enjoying abundant harvests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1146	EZR	9	12	qz7f	figs-yousingular	לְמַ֣עַן תֶּחֶזְק֗וּ	1	to give us a wall	The forms of **you** and **your** in this verse are plural, referring to all the Jewish people. Therefore **you may be strong** does not refer to a person's physical strength or health, but rather to the strength of the Jewish nation. Alternate translation: “so that your nation will be strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
1147	EZR	9	12	r9c0	figs-idiom	וְ⁠הוֹרַשְׁתֶּ֥ם לִ⁠בְנֵי⁠כֶ֖ם עַד־עוֹלָֽם	1	to give us a wall	As earlier in the sentence, **until eternity** means “for as long as anyone can anticipate into the future.” Alternate translation: “so that your descendants will always be able to live there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1148	EZR	9	12	s1e8	figs-metaphor	לִ⁠בְנֵי⁠כֶ֖ם	1	to give us a wall	Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “your descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1149	EZR	9	12	uax9	figs-quotemarks	עַד־עוֹלָֽם	1	forever	After this phrase Ezra ends his quotation of what Yahweh commanded through the prophets. If you decided in [9:11](../09/11.md) to mark their words as a secondary quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing secondary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
1150	EZR	9	13	qmrs	figs-explicit	כָּל־הַ⁠בָּ֣א עָלֵ֔י⁠נוּ	1	forever	The phrase **all that has come upon us** refers to the punishments that Ezra mentioned in [verse 7](../09/07.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could make that information explicit. Alternate translation: “all of the things with which you punished us” or “everything that you allowed to happen to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1151	EZR	9	13	am2g	figs-parallelism	בְּ⁠מַעֲשֵׂ֨י⁠נוּ֙ הָ⁠רָעִ֔ים וּ⁠בְ⁠אַשְׁמָתֵ֖⁠נוּ הַ⁠גְּדֹלָ֑ה	1	forever	These two phrases mean similar things. Ezra uses the repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “since we are so guilty because of the wrong things that we have done” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. Alternate translation: “since we have committed such great sins, and since we are so guilty as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1152	EZR	9	13	hd7r	figs-idiom	חָשַׂ֤כְתָּֽ לְ⁠מַ֨טָּה֙ מֵֽ⁠עֲוֺנֵ֔⁠נוּ	1	forever	This is a Hebrew idiom. Alternate translation: “have not punished us as fully as our sins deserve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1153	EZR	9	13	w379	figs-explicit	וְ⁠נָתַ֥תָּה לָּ֛⁠נוּ פְּלֵיטָ֖ה כָּ⁠זֹֽאת	1	forever	Ezra is referring implicitly to himself and to the other Jews who have returned from exile. Alternate translation: “and you have allowed some of us to return to our homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1154	EZR	9	14	jh1x	figs-rquestion	הֲ⁠נָשׁוּב֙ לְ⁠הָפֵ֣ר מִצְוֺתֶ֔י⁠ךָ וּ֨⁠לְ⁠הִתְחַתֵּ֔ן בְּ⁠עַמֵּ֥י הַ⁠תֹּעֵב֖וֹת הָ⁠אֵ֑לֶּה	1	should we again break your commandments and intermarry with the people of these abominations?	Ezra is making a statement, not really asking a question. He does not expect God to tell him whether the people should once again disobey. Instead, he is using the question form to emphasize how important it is for them to stop intermarrying with the other people groups. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate these words as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “we certainly should not break your commandments again by intermarrying with peoples who do things that you cannot stand!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1155	EZR	9	14	pm7m	figs-idiom	בְּ⁠עַמֵּ֥י הַ⁠תֹּעֵב֖וֹת הָ⁠אֵ֑לֶּה	1	should we again break your commandments and intermarry with the people of these abominations?	As in [9:1](../09/01.md) and [9:11](../09/11.md), the term **abominations** refers to things that God cannot allow to have in his presence. Alternate translation: “with the people groups who do these things that God detests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1156	EZR	9	14	mn62	figs-rquestion	הֲ⁠ל֤וֹא תֶֽאֱנַף־בָּ֨⁠נוּ֙ עַד־כַּלֵּ֔ה לְ⁠אֵ֥ין שְׁאֵרִ֖ית וּ⁠פְלֵיטָֽה	1	Would you not be angry … no remnant or survivor?	Once again Ezra is making a statement, not really

The file is too large to be shown. View Raw